WO2014185392A1 - Organic electroluminescence element - Google Patents

Organic electroluminescence element Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2014185392A1
WO2014185392A1 PCT/JP2014/062655 JP2014062655W WO2014185392A1 WO 2014185392 A1 WO2014185392 A1 WO 2014185392A1 JP 2014062655 W JP2014062655 W JP 2014062655W WO 2014185392 A1 WO2014185392 A1 WO 2014185392A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
layer
light
gas barrier
film
organic
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2014/062655
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
慶一 古川
Original Assignee
コニカミノルタ株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by コニカミノルタ株式会社 filed Critical コニカミノルタ株式会社
Priority to JP2015517080A priority Critical patent/JPWO2014185392A1/en
Publication of WO2014185392A1 publication Critical patent/WO2014185392A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H10SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H10KORGANIC ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES
    • H10K50/00Organic light-emitting devices
    • H10K50/80Constructional details
    • H10K50/85Arrangements for extracting light from the devices
    • H10K50/854Arrangements for extracting light from the devices comprising scattering means
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H10SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H10KORGANIC ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES
    • H10K2102/00Constructional details relating to the organic devices covered by this subclass
    • H10K2102/301Details of OLEDs
    • H10K2102/331Nanoparticles used in non-emissive layers, e.g. in packaging layer
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H10SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H10KORGANIC ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES
    • H10K50/00Organic light-emitting devices
    • H10K50/80Constructional details
    • H10K50/84Passivation; Containers; Encapsulations
    • H10K50/842Containers
    • H10K50/8426Peripheral sealing arrangements, e.g. adhesives, sealants
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H10SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H10KORGANIC ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES
    • H10K50/00Organic light-emitting devices
    • H10K50/80Constructional details
    • H10K50/85Arrangements for extracting light from the devices
    • H10K50/852Arrangements for extracting light from the devices comprising a resonant cavity structure, e.g. Bragg reflector pair

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to an organic electroluminescence element. More specifically, the present invention relates to an organic electroluminescence device with improved light extraction efficiency.
  • a film substrate such as a transparent plastic has a problem that gas barrier properties are inferior to a glass substrate. It has been found that when a substrate with poor gas barrier properties is used, water vapor or oxygen penetrates and, for example, the function in the electronic device is deteriorated.
  • a film having a gas barrier property is formed on a film substrate and used as a gas barrier film.
  • a gas barrier film used for a packaging material for an object that requires gas barrier properties and a liquid crystal display element one in which silicon oxide is vapor-deposited on a film substrate and one in which aluminum oxide is vapor-deposited are known.
  • a light extraction structure provided with a light scattering layer is effective for improving the light emission efficiency in a lighting device or a display device provided with an organic electroluminescence element (see, for example, Patent Document 1). ).
  • the light emitted from the light emitting unit undergoes total reflection at the interface with the substrate or the electrode, thereby reducing the light extraction efficiency.
  • light emitted from the light emitting unit enters the metal electrode, interacts with free electrons in the metal electrode, and loss due to plasmon absorption that is confined in the vicinity of the surface of the metal electrode occurs.
  • a layer structure in which a thick metal electrode is separated into a cathode using a transparent electrode as a cathode function and a reflective layer as a reflection function (for example, see Patent Documents 2 and 3.)
  • the present invention has been made in view of the above-described problems and situations, and the problem to be solved is that the gas barrier layer in contact with the light emitting unit or the light scattering layer or the like is in a high-temperature and high-humidity atmosphere caused by the uneven state of the surface.
  • An organic electroluminescence element that suppresses deterioration of storage stability and occurrence of short circuit and improves light extraction efficiency, and an illumination device including the organic electroluminescence element.
  • the present inventor has examined the cause of the above-described problems, and includes at least a gas barrier layer, a light scattering layer, a smooth layer, a first transparent electrode, and an organic functional layer on the film substrate.
  • a light emitting unit, a second transparent electrode, an optical adjustment layer, and a reflective layer are laminated in this order, and the gas barrier layer is composed of at least two kinds of gas barrier layers having different composition or distribution of constituent elements, and the light scattering
  • the problem of the present invention can be solved when the layer contains light scattering particles, and have reached the present invention.
  • the said subject which concerns on this invention is solved by the following means.
  • a gas barrier layer On the film substrate, at least a gas barrier layer, a light scattering layer, a smooth layer, a first transparent electrode, a light emitting unit including an organic functional layer, a second transparent electrode, an optical adjustment layer and a reflective layer are laminated in this order,
  • the gas barrier layer is composed of at least two kinds of gas barrier layers having different composition or distribution of constituent elements,
  • the optical layer thickness (d ⁇ n) of the optical adjustment layer is 200 nm or more,
  • the organic electroluminescence element according to any one of items 1 to 3, wherein
  • the organic electroluminescence device according to any one of items 1 to 4, further comprising a light extraction layer on a surface of the film substrate that is not provided with a gas barrier layer.
  • the light extraction efficiency is suppressed by suppressing deterioration of storage stability and short-circuit in a high-temperature and high-humidity atmosphere caused by the uneven state of the surface of the gas barrier layer or light scattering layer in contact with the light-emitting unit. It is possible to provide an organic electroluminescence element with improved brightness and a lighting device including the same.
  • the expression mechanism or action mechanism of the effect of the present invention is not clear, but is presumed as follows.
  • a gas barrier layer having a high gas barrier property against water vapor and oxygen is essential, and this can suppress deterioration of storage stability, but a gas barrier layer is provided.
  • the surface irregularities formed by may lead to defects such as short circuits. Therefore, it is possible to suppress defects such as a short circuit by providing a smooth layer with a controlled surface roughness. It has been found that these problems can be suppressed, and that it is effective to improve the light extraction efficiency to further include an optical adjustment layer and a reflective layer. In addition, it is considered that the loss due to plasmon absorption can be reduced and the light extraction efficiency can be further improved by using thin silver for the electrode of the organic electroluminescence device including the optical adjustment layer and the reflection layer. ing.
  • Sectional drawing which shows schematic structure of an organic electroluminescent element Schematic showing an example of gas barrier film manufacturing equipment Schematic diagram of gas supply port position setting
  • the graph which shows each element profile of the thickness direction of the layer by the composition analysis of the depth direction using XPS of the gas barrier layer which concerns on this invention
  • the graph which shows each element profile of the thickness direction of the layer by the composition analysis of the depth direction using XPS of the gas barrier layer which concerns on this invention
  • Sectional drawing which shows schematic structure of the light emission panel produced in the Example. Sectional drawing which shows schematic structure of the light emission panel produced in the Example.
  • the organic electroluminescence device of the present invention comprises, on a film substrate, at least a gas barrier layer, a light scattering layer, a smooth layer, a first transparent electrode, a light emitting unit including an organic functional layer, a second transparent electrode, an optical adjustment layer, and a reflection layer.
  • the layers are laminated in this order, the gas barrier layer is composed of at least two types of gas barrier layers having different composition or distribution of constituent elements, and the light scattering layer contains light scattering particles. To do.
  • This feature is a technical feature common to the inventions according to claims 1 to 5.
  • the second transparent electrode contains silver or an alloy containing silver as a main component in that the effect of the present invention can be further exhibited.
  • a transparent electrode can be produced as a cathode at a low temperature with respect to the film substrate.
  • the layer thickness of the second transparent electrode is preferably 15 nm or less.
  • the optical layer thickness of the optical adjustment layer (d ⁇ n) ) Is preferably 200 nm or more.
  • a light extraction layer is provided on the surface of the film substrate not provided with the gas barrier layer. Thereby, the light extraction efficiency can be improved.
  • is used to mean that the numerical values described before and after it are included as a lower limit value and an upper limit value.
  • the organic electroluminescence element of the present invention includes a light emitting unit including at least a gas barrier layer, a light scattering layer, a smooth layer, a first transparent electrode, and an organic functional layer on a film substrate.
  • the second transparent electrode, the optical adjustment layer, and the reflective layer are laminated in this order, the gas barrier layer is composed of at least two types of gas barrier layers having different composition or distribution of constituent elements, and the light scattering layer is light scattering. Contains particles.
  • the “light-emitting unit” means a light-emitting body (unit) composed mainly of an organic functional layer such as a light-emitting layer, a hole transport injection layer, and an electron transport injection layer containing at least various organic compounds described later.
  • the luminous body is sandwiched between a pair of electrodes consisting of an anode and a cathode, and light is emitted by recombination of holes (holes) supplied from the anode and electrons supplied from the cathode in the luminous body.
  • the organic electroluminescent element of this invention may be provided with two or more of the said light emission units according to desired luminescent color. Specifically, as shown in FIG.
  • the organic EL element 100 is provided on a film substrate 4, and in order from the film substrate 4 side, a gas barrier layer 5, a light scattering layer 7, and a smooth layer.
  • a first transparent electrode (anode) 2 a light emitting unit 3 configured using an organic material
  • a second transparent electrode (cathode) 6 an optical adjustment layer 8
  • a reflective layer 9. is doing.
  • An extraction electrode 16 is provided at the end of the first transparent electrode 2 (electrode layer 2b).
  • the first transparent electrode 2 and an external power source (not shown) are electrically connected via the extraction electrode 16.
  • the organic EL element 100 is configured to extract generated light (emitted light h) from at least the film substrate 4 side.
  • the layer structure of the organic EL element 100 is not limited and may be a general layer structure.
  • the first transparent electrode 2 functions as an anode (that is, an anode)
  • the second transparent electrode 6 functions as a cathode (that is, a cathode).
  • the light emitting unit 3 has a configuration in which a hole transport injection layer 3a / a light emission layer 3b / a hole blocking layer 3c / an electron transport injection layer 3d are stacked in this order from the first transparent electrode 2 side which is an anode.
  • the hole transport injection layer 3a may be provided with two layers, a hole injection layer and a hole transport layer. Of these light emitting units 3, for example, the hole transport injection layer 3a may be made of an inorganic material.
  • the light-emitting unit 3 may have an electron blocking layer or the like laminated as necessary.
  • the light emitting layer 3b may have a structure in which each color light emitting layer that generates emitted light in each wavelength region is laminated, and each of these color light emitting layers is laminated via a non-light emitting intermediate layer.
  • the intermediate layer may function as an electron blocking layer.
  • the second transparent electrode 6 that is a cathode may also have a laminated structure as required. In such a configuration, only a portion where the light emitting unit 3 is sandwiched between the first transparent electrode 2 and the second transparent electrode 6 becomes a light emitting region in the organic EL element 100.
  • the auxiliary electrode 15 may be provided in contact with the electrode layer 2b of the first transparent electrode 2 for the purpose of reducing the resistance of the first transparent electrode 2.
  • an optical adjustment layer 8 is provided between the second transparent electrode 6 and the reflective layer 9. That is, the reflection function provided in a common counter electrode is separated as a reflection layer, and the optical adjustment layer 8 is provided between the cathode (second transparent electrode 6) and the reflection layer 9. Thereby, the space
  • the organic EL element 100 having the above configuration is sealed on the film substrate 4 with a sealing material 17 described later for the purpose of preventing deterioration of the light emitting unit 3 configured using an organic material or the like. Yes.
  • the sealing material 17 is fixed to the film substrate 4 side with an adhesive 19. However, the terminal portions of the first transparent electrode 2 (extraction electrode 16) and the second transparent electrode 6 are exposed from the sealing material 17 on the film substrate 4 while being insulated from each other by the light emitting unit 3. It shall be provided.
  • the main elements for constituting the organic EL element 100 described above will be described in the order of a smooth layer, a light scattering layer, a gas barrier layer, a film substrate, an electrode, a light emitting unit, an optical adjustment layer, and a reflective layer, and a method for manufacturing the same. Is also explained.
  • the smooth layer 1 according to the present invention when the light emitting unit 3 is provided on the light scattering layer 7, the deterioration of the storage stability under high temperature and high humidity atmosphere caused by the unevenness of the surface of the light scattering layer 7 and electricity
  • the main purpose is to prevent negative effects such as short circuit.
  • the smooth layer 1 according to the present invention has a flatness that allows the first transparent electrode 2 to be satisfactorily formed thereon, and the surface property thereof is an arithmetic average roughness Ra in the range of 0.5 to 50 nm. It is preferable to be within. More preferably, it is 30 nm or less, Especially preferably, it is 10 nm or less, Most preferably, it is 5 nm or less.
  • the arithmetic average roughness Ra By setting the arithmetic average roughness Ra within the range of 0.5 to 50 nm, it is possible to suppress defects such as a short circuit in the organic EL element to be stacked.
  • the arithmetic average roughness Ra 0 nm is preferable, but 0.5 nm is set as a lower limit value as a practical level limit value.
  • the arithmetic average roughness Ra of the surface represents the arithmetic average roughness in accordance with JIS B0601-2001.
  • the surface roughness (arithmetic mean roughness Ra) is an uneven cross section measured continuously with a detector having a stylus having a minimum tip radius using an AFM (Atomic Force Microscope: manufactured by Digital Instruments). It was calculated from the curve, and was measured three times in a section having a measurement direction of 30 ⁇ m with a stylus having a very small tip radius, and was determined from the average roughness regarding the amplitude of fine irregularities.
  • the average refractive index nf of the smooth layer 1 is preferably a value close to the refractive index of the organic functional layer included in the light emitting unit 3. Specifically, since an organic material having a high refractive index is generally used for the light emitting unit 3, the smooth layer 1 has an average refraction at the shortest light emission maximum wavelength among the light emission maximum wavelengths of the light emitted from the light emission unit. It is preferable that the refractive index layer be a high refractive index layer having a refractive index nf of 1.5 or more, particularly greater than 1.65 and less than 2.5.
  • the average refractive index nf is greater than 1.65 and less than 2.5, it may be formed of a single material or a mixture.
  • the average refractive index nf of the smooth layer 1 uses a calculated refractive index calculated by a total value obtained by multiplying the refractive index specific to each material by the mixing ratio.
  • the refractive index of each material may be 1.65 or less, or 2.5 or more, and the average refractive index nf of the mixed film is larger than 1.65 and less than 2.5. That's fine.
  • the “average refractive index nf” is the refractive index of a single material when formed of a single material, and in the case of a mixed system, the refractive index specific to each material is multiplied by the mixing ratio. It is the calculated refractive index calculated by the combined value.
  • the refractive index was measured by irradiating a light beam having the shortest light emission maximum wavelength among the light emission maximum wavelengths of the light emitted from the light emitting unit in an atmosphere at 25 ° C., and by using an Abbe refractometer (manufactured by ATAGO, DR-M2 ).
  • known resins can be used without any particular limitation.
  • silane-DEC manufactured by Chisso Corporation
  • perfluoroalkyl group-containing silane compounds for example, (heptadecafluoro-1,1,2,2-tetradecyl) triethoxysilane
  • fluorine-containing monomers and crosslinkable groups addition of fluorine-containing monomers and crosslinkable groups
  • a fluorine-containing copolymer having a monomer as a constituent unit can be used in combination of two or more. Among these, those having an organic-inorganic hybrid structure are preferable.
  • hydrophilic resins can also be used.
  • hydrophilic resin examples include water-soluble resins, water-dispersible resins, colloid-dispersed resins, and mixtures thereof.
  • hydrophilic resin examples include acrylic resins, polyester resins, polyamide resins, polyurethane resins, fluorine resins, etc., for example, polyvinyl alcohol, gelatin, polyethylene oxide, polyvinyl pyrrolidone, casein, starch, agar, carrageenan, polyacrylic.
  • Polymers such as acid, polymethacrylic acid, polyacrylamide, polymethacrylamide, polystyrene sulfonic acid, cellulose, hydroxyl ethyl cellulose, carboxyl methyl cellulose, hydroxyl ethyl cellulose, dextran, dextrin, pullulan, water-soluble polyvinyl butyral can be mentioned, but these Among these, polyvinyl alcohol is preferable.
  • the polymer used as the binder resin one type may be used alone, or two or more types may be mixed and used as necessary.
  • a resin curable mainly by ultraviolet rays / electron beams that is, a mixture of an ionizing radiation curable resin and a thermoplastic resin and a solvent, or a thermosetting resin
  • a binder resin is preferably a polymer having a saturated hydrocarbon or polyether as a main chain, and more preferably a polymer having a saturated hydrocarbon as a main chain.
  • the binder is preferably crosslinked.
  • the polymer having a saturated hydrocarbon as the main chain is preferably obtained by a polymerization reaction of an ethylenically unsaturated monomer.
  • the fine particle sol contained in the binder contained in the smooth layer 1 can also be suitably used.
  • the lower limit of the particle diameter dispersed in the binder contained in the smooth layer 1 is usually preferably 5 nm or more, more preferably 10 nm or more, and further preferably 15 nm or more.
  • distributed to a binder it is preferable that it is 70 nm or less, It is more preferable that it is 60 nm or less, It is further more preferable that it is 50 nm or less.
  • the particle diameter dispersed in the binder is in the range of 5 to 60 nm, it is preferable in that high transparency can be obtained.
  • the particle size distribution is not limited, and may be wide or narrow and may have a plurality of distributions.
  • the particles contained in the smooth layer 1 used in the present invention are more preferably TiO 2 (titanium dioxide sol) from the viewpoint of stability. Further, among TiO 2 , rutile type is more preferable than anatase type because the catalytic activity is low, and the weather resistance of the smooth layer 1 and the adjacent layer becomes high and the refractive index is high.
  • Examples of a method for preparing a titanium dioxide sol that can be used in the present invention include JP-A 63-17221, JP-A 7-819, JP-A 9-165218, and JP-A 11-43327. Can be referred to.
  • the thickness of the smooth layer 1 needs to be somewhat thick in order to reduce the surface roughness of the light scattering layer, but it needs to be thin enough not to cause energy loss due to absorption. Specifically, it is preferably in the range of 0.1 to 5 ⁇ m, more preferably in the range of 0.5 to 2 ⁇ m.
  • the organic EL element 100 of the present invention is characterized by including a light scattering layer 7.
  • the average refractive index ns of the light scattering layer is preferably such that the refractive index is as close as possible to the organic functional layer and the smooth layer 1 because the emitted light in the organic functional layer of the light emitting unit 3 enters through the smooth layer 1.
  • the light scattering layer 7 has an average refractive index ns of 1.5 or more, particularly 1.6 or more and less than 2.5 at the shortest emission maximum wavelength among the emission maximum wavelengths of the emitted light from the light emitting unit 3.
  • a high refractive index layer is preferred.
  • the light-scattering layer 7 may be formed of a single material having an average refractive index ns of 1.6 or more and less than 2.5, or may be mixed with two or more compounds to have an average refractive index ns. A film having a thickness of 1.6 or more and less than 2.5 may be formed.
  • the average refractive index ns of the light scattering layer 7 uses a calculated refractive index calculated by a total value obtained by multiplying the refractive index specific to each material by the mixing ratio.
  • the refractive index of each material may be less than 1.6 or 2.5 or more as long as the average refractive index ns of the mixed film satisfies 1.6 or more and less than 2.5.
  • the “average refractive index ns” is the refractive index of a single material when formed of a single material, and in the case of a mixed system, the refractive index specific to each material is multiplied by the mixing ratio. It is the calculated refractive index calculated by the combined value.
  • the light scattering layer 7 is preferably a light scattering film utilizing a difference in refractive index due to a mixture of a binder having a low refractive index which is a layer medium and particles having a high refractive index contained in the layer medium.
  • the light scattering layer 7 is a layer that improves light extraction efficiency, and is preferably formed on the outermost surface of the gas barrier layer 5 on the film substrate 4 on the first transparent electrode 2 side.
  • the binder having a low refractive index has a refractive index nb of less than 1.9, particularly preferably less than 1.6.
  • the “refractive index nb of the binder” is the refractive index of a single material when formed of a single material, and in the case of a mixed system, the mixing ratio is set to the refractive index specific to each material. It is a calculated refractive index calculated by the summed value.
  • the particles having a high refractive index have a refractive index np of 1.5 or more, preferably 1.8 or more, and particularly preferably 2.0 or more.
  • the “refractive index np of the particle” is the refractive index of a single material when formed of a single material, and in the case of a mixed system, the mixing ratio is set to the refractive index specific to each material. It is a calculated refractive index calculated by the summed value.
  • the role of the particles having a high refractive index of the light scattering layer 7 includes a scattering function of guided light. For this purpose, it is necessary to improve the scattering property. In order to improve the scattering property, it is conceivable to increase the difference in refractive index between the particles having a high refractive index and the binder, increase the layer thickness, and increase the particle density. Among them, the one with the smallest trade-off with other performances is to increase the refractive index difference between the inorganic particles and the binder.
  • between the resin material (binder) as the layer medium and the particles having a high refractive index contained is preferably 0.2 or more, and particularly preferably 0.3 or more. If the refractive index difference
  • the average refractive index ns of the light scattering layer 7 is preferably a high refractive index layer in the range of 1.6 or more and less than 2.5, for example, the refractive index nb of the binder is 1 It is preferable that the refractive index np of particles having a high refractive index smaller than .6 is larger than 1.8.
  • the refractive index is measured by irradiating the light having the shortest light emission maximum wavelength among the light emission maximum wavelengths of the light emitted from the light emitting unit in an atmosphere of 25 ° C. in the same manner as the smooth layer.
  • DR-M2 manufactured by the company.
  • the light scattering layer 7 is a layer that diffuses light by the difference in refractive index between the layer medium and the particles. Therefore, the contained particles are required to scatter the emitted light from the light emitting unit 3 without adversely affecting other layers.
  • scattering is a state in which a haze value (ratio of scattering transmittance to total light transmittance) is 20% or more, more preferably 25% or more, and particularly preferably 30% or more in a light scattering layer single film. To express. If the haze value is 20% or more, the luminous efficiency can be improved.
  • the haze value is a physical property value calculated under the influence of (a) the refractive index difference of the composition in the film and (b) the influence of the surface shape.
  • the haze value excluding the influence of (b) is measured.
  • it can be measured using a haze meter (NDH-5000, manufactured by Nippon Denshoku Industries Co., Ltd.).
  • NDH-5000 manufactured by Nippon Denshoku Industries Co., Ltd.
  • the particle diameter the scattering property can be improved, and defects such as a short circuit can be suppressed.
  • it is preferably a transparent particle having a particle diameter equal to or larger than a region that causes Mie scattering in the visible light region.
  • the average particle diameter is 0.2 micrometer or more.
  • the layer thickness of the smooth layer 1 for flattening the roughness of the light-scattering layer 7 containing the particles needs to be increased.
  • the thickness is preferably less than 10 ⁇ m, more preferably less than 5 ⁇ m, particularly preferably less than 3 ⁇ m, and most preferably less than 1 ⁇ m.
  • the average particle diameter includes at least one particle having a size in the range of 100 nm to 3 ⁇ m and does not include particles larger than 3 ⁇ m, particularly 200 nm.
  • the average particle diameter of the high refractive index particles can be measured by, for example, an apparatus using a dynamic light scattering method such as Nanotrack UPA-EX150 manufactured by Nikkiso Co., Ltd., or image processing of an electron micrograph.
  • Such particles are not particularly limited and can be appropriately selected according to the purpose.
  • the particles may be organic fine particles or inorganic fine particles, and among them, inorganic fine particles having a high refractive index. Is preferred.
  • organic fine particles having a high refractive index examples include polymethyl methacrylate beads, acrylic-styrene copolymer beads, melamine beads, polycarbonate beads, styrene beads, cross-linked polystyrene beads, polyvinyl chloride beads, benzoguanamine-melamine formaldehyde beads, and the like. Can be mentioned.
  • the inorganic fine particles having a high refractive index examples include inorganic oxide particles composed of at least one oxide selected from zirconium, titanium, aluminum, indium, zinc, tin, antimony, and the like.
  • Specific examples of the inorganic oxide particles include ZrO 2 , TiO 2 , BaTiO 3 , Al 2 O 3 , In 2 O 3 , ZnO, SnO 2 , Sb 2 O 3 , ITO, SiO 2 , ZrSiO 4 , zeolite.
  • TiO 2 , BaTiO 3 , ZrO 2 , ZnO and SnO 2 are preferable, and TiO 2 is most preferable.
  • the rutile type is more preferable than the anatase type because the catalyst activity is low, so that the weather resistance of the high refractive index layer and the adjacent layer is high and the refractive index is high.
  • these particles are used after being surface-treated from the viewpoint of improving dispersibility and stability in the case of using a dispersion liquid described later in order to be contained in the light scattering layer 7 having a high refractive index, or It is possible to select whether or not to use a surface treatment.
  • specific materials for the surface treatment include different inorganic oxides such as silicon oxide and zirconium oxide, metal hydroxides such as aluminum hydroxide, organic acids such as organosiloxane and stearic acid, and the like. It is done. These surface treatment materials may be used individually by 1 type, and may be used in combination of multiple types. Among these, from the viewpoint of the stability of the dispersion, the surface treatment material is preferably a different inorganic oxide and / or metal hydroxide, more preferably a metal hydroxide.
  • the coating amount (in general, this coating amount is indicated by the mass ratio of the surface treatment material used on the surface of the particle to the mass of the particles). Is preferably 0.01 to 99% by mass. By setting it within this range, the effect of improving the dispersibility and stability by the surface treatment can be sufficiently obtained, and the light extraction efficiency can be improved by the high refractive index of the light scattering layer 7.
  • quantum dots described in International Publication No. 2009/014707 and US Pat. No. 6,608,439 can be suitably used.
  • the arrangement of the particles having a high refractive index is preferably arranged with the thickness of one particle layer so that the particles are in contact with or close to the interface between the light scattering layer 7 and the smooth layer 1.
  • the content of the high refractive index particles in the light scattering layer 7 is preferably in the range of 1.0 to 70%, more preferably in the range of 5 to 50% in terms of volume filling factor. Thereby, the density distribution of the refractive index can be made dense at the interface between the light scattering layer 7 and the smooth layer 1, and the light extraction amount can be increased to improve the light extraction efficiency.
  • the particles are dispersed in a resin material (polymer) solution (a solvent in which particles are not dissolved) used as a medium. It is formed by coating on a film substrate. Although these particles are actually polydisperse particles and difficult to arrange regularly, they have a diffraction effect locally, but many of them change the direction of light by diffusion and light extraction efficiency To improve.
  • the binder that can be used in the light scattering layer 7 is the same resin as that of the smooth layer 1.
  • a compound capable of forming a metal oxide, a metal nitride, or a metal oxynitride by ultraviolet irradiation under a specific atmosphere is particularly preferably used.
  • a compound suitable for the present invention a compound which can be modified at a relatively low temperature described in JP-A-8-112879 is preferable.
  • polysiloxane having Si—O—Si bond including polysilsesquioxane
  • polysilazane having Si—N—Si bond both Si—O—Si bond and Si—N—Si bond
  • polysiloxazan containing can be used in combination of two or more.
  • the thickness of the light scattering layer 7 needs to be thick to some extent in order to ensure the optical path length for causing scattering, but it needs to be thin enough not to cause energy loss due to absorption. Specifically, it is preferably in the range of 0.1 to 5 ⁇ m, more preferably in the range of 0.2 to 2 ⁇ m.
  • the polysiloxane used in the light scattering layer 7 may include [R 3 SiO 1/2 ], [R 2 SiO], [RSiO 3/2 ] and [SiO 2 ] as general structural units.
  • R is a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group containing 1 to 20 carbon atoms (for example, methyl, ethyl, propyl, etc.), an aryl group (for example, phenyl), or an unsaturated alkyl group (for example, vinyl).
  • Examples of specific polysiloxane groups include [PhSiO 3/2 ], [MeSiO 3/2 ], [HSiO 3/2 ], [MePhSiO], [Ph 2 SiO], [PhViSiO], [ViSiO 3/2 ].
  • Vi represents a vinyl group
  • Mixtures and copolymers of polysiloxanes can also be used.
  • Polysilsesquioxane In the light scattering layer 7, it is preferable to use polysilsesquioxane among the above-mentioned polysiloxanes.
  • Polysilsesquioxane is a compound containing silsesquioxane in a structural unit.
  • the “silsesquioxane” is a compound represented by [RSiO 3/2 ], and usually RSiX 3 (R is a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group (also referred to as an aralkyl group).
  • X is a halogen, an alkoxy group, etc.
  • the molecular arrangement of polysilsesquioxane is typically an amorphous structure, a ladder structure, a cage structure, or a partially cleaved structure (a structure in which a silicon atom is missing from a cage structure or a cage structure).
  • a structure in which the silicon-oxygen bond in the structure is partially broken is known.
  • hydrogen silsesquioxane polymer examples include a hydridosiloxane polymer represented by HSi (OH) x (OR) y O z / 2 .
  • Each R is an organic group or a substituted organic group, and forms a hydrolyzable substituent when bonded to silicon by an oxygen atom.
  • x 0 to 2
  • y 0 to 2
  • z 1 to 3
  • x + y + z 3.
  • R examples include an alkyl group (for example, methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl and the like), an aryl group (for example, phenyl and the like), and an alkenyl group (for example, allyl and vinyl and the like).
  • These resins are either fully condensed (HSiO 3/2 ) n , or only partially hydrolyzed (ie, including some Si—OR) and / or partially condensed (ie, one Part of Si—OH).
  • the polysilazane used in the light scattering layer 7 is a polymer having a silicon-nitrogen bond, and includes SiO 2 , Si 3 N 4 made of Si—N, Si—H, N—H, or the like, and an intermediate solid solution SiO x N y of both.
  • Inorganic precursor polymers such as (x: 0.1 to 1.9, y: 0.1 to 1.3).
  • the polysilazane preferably used for the light scattering layer 7 is represented by the following general formula (A).
  • the “polysilazane” used in the present invention is a polymer having a silicon-nitrogen bond in the structure and serving as a precursor of silicon oxynitride, and those having the following general formula (A) structure are preferably used. .
  • R 1 , R 2 and R 3 each represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an alkylsilyl group, an alkylamino group or an alkoxy group.
  • perhydropolysilazane in which all of R 1 , R 2, and R 3 are hydrogen atoms is particularly preferable from the viewpoint of the denseness as a film of the obtained light scattering layer.
  • Perhydropolysilazane is presumed to have a linear structure and a ring structure centered on 6-membered and 8-membered rings, and its molecular weight is about 600 to 2000 in terms of number average molecular weight (Mn) (gel Polystyrene conversion by permeation chromatography), which is a liquid or solid substance.
  • Mn number average molecular weight
  • Polysilazane is commercially available in the form of a solution dissolved in an organic solvent, and the commercially available product can be used as a polysilazane-containing coating solution as it is.
  • Examples of commercially available polysilazane solutions include NN120-20, NAX120-20, and NL120-20 manufactured by AZ Electronic Materials.
  • an ionizing radiation curable resin composition can be used as the binder.
  • a curing method of the ionizing radiation curable resin composition an ordinary curing method of the ionizing radiation curable resin composition, that is, an electron beam or an ultraviolet ray is used. It can be cured by irradiation.
  • 10 to 1000 keV emitted from various electron beam accelerators such as Cockrowalton type, bandegraph type, resonant transformer type, insulated core transformer type, linear type, dynamitron type, and high frequency type.
  • an electron beam having an energy of 30 to 300 keV is used, and in the case of ultraviolet curing, ultraviolet rays emitted from rays of ultra high pressure mercury lamp, high pressure mercury lamp, low pressure mercury lamp, carbon arc, xenon arc, metal halide lamp, etc. Available.
  • a rare gas excimer lamp that emits vacuum ultraviolet rays within a range of 100 to 230 nm is specifically mentioned.
  • a rare gas atom such as Xe, Kr, Ar, Ne, etc. is called an inert gas because it does not form a molecule by chemically bonding.
  • rare gas atoms excited atoms
  • excimer light of 172 nm is emitted when the excited excimer molecule Xe 2 * transitions to the ground state, as shown in the following reaction formula.
  • ⁇ Excimer lamps are characterized by high efficiency because radiation concentrates on one wavelength and almost no other light is emitted. Moreover, since extra light is not radiated
  • a dielectric barrier discharge lamp has a structure in which a discharge occurs between electrodes via a dielectric. Generally, at least one electrode is disposed between a dielectric discharge vessel and the outside thereof. That's fine.
  • a dielectric barrier discharge lamp for example, a rare gas such as xenon is enclosed in a double cylindrical discharge vessel composed of a thick tube and a thin tube made of quartz glass, and a net-like second discharge vessel is formed outside the discharge vessel. There is one in which one electrode is provided and another electrode is provided inside the inner tube.
  • a dielectric barrier discharge lamp generates a dielectric barrier discharge inside a discharge vessel by applying a high frequency voltage between electrodes, and generates excimer light when excimer molecules such as xenon generated by the discharge dissociate. .
  • Excimer lamps can be lit with low power input because of their high light generation efficiency. In addition, since light having a long wavelength that causes a temperature rise is not emitted and energy is emitted at a single wavelength in the ultraviolet region, the temperature rise of the irradiation object due to the irradiation light itself is suppressed.
  • Dielectric barrier discharge is a gas space created by placing a gas space between both electrodes via a dielectric such as transparent quartz and applying a high frequency high voltage of several tens of kHz to the electrode. This discharge is called a micro discharge, and when the micro discharge streamer reaches the tube wall (derivative), the electric charge accumulates on the dielectric surface, and the micro discharge disappears.
  • Electrodeless electric field discharge by capacitive coupling, also called RF discharge.
  • the lamp and electrodes and their arrangement may be basically the same as those of dielectric barrier discharge, but the high frequency applied between the two electrodes is lit at several MHz. Since the electrodeless field discharge can provide a spatially and temporally uniform discharge in this way, a long-life lamp without flickering can be obtained.
  • an electrode in which fine metal wires are meshed is used. Since this electrode uses as thin a line as possible so as not to block light, it is easily damaged by ozone generated by vacuum ultraviolet light in an oxygen atmosphere. In order to prevent this, it is necessary to provide an atmosphere of an inert gas such as nitrogen around the lamp, that is, the inside of the irradiation apparatus, and provide a synthetic quartz window to extract the irradiation light. Synthetic quartz windows are not only expensive consumables, but also cause light loss.
  • the outer diameter of the double-cylindrical lamp is about 25 mm, the difference in distance to the irradiation surface cannot be ignored directly below the lamp axis and on the side of the lamp, resulting in a large difference in illumination. Therefore, even if the lamps are closely arranged, a uniform illuminance distribution cannot be obtained. If the irradiation device is provided with a synthetic quartz window, the distance in the oxygen atmosphere can be made uniform, and a uniform illuminance distribution can be obtained.
  • the biggest feature of the capillary excimer lamp is its simple structure.
  • the quartz tube is closed at both ends, and only gas for excimer light emission is sealed inside.
  • the outer diameter of the tube of the thin tube lamp is about 6 nm to 12 mm. If it is too thick, a high voltage is required for starting.
  • the electrode may have a flat surface in contact with the lamp, but if the shape is matched to the curved surface of the lamp, the lamp can be firmly fixed and the discharge is more stable when the electrode is in close contact with the lamp. Also, if the curved surface is made into a mirror surface with aluminum, it also becomes a light reflector.
  • the Xe excimer lamp emits ultraviolet light having a short wavelength of 172 nm at a single wavelength, and thus has excellent luminous efficiency. Since this light has a large oxygen absorption coefficient, it can generate radical oxygen atom species and ozone at a high concentration with a very small amount of oxygen.
  • the energy of light having a short wavelength of 172 nm has a high ability to dissociate organic bonds. Due to the high energy of the active oxygen, ozone and ultraviolet radiation, the polysilazane layer can be modified in a short time.
  • ⁇ Excimer lamps have high light generation efficiency and can be lit with low power.
  • light having a long wavelength that causes a temperature increase due to light is not emitted, and energy is irradiated in the ultraviolet region, that is, in a short wavelength, so that the increase in the surface temperature of the irradiation object is suppressed.
  • it is suitable for flexible film materials such as PET that are easily affected by heat.
  • Ozone radicals are generated if oxygen is present during excimer light short-wave ultraviolet irradiation. Therefore, a highly active reaction involving ozone radicals can be expected, but on the other hand, since there is absorption by oxygen, the efficiency in the ultraviolet irradiation process tends to decrease, so that the irradiation with vacuum ultraviolet rays has as low an oxygen concentration as possible. It is preferable to carry out in the state. That is, the oxygen concentration at the time of vacuum ultraviolet irradiation is preferably in the range of 10 to 10000 ppm, more preferably in the range of 50 to 5000 ppm, and still more preferably in the range of 1000 to 4500 ppm. It is also effective to reduce the distance between the lamp and the object from the viewpoint of improving efficiency.
  • the gas satisfying the irradiation atmosphere used at the time of irradiation with vacuum ultraviolet rays is preferably a dry inert gas, and particularly preferably dry nitrogen gas from the viewpoint of cost.
  • the oxygen concentration can be adjusted by measuring the flow rate of oxygen gas and inert gas introduced into the irradiation chamber and changing the flow rate ratio.
  • the refractive index difference between the binder of the light scattering layer 7 and the smooth layer 1 is small.
  • the refractive index difference between the binder of the light scattering layer 7 and the smooth layer 1 is preferably 0.1 or less.
  • the layer thickness obtained by adding the light scattering layer 7 to the smooth layer 1 is preferably in the range of 100 nm to 5 ⁇ m, and more preferably in the range of 300 nm to 2 ⁇ m.
  • the gas barrier layer according to the present invention is characterized by being composed of at least two kinds of gas barrier layers having different constituent elements or different distribution states. By adopting such a configuration, it is possible to efficiently prevent permeation of oxygen and water vapor.
  • at least two types of gas barrier layers having different composition or distribution state of constituent elements are two gas barrier layers having different composition or distribution states of constituent elements depending on the formation method and forming material of the gas barrier layer. That means the above.
  • the gas barrier layer is a barrier having a water vapor permeability (25 ⁇ 0.5 ° C., relative humidity 90 ⁇ 2% RH) measured by a method according to JIS K 7129-1992, of 0.01 g / m 2 ⁇ 24 h or less.
  • the oxygen permeability measured by a method according to JIS K 7126-1987 is 1 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 3 ml / m 2 ⁇ 24 h ⁇ atm or less, and the water vapor permeability is 1 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 5 g / A high barrier film of m 2 ⁇ 24 h or less is preferable.
  • one of the at least two gas barrier layers contains silicon dioxide which is a reaction product of an inorganic silicon compound.
  • one of the at least two gas barrier layers contains a reaction product of an organosilicon compound. That is, it is preferable that at least one gas barrier layer contains an element derived from an organosilicon compound, for example, oxygen, silicon, carbon, or the like as a constituent element.
  • the composition or distribution state of the elements constituting the gas barrier layer in the gas barrier layer may be uniform or different in the thickness direction.
  • gas barrier layer Of the at least two types of gas barrier layers constituting the gas barrier layer, one type is the first gas barrier layer and the other type is the second gas. This will be referred to as a barrier layer.
  • the constituent element of the first gas barrier layer according to the present invention includes at least an element constituting a compound that prevents permeation of oxygen and water vapor, and may be different from the constituent elements of the second gas barrier layer described later.
  • the first gas barrier layer 5a can be provided as a layer containing silicon, oxygen and carbon as constituent elements on one surface of the film substrate.
  • the distribution curve of each constituent element based on the element distribution measurement in the depth direction by X-ray photoelectron spectroscopy for the first gas barrier layer 5a satisfies all the following requirements (i) to (iv). Is preferable from the viewpoint of improving gas barrier properties.
  • the silicon atom ratio, oxygen atom ratio, and carbon atom ratio have the following order of magnitude relationship in a distance region of 90% or more in the layer thickness direction from the surface of the first gas barrier layer 5a.
  • Carbon atom ratio ⁇ (silicon atom ratio) ⁇ (oxygen atom ratio)
  • the carbon distribution curve has at least two extreme values.
  • the absolute value of the difference between the maximum value and the minimum value of the carbon atom ratio in the carbon distribution curve is 5 at% or more.
  • the maximum value of the oxygen distribution curve closest to the surface of the first gas barrier layer 5a on the film substrate side is the maximum among the maximum values of the oxygen distribution curve in the gas barrier layer 5. .
  • the first gas barrier layer 5a uses a belt-like flexible film substrate to convey the film substrate while being in contact between a pair of film forming rollers, and between the pair of film forming rollers.
  • the thin film layer is preferably formed on the film substrate by a plasma chemical vapor deposition method in which plasma discharge is performed while supplying a film forming gas.
  • the extreme value means the maximum value or the minimum value of the atomic ratio of each element with respect to the distance from the surface of the first gas barrier layer 5a in the layer thickness direction of the first gas barrier layer 5a. .
  • the maximum value is a point where the value of the atomic ratio of the element changes from increasing to decreasing when the distance from the surface of the first gas barrier layer 5a is changed, and the atomic ratio of the element at that point.
  • the atomic ratio value of the element at a position where the distance from the surface of the first gas barrier layer 5a in the layer thickness direction of the first gas barrier layer 5a is further changed by 20 nm from that point is reduced by 3 at% or more. It means a point.
  • the minimum value is a point where the value of the atomic ratio of the element changes from decreasing to increasing when the distance from the surface of the first gas barrier layer 5a is changed, and the atomic atom of the element at that point.
  • the atomic ratio value of the element at a position where the distance from the surface of the first gas barrier layer 5a in the layer thickness direction of the first gas barrier layer 5a is further changed by 20 nm from the point is increased by 3 at% or more than the ratio value. The point to do.
  • the carbon atom ratio in the first gas barrier layer 5a according to the present invention is preferably in the range of 8 to 20 at% as an average value of the entire layer from the viewpoint of flexibility. More preferably, it is within the range of 10 to 20 at%. By setting it within this range, it is possible to form the first gas barrier layer 5a that sufficiently satisfies the gas barrier property and the flexibility.
  • the absolute value of the difference between the maximum value and the minimum value of the carbon atom ratio in the carbon distribution curve is 5 at% or more.
  • the absolute value of the difference between the maximum value and the minimum value of the carbon atom ratio is more preferably 6 at% or more, and particularly preferably 7 at% or more.
  • the oxygen distribution curve of the first gas barrier layer 5a is closest to the surface of the first gas barrier layer 5a on the film substrate side. It is preferable that the maximum value of the oxygen distribution curve takes the maximum value among the maximum values of the oxygen distribution curve in the first gas barrier layer 5a.
  • FIG. 4 is a graph showing each element profile in the thickness direction of the layer according to the XPS depth profile (distribution in the depth direction) of the first gas barrier layer 5a according to the present invention.
  • FIG. 4 shows the oxygen distribution curve as A, the silicon distribution curve as B, and the carbon distribution curve as C.
  • the atomic ratio of each element continuously changes between the surface of the first gas barrier layer 5a (distance 0 nm) and the surface of the film substrate 4 (distance about 300 nm), but the first gas barrier of the oxygen distribution curve A
  • the maximum value of the oxygen atom ratio closest to the surface of the layer 5a is X
  • the maximum value of the oxygen atom ratio closest to the surface of the film substrate 4 is Y
  • the value of the oxygen atom ratio is Y> X. This is preferable from the viewpoint of preventing intrusion of water molecules from the substrate 4 side.
  • the oxygen atomic ratio Y that is the maximum value of the oxygen distribution curve closest to the surface of the first gas barrier layer 5a on the film substrate 4 side is the opposite side across the film substrate 4 and the gas barrier layer. It is preferable that it is 1.05 times or more of the oxygen atomic ratio X which becomes the maximum value of the oxygen distribution curve closest to the surface of the gas barrier layer. That is, it is preferable that 1.05 ⁇ Y / X.
  • the upper limit is not particularly limited, but is preferably in the range of 1.05 ⁇ Y / X ⁇ 1.30, and more preferably in the range of 1.05 ⁇ Y / X ⁇ 1.20. preferable. Within this range, intrusion of water molecules can be prevented, the gas barrier property is not deteriorated under high temperature and high humidity, and this is preferable from the viewpoint of productivity and cost.
  • the absolute value of the difference between the maximum value and the minimum value of the oxygen atom ratio is preferably 5 at% or more, more preferably 6 at% or more, and 7 at % Or more is particularly preferable.
  • the absolute value of the difference between the maximum value and the minimum value of the silicon atom ratio in the silicon distribution curve of the first gas barrier layer 5a is preferably less than 5 at%, more preferably less than 4 at%. Preferably, it is particularly preferably less than 3 at%. When the absolute value is within the above range, the gas barrier property of the obtained first gas barrier layer 5a and the mechanical strength of the gas barrier layer are sufficient.
  • ⁇ Depth composition analysis of gas barrier layer by XPS> The carbon distribution curve, oxygen distribution curve and silicon distribution curve in the layer thickness (depth) direction of the gas barrier layer 5 are measured by X-ray photoelectron spectroscopy (XPS) and rare gas ion sputtering such as argon. Can be used for so-called XPS depth profile (distribution in the depth direction) measurement in which surface composition analysis is sequentially performed while exposing the inside of the sample.
  • XPS depth profile distributed in the depth direction
  • a distribution curve obtained by such XPS depth profile measurement can be created, for example, with the vertical axis as the atomic ratio (unit: at%) of each element and the horizontal axis as the etching time (sputtering time).
  • the etching time generally correlates with the distance from the surface of the gas barrier layer 5 in the layer thickness direction of the gas barrier layer 5 in the layer thickness direction. Therefore, as the “distance from the surface of the gas barrier layer in the thickness direction of the gas barrier layer”, the surface of the gas barrier layer 5 calculated from the relationship between the etching rate and the etching time employed in the XPS depth profile measurement. The distance from can be adopted.
  • etching rate is 0.05 nm / It is preferable to set to sec (SiO 2 thermal oxide film conversion value).
  • the surface direction of the first gas barrier layer 5a (from the viewpoint of forming the gas barrier layer 5 having a uniform and excellent gas barrier property over the entire surface of the first gas barrier layer 5a) It is preferably substantially uniform (in a direction parallel to the surface of the gas barrier layer 5).
  • that the gas barrier layer 5 is substantially uniform in the surface direction means that the oxygen distribution curve and the carbon distribution curve at any two measurement points on the surface of the gas barrier layer 5 by XPS depth profile measurement.
  • the number of extreme values of the carbon distribution curve obtained at any two measurement points is the same, and the difference between the maximum value and the minimum value of the atomic ratio of carbon in each carbon distribution curve
  • the absolute values are the same as each other or within 5 at%.
  • the gas barrier film used in the present invention preferably includes at least one gas barrier layer 5 that satisfies all of the above conditions (i) to (iv), but has two or more layers that satisfy such conditions. Also good. Further, when two or more such gas barrier layers 5 are provided, the materials of the plurality of gas barrier layers 5 may be the same or different. Further, when two or more such gas barrier layers 5 are provided, such a gas barrier layer 5 may be formed on one surface of the film substrate 4. It may be formed on the surface.
  • the silicon atom ratio in the gas barrier layer 5 is preferably in the range of 25 to 45 at%, more preferably in the range of 30 to 40 at%.
  • the oxygen atom ratio in the first gas barrier layer 5a is preferably in the range of 33 to 67 at%, and more preferably in the range of 45 to 67 at%.
  • the carbon atom ratio in the first gas barrier layer 5a is preferably in the range of 3 to 33 at%, and more preferably in the range of 3 to 25 at%.
  • the thickness of the first gas barrier layer 5a is preferably in the range of 5 to 3000 nm, more preferably in the range of 10 to 2000 nm, still more preferably in the range of 100 to 1000 nm, and 300 to 1000 nm. The range of is particularly preferable.
  • the gas barrier properties such as oxygen gas barrier properties and water vapor barrier properties are excellent, and the gas barrier properties are not deteriorated by bending.
  • the first gas barrier layer 5a according to the present invention is preferably a layer formed by plasma enhanced chemical vapor deposition. More specifically, as the first gas barrier layer 5a formed by such a plasma chemical vapor deposition method, the film substrate 4 is conveyed while being in contact with the pair of film forming rollers, and between the pair of film forming rollers. A layer formed by plasma chemical vapor deposition by plasma discharge while supplying a deposition gas is preferable. Further, when discharging between the pair of film forming rollers in this way, it is preferable to reverse the polarities of the pair of film forming rollers alternately.
  • the film forming gas used in such a plasma chemical vapor deposition method preferably contains an organosilicon compound and oxygen, and the content of oxygen in the supplied film forming gas is the same as that in the film forming gas. It is preferable that the amount is less than or equal to the theoretical oxygen amount required for complete oxidation of the total amount of the organosilicon compound.
  • the first gas barrier layer 5a is preferably a layer formed on the film substrate 4 by a continuous film forming process.
  • the first gas barrier layer 5a preferably employs a plasma chemical vapor deposition method (plasma CVD method) from the viewpoint of gas barrier properties, and the plasma chemical vapor deposition method is a Penning discharge plasma method. Plasma chemical vapor deposition may also be used.
  • plasma CVD method plasma chemical vapor deposition method
  • the plasma chemical vapor deposition method is a Penning discharge plasma method. Plasma chemical vapor deposition may also be used.
  • plasma is formed by the plasma chemical vapor deposition method. It is preferable to generate a plasma discharge in the space between the plurality of film forming rollers.
  • a pair of film forming rollers is used, and the film substrate 4 is placed on each of the pair of film forming rollers. It is preferable to transport while contacting and to generate plasma by discharging between the pair of film forming rollers.
  • the film formation rate can be doubled and a film having the same structure can be formed, so that the extreme value in the carbon distribution curve can be at least doubled, and the film can be efficiently produced. It is possible to form a layer satisfying all the conditions (i) to (iv) used in the invention.
  • the gas barrier film used in the present invention has the gas barrier layer 5 formed on the surface of the film substrate 4 by a roll-to-roll method from the viewpoint of productivity.
  • An apparatus that can be used when producing a gas barrier film by such a plasma chemical vapor deposition method is not particularly limited, and includes at least a pair of film forming rollers and a plasma power source, and It is preferable that the apparatus has a configuration capable of discharging between a pair of film forming rollers.
  • the plasma chemical vapor deposition method is used. It is also possible to manufacture in a roll-to-roll system.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic view showing an example of a manufacturing apparatus that can be suitably used for forming the first gas barrier layer 5a according to the present invention on a film substrate.
  • the manufacturing apparatus shown in FIG. 2 includes a delivery roller 11, transport rollers 21, 22, 23 and 24, film formation rollers 31 and 32, a gas supply port 41, a plasma generation power source 51, a film formation roller 31 and 32 includes magnetic field generators 61 and 62 installed inside 32, and a winding roller 71.
  • a manufacturing apparatus at least the film forming rollers 31, 32, the gas supply port 41, the plasma generation power source 51, and the magnetic field generators 61 and 62 made of permanent magnets are not shown. Are arranged in.
  • the vacuum chamber is connected to a vacuum pump (not shown), and the pressure in the vacuum chamber can be appropriately adjusted by the vacuum pump.
  • each film-forming roller has a power source for plasma generation so that the pair of film-forming rollers (the film-forming roller 31 and the film-forming roller 32) can function as a pair of counter electrodes. 51 is connected. Therefore, in such a manufacturing apparatus, it is possible to discharge into the space between the film forming roller 31 and the film forming roller 32 by supplying electric power from the plasma generating power source 51, thereby forming the film. Plasma can be generated in the space between the roller 31 and the film forming roller 32.
  • the material and design may be appropriately changed so that the film-forming roller 31 and the film-forming roller 32 can also be used as electrodes.
  • a pair of film-forming roller film-forming rollers 31 and 32
  • position a pair of film-forming roller film-forming rollers 31 and 32
  • the film forming rate can be doubled, and a film having the same structure can be formed. Can be at least doubled.
  • magnetic field generators 61 and 62 fixed so as not to rotate even when the film forming roller rotates are provided, respectively.
  • the film formation roller 31 and the film formation roller 32 known rollers can be used as appropriate.
  • the diameters of the film forming rollers 31 and 32 are preferably in the range of 300 to 1000 mm ⁇ , particularly in the range of 300 to 700 mm ⁇ , from the viewpoint of discharge conditions, chamber space, and the like. If it is 300 mm ⁇ or more, the plasma discharge space will not become small, so there will be no deterioration in productivity, and it will be possible to avoid applying the total amount of heat of the plasma discharge to the film in a short time, thus reducing damage to the film substrate 4. preferable.
  • the diameter is 1000 mm ⁇ or less because practicality can be maintained in terms of device design including uniformity of plasma discharge space.
  • the winding roller 71 is not particularly limited as long as it can wind the film substrate 4 on which the gas barrier layer 5 is formed, and a known roller can be used as appropriate.
  • a gas supply port 41 a gas supply port that can supply or discharge a raw material gas or the like at a predetermined speed can be used as appropriate.
  • the plasma generating power source 51 a known power source for a plasma generating apparatus can be used as appropriate.
  • Such a power source 51 for generating plasma supplies power to the film forming roller 31 and the film forming roller 32 connected thereto, and makes it possible to use these as counter electrodes for discharge.
  • As such a plasma generation power source 51 it is possible to more efficiently carry out the plasma CVD method, so that the polarity of the pair of film forming rollers can be alternately reversed (AC power source or the like) ) Is preferably used.
  • the applied power can be in the range of 100 W to 10 kW, and the AC frequency is 50 Hz. More preferably, it can be in the range of -500 kHz.
  • the magnetic field generators 61 and 62 known magnetic field generators can be used as appropriate.
  • the type of source gas, the power of the electrode drum of the plasma generator, the pressure in the vacuum chamber, the diameter of the film forming roller, and the conveyance speed of the film substrate 4 are set.
  • the gas barrier film used for this invention can be manufactured. That is, using the manufacturing apparatus shown in FIG. 2, a plasma discharge is generated between a pair of film forming rollers (film forming rollers 31 and 32) while supplying a film forming gas (such as a raw material gas) into the vacuum chamber.
  • the film-forming gas (raw material gas or the like) is decomposed by plasma, and the gas barrier layer 5 is formed on the surface of the film substrate 4 on the film-forming roller 31 and on the surface of the film substrate 4 on the film-forming roller 32. It is formed by the plasma CVD method.
  • the film substrate 4 is transported by the delivery roller 11 and the film formation roller 31, respectively, so that the film substrate 4 is formed on the surface of the film substrate 4 by a roll-to-roll continuous film formation process. Then, the first gas barrier layer 5a is formed.
  • the method for forming the oxygen atomic ratio so as to have a desired distribution in the first gas barrier layer 5a is not particularly limited, and a method for changing the film-forming gas concentration during film formation, gas A method of changing the position of the supply port, a method of supplying gas at a plurality of locations, a method of controlling a gas flow by installing a baffle plate near the gas supply port, and a plurality of plasma CVD by changing the film forming gas concentration
  • a method of performing plasma CVD while bringing the position of the gas supply port 41 close to either between the film forming rollers 31 or 32 is simple and favorable in terms of reproducibility.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram illustrating the movement of the position of the gas supply port of the CVD apparatus.
  • the film formation roller 31 is formed on the gas supply port 41 from the vertical bisector m connecting the film formation rollers 31 and 32.
  • it can be controlled so as to satisfy the extreme value condition of the oxygen distribution curve by moving closer to the 32 side within a range of 5 to 20%. That is, the distance between (t 1 -p) or (t 2 -p) in the direction of t 1 or t 2 from the point p on the vertical bisector m of the line segment connecting the film forming rollers 31 and 32 ) In the range of 5 to 20% from the position of the point p, it means that the distance between the film forming rollers is moved in parallel.
  • the extreme value of the oxygen distribution curve can be controlled by the distance traveled through the gas supply port 41.
  • the gas supply port 41 is brought closer to the film forming roller 31 or 32 with a moving distance close to 20%. Formation is possible.
  • the range of movement of the gas supply port is preferably close to within the range of 5 to 20%, more preferably within the range of 5 to 15%.
  • the limit distribution curve is less likely to vary, and a desired distribution can be formed uniformly and with good reproducibility.
  • FIG. 4 shows an example of each element profile in the layer thickness direction based on the XPS depth profile in which the first gas barrier layer 5a according to the present invention is formed with the gas supply port 41 close to 5% in the direction of the film forming roller 31. .
  • FIG. 5 shows an example of each element profile in the layer thickness direction based on the XPS depth profile formed by bringing the gas supply port 41 closer to the film forming roller 32 direction by 10%.
  • FIG. 6 is an example of each element profile in the layer thickness direction by the XPS depth profile of the gas barrier layer as a comparison.
  • the gas barrier layer is formed by installing the gas supply port 41 on a vertical bisector m connecting the film forming rollers 31 and 32 to form a gas barrier layer, and the gas barrier layer is formed on the film substrate side.
  • the oxygen atom ratio at which the maximum value X of the oxygen distribution curve closest to the surface is the oxygen atom ratio at which the maximum value Y of the oxygen distribution curve closest to the gas barrier layer surface on the opposite side across the gas barrier layer from the film substrate is It becomes almost the same, and it can be seen that the extreme value of the oxygen distribution curve on the surface of the gas barrier layer closest to the film substrate side does not become the maximum value in the layer.
  • the source gas in the film forming gas used for forming the first gas barrier layer 5a according to the present invention can be appropriately selected and used according to the material of the gas barrier layer 5 to be formed.
  • a source gas for example, an organosilicon compound containing silicon is preferably used.
  • organosilicon compounds include hexamethyldisiloxane, 1,1,3,3-tetramethyldisiloxane, vinyltrimethylsilane, methyltrimethylsilane, hexamethyldisilane, methylsilane, dimethylsilane, trimethylsilane, diethyl
  • organosilicon compounds include silane, propylsilane, phenylsilane, vinyltriethoxysilane, vinyltrimethoxysilane, tetramethoxysilane, tetraethoxysilane, phenyltrimethoxysilane, methyltriethoxysilane, and octamethylcyclotetrasiloxane.
  • organosilicon compounds hexamethyldisiloxane and 1,1,3,3-tetramethyldisiloxane are preferable from the viewpoints of handling in film formation and characteristics such as gas barrier properties of the obtained gas barrier layer 5. .
  • these organosilicon compounds can be used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types.
  • a reactive gas may be used as the film forming gas.
  • a gas that reacts with the raw material gas to become an inorganic compound such as an oxide or a nitride can be appropriately selected and used.
  • a reaction gas for forming an oxide for example, oxygen or ozone can be used.
  • a reactive gas for forming nitride nitrogen and ammonia can be used, for example. These reaction gases can be used singly or in combination of two or more. For example, when forming an oxynitride, the reaction gas for forming an oxide and a nitride are formed. Can be used in combination with the reaction gas for
  • a carrier gas may be used as necessary in order to supply the source gas into the vacuum chamber.
  • a discharge gas may be used as necessary in order to generate plasma discharge.
  • a carrier gas and a discharge gas known ones can be used as appropriate, and for example, rare gas elements such as helium, argon, neon, and xenon can be used.
  • the ratio of the source gas and the reactive gas is the amount of the reactive gas that is theoretically necessary to completely react the source gas and the reactive gas. It is preferable not to make the ratio of the reaction gas excessively higher than the ratio. If the ratio of the reaction gas is excessive, it is difficult to obtain the gas barrier layer 5 according to the present invention. Therefore, in order to obtain the desired performance as a barrier film, when the film forming gas contains the organosilicon compound and oxygen, the entire amount of the organosilicon compound in the film forming gas is completely oxidized. It is preferable that the amount of oxygen be less than or equal to the theoretical oxygen amount necessary for this.
  • hexamethyldisiloxane organosilicon compound: HMDSO, (CH 3 ) 6 Si 2 O) as a source gas and oxygen (O 2 ) as a reaction gas
  • HMDSO hexamethyldisiloxane
  • O 2 oxygen
  • a film-forming gas containing hexamethyldisiloxane (HMDSO, (CH 3 ) 6 Si 2 O) as a source gas and oxygen (O 2 ) as a reaction gas is reacted by a plasma CVD method to form a silicon-oxygen system
  • HMDSO, (CH 3 ) 6 Si 2 O) as a source gas
  • oxygen (O 2 ) as a reaction gas
  • the reaction represented by the following reaction formula (1) occurs by the film forming gas, and silicon dioxide is produced.
  • the amount of oxygen required to completely oxidize 1 mol of hexamethyldisiloxane is 12 mol.
  • the film forming gas contains 12 moles or more of oxygen with respect to 1 mole of hexamethyldisiloxane and is completely reacted, a uniform silicon dioxide film is formed.
  • the ratio is controlled to a flow rate equal to or less than the raw material ratio of the complete reaction, which is the theoretical ratio, and the incomplete reaction is performed. That is, the amount of oxygen must be less than the stoichiometric ratio of 12 moles per mole of hexamethyldisiloxane.
  • the raw material hexamethyldisiloxane and the reaction gas oxygen are supplied from the gas supply port to the film formation region to form a film, so that the molar amount of oxygen in the reaction gas ( Even if the flow rate is 12 times the molar amount (flow rate) of hexamethyldisiloxane as the raw material, the reaction cannot actually proceed completely. It is considered that the reaction is completed only when a large excess is supplied as compared with the stoichiometric ratio (for example, in order to obtain silicon oxide by complete oxidation by the CVD method, the molar amount (flow rate) of oxygen is changed to the hexamethyldioxide raw material.
  • the molar amount (flow rate) of oxygen with respect to the molar amount (flow rate) of the raw material hexamethyldisiloxane is preferably an amount of 12 times or less (more preferably 10 times or less) which is the stoichiometric ratio. .
  • the gas barrier film obtained can exhibit excellent barrier properties and bending resistance.
  • the lower limit of the molar amount (flow rate) of oxygen relative to the molar amount (flow rate) of hexamethyldisiloxane in the film forming gas should be greater than 0.1 times the molar amount (flow rate) of hexamethyldisiloxane. It is more preferable that the amount be more than 0.5 times.
  • the pressure (degree of vacuum) in the vacuum chamber can be appropriately adjusted according to the type of the raw material gas, but is preferably in the range of 0.5 to 100 Pa.
  • an electrode drum connected to the plasma generating power source 51 (in the present embodiment, it is installed on the film forming rollers 31 and 32).
  • the electric power applied to can be appropriately adjusted according to the type of raw material gas, the pressure in the vacuum chamber, etc., and cannot be generally stated, but is preferably in the range of 0.1 to 10 kW. If the applied power is in such a range, no generation of particles is observed, and the amount of heat generated during film formation is within the control. There is no loss or wrinkle generation during film formation. In addition, there is little possibility that the film substrate 4 is melted by heat, and a large current discharge is generated between the bare film forming rollers to damage the film forming roller itself.
  • the conveyance speed (line speed) of the film substrate 4 can be appropriately adjusted according to the type of source gas, the pressure in the vacuum chamber, etc., but is preferably in the range of 0.25 to 100 m / min. More preferably, it is in the range of 5 to 20 m / min. When the line speed is within the above range, wrinkles due to heat of the film substrate 4 are hardly generated, and the thickness of the formed gas barrier layer 5 can be sufficiently controlled.
  • the gas barrier layer according to the present invention is characterized by being composed of at least two kinds of gas barrier layers having different constituent elements or different distribution states.
  • a coating film of a polysilazane-containing liquid of a coating method is provided on the first gas barrier layer according to the present invention, and a modification treatment is performed by irradiating vacuum ultraviolet light (VUV light) having a wavelength of 200 nm or less. It is preferable to provide the formed second gas barrier layer 5b.
  • VUV light vacuum ultraviolet light
  • the second gas barrier layer 5b By providing the second gas barrier layer 5b on the gas barrier layer provided by the CVD method, minute defects remaining in the gas barrier layer can be filled with the gas barrier component of polysilazane from above, and further gas Since the barrier property and the flexibility can be improved, it is preferable.
  • the thickness of the second gas barrier layer 5b is preferably in the range of 1 to 500 nm, more preferably in the range of 10 to 300 nm. If the thickness is greater than 1 nm, gas barrier performance can be exhibited. If the thickness is within 500 nm, cracks are unlikely to occur in the dense silicon oxide film.
  • polysilazane represented by the general formula (A) can be used.
  • the second gas barrier layer 5b can be formed by applying a coating liquid containing polysilazane onto a gas barrier layer by a CVD method and drying it, followed by irradiation with vacuum ultraviolet rays.
  • organic solvent for preparing a coating liquid containing polysilazane, it is preferable to avoid using an alcohol or water-containing one that easily reacts with polysilazane.
  • hydrocarbon solvents such as aliphatic hydrocarbons, alicyclic hydrocarbons, aromatic hydrocarbons, halogenated hydrocarbon solvents, aliphatic ethers, ethers such as alicyclic ethers can be used, specifically, There are hydrocarbons such as pentane, hexane, cyclohexane, toluene, xylene, solvesso and turben, halogen hydrocarbons such as methylene chloride and trichloroethane, ethers such as dibutyl ether, dioxane and tetrahydrofuran. These organic solvents may be selected according to purposes such as the solubility of polysilazane and the evaporation rate of the solvent, and a plurality of organic solvents may be mixed.
  • the concentration of polysilazane in the coating solution containing polysilazane varies depending on the thickness of the gas barrier layer and the pot life of the coating solution, but is preferably about 0.2 to 35% by mass.
  • the coating solution is coated with a metal catalyst such as an amine catalyst, a Pt compound such as Pt acetylacetonate, a Pd compound such as propionic acid Pd, or an Rh compound such as Rh acetylacetonate. It can also be added. In the present invention, it is particularly preferable to use an amine catalyst.
  • Specific amine catalysts include N, N-diethylethanolamine, N, N-dimethylethanolamine, triethanolamine, triethylamine, 3-morpholinopropylamine, N, N, N ′, N′-tetramethyl-1 , 3-diaminopropane, N, N, N ′, N′-tetramethyl-1,6-diaminohexane and the like.
  • the amount of these catalysts added to the polysilazane is preferably in the range of 0.1 to 10% by weight, more preferably in the range of 0.2 to 5% by weight, based on the entire coating solution, and 0.5 to More preferably, it is in the range of 2% by mass.
  • the amount of catalyst is preferably in this range, it is possible to avoid excessive silanol formation, film density reduction, and film defect increase due to rapid progress of the reaction.
  • any appropriate method can be adopted as a method of applying the coating liquid containing polysilazane.
  • Specific examples include a roll coating method, a flow coating method, an ink jet method, a spray coating method, a printing method, a dip coating method, a cast film forming method, a bar coating method, and a gravure printing method.
  • the thickness of the coating film can be appropriately set according to the purpose.
  • the thickness of the coating film is preferably in the range of 50 nm to 2 ⁇ m, more preferably in the range of 70 nm to 1.5 ⁇ m, and more preferably in the range of 100 nm to 1 ⁇ m as the thickness after drying. More preferably.
  • x and y are basically in the range of 2x + 3y ⁇ 4.
  • the coating film contains silanol groups, and there are cases where 2 ⁇ x ⁇ 2.5.
  • Si—H bonds and N—H bonds in perhydropolysilazane are relatively easily cleaved by excitation with vacuum ultraviolet irradiation and the like. It is considered that they are recombined as N (a dangling bond of Si may be formed). That is, it is cured as a SiNy composition without being oxidized. In this case, the polymer main chain is not broken. The breaking of Si—H bonds and N—H bonds is promoted by the presence of a catalyst and heating. The cut H is released out of the membrane as H 2 .
  • Si—O—Si Bonds by Hydrolysis / Dehydration Condensation Si—N bonds in perhydropolysilazane are hydrolyzed by water, and the polymer main chain is cleaved to form Si—OH.
  • Two Si—OH are dehydrated and condensed to form a Si—O—Si bond and harden. This is a reaction that occurs in the air, but during vacuum ultraviolet irradiation in an inert atmosphere, water vapor generated as outgas from the base material by the heat of irradiation is considered to be the main moisture source.
  • Si—OH that cannot be dehydrated and condensed remains, and a cured film having a low gas barrier property represented by a composition of SiO 2.1 to 2.3 is obtained.
  • Adjustment of the composition of silicon oxynitride in the layer obtained by subjecting the polysilazane-containing layer to vacuum ultraviolet irradiation can be performed by appropriately controlling the oxidation state by appropriately combining the oxidation mechanisms (1) to (4) described above. .
  • the illuminance of the vacuum ultraviolet rays in the coating film surface for receiving the polysilazane coating film is in the range of 30 ⁇ 200mW / cm 2, in the range of 50 ⁇ 160mW / cm 2 It is more preferable.
  • it is 30 mW / cm 2 or more, there is no concern that the reforming efficiency is lowered, and when it is 200 mW / cm 2 or less, the coating film is not ablated and the substrate is not damaged.
  • Irradiation energy amount of the VUV in the polysilazane coating film surface is preferably in the range of 200 ⁇ 10000mJ / cm 2, and more preferably in the range of 500 ⁇ 5000mJ / cm 2.
  • 200 mJ / cm 2 or more, the performed modification sufficiently, cracking and not excessive modification is 10000 mJ / cm 2 or less, there is no thermal deformation of the substrate.
  • the film substrate 4 on which the first transparent electrode 2 is formed examples include, but are not limited to, the following resin films.
  • a transparent resin film can be exemplified.
  • polyesters such as polyethylene terephthalate (PET) and polyethylene naphthalate (PEN), polyethylene, polypropylene, cellophane, cellulose diacetate, cellulose triacetate (TAC), cellulose acetate butyrate, cellulose acetate propionate ( CAP), cellulose esters such as cellulose acetate phthalate, cellulose nitrate or derivatives thereof, polyvinylidene chloride, polyvinyl alcohol, polyethylene vinyl alcohol, syndiotactic polystyrene, polycarbonate, norbornene resin, polymethylpentene, polyether ketone, polyimide , Polyethersulfone (PES), polyphenylene sulfide, polysulfones Cycloolefin resins such as polyetherimide, polyetherketoneimide, polyamide, fluororesin, nylon, polymethylmethacrylate, acrylic or polyarylate, Arton (trade name, manufactured by JSR) or Appel (trade name, manufactured by J
  • the organic electroluminescence (organic EL element) of the present invention has a light emitting unit having an organic functional layer sandwiched between a pair of electrodes composed of the following anode and cathode.
  • the electrode will be described in detail.
  • first transparent electrode an electrode material made of a metal, an alloy, an electrically conductive compound, or a mixture thereof having a high work function (4 eV or more) is preferably used.
  • an electrode substance include conductive transparent materials such as metals such as Au and Ag, CuI, indium tin oxide (ITO), SnO 2 , and ZnO.
  • conductive transparent materials such as metals such as Au and Ag, CuI, indium tin oxide (ITO), SnO 2 , and ZnO.
  • an amorphous material such as IDIXO (In 2 O 3 —ZnO) capable of forming a transparent conductive film may be used.
  • the anode may be formed by depositing a thin film of these electrode materials by vapor deposition or sputtering, and a pattern having a desired shape may be formed by photolithography, or when pattern accuracy is not so high (about 100 ⁇ m or more) A pattern may be formed through a mask having a desired shape at the time of vapor deposition or sputtering of the electrode material. Or when using the substance which can be apply
  • the first transparent electrode 2 having an embodiment as shown in FIG. 1 as the anode.
  • the first transparent electrode 2 has a two-layer structure in which a base layer 2a and an electrode layer 2b formed thereon are sequentially laminated from the film substrate 4 side.
  • the electrode layer 2b is a layer comprised using silver or the alloy which has silver as a main component
  • the base layer 2a is a layer comprised using the compound containing a nitrogen atom, for example.
  • the transparency of the first transparent electrode 2 means that the light transmittance at a wavelength of 550 nm is 50% or more.
  • the underlayer 2a is a layer provided on the film substrate 4 side of the electrode layer 2b.
  • the material constituting the underlying layer 2a is not particularly limited as long as it can suppress aggregation of silver when forming the electrode layer 2b containing silver or an alloy containing silver as a main component.
  • a compound containing a nitrogen atom or a sulfur atom can be used.
  • the upper limit of the layer thickness needs to be less than 50 nm, preferably less than 30 nm, and preferably less than 10 nm. Is more preferable, and it is especially preferable that it is less than 5 nm. By making the layer thickness less than 50 nm, optical loss can be minimized.
  • the lower limit of the layer thickness is required to be 0.05 nm or more, preferably 0.1 nm or more, and particularly preferably 0.3 nm or more.
  • the underlayer 2a By setting the layer thickness to 0.05 nm or more, the underlayer 2a can be formed uniformly and the effect (inhibition of silver aggregation) can be made uniform.
  • the underlayer 2a is made of a high refractive index material (refractive index of 1.7 or more)
  • the upper limit of the layer thickness is not particularly limited, and the lower limit of the layer thickness is the same as that of the low refractive index material. is there.
  • the base layer 2a it is sufficient if the base layer 2a is formed with a necessary layer thickness that allows uniform film formation.
  • a wet process such as a coating method, an ink jet method, a coating method, a dip method, or a dry process such as a vapor deposition method (resistance heating, EB method, etc.), a sputtering method, a CVD method or the like is used. And the like. Among these, the vapor deposition method is preferably applied.
  • the organic compound may be one kind or a mixture of two or more kinds. In addition, it is allowed to mix a compound having no nitrogen atom and sulfur atom within a range that does not impair the effects of the present invention.
  • Low molecular organic compound having a nitrogen atom is not particularly limited as long as it has a melting point of 80 ° C. or higher and a molecular weight M within a range of 150 to 1200. However, it is preferably a compound having a large interaction with silver or a silver alloy, and examples thereof include a nitrogen-containing heterocyclic compound and a phenyl group-substituted amine compound.
  • exemplary compound No. preferably used as a low molecular organic compound having a nitrogen atom constituting the underlayer is used. 1 to 45 are shown.
  • the organic compound having a sulfur atom according to the present invention has a sulfide bond, a disulfide bond, a mercapto group, a sulfone group, a thiocarbonyl bond and the like in the molecule. Among these, it is preferable to have a sulfide bond or a mercapto group.
  • the electrode layer 2b is a layer containing silver or an alloy containing silver as a main component, and is a layer formed on the base layer 2a.
  • a method for forming such an electrode layer 2b a method using a wet process such as a coating method, an inkjet method, a coating method, a dip method, a vapor deposition method (resistance heating, EB method, etc.), a sputtering method, a CVD method, etc. And a method using the dry process.
  • the vapor deposition method is preferably applied.
  • the electrode layer 2b is formed on the base layer 2a, so that the electrode layer 2b has sufficient conductivity even if there is no high-temperature annealing treatment after the electrode layer 2b is formed.
  • the film may be subjected to high-temperature annealing after film formation.
  • Examples of the alloy mainly composed of silver (Ag) constituting the electrode layer 2b include silver magnesium (AgMg), silver copper (AgCu), silver palladium (AgPd), silver palladium copper (AgPdCu), and silver indium (AgIn). ) And the like.
  • the electrode layer 2b as described above may have a structure in which silver or an alloy layer mainly composed of silver is divided into a plurality of layers as necessary.
  • the electrode layer 2b preferably has a layer thickness in the range of 4 to 9 nm.
  • the layer thickness is thinner than 9 nm, the absorption component or reflection component of the layer is small, and the transmittance of the transparent electrode is increased. Further, when the layer thickness is thicker than 4 nm, the conductivity of the layer can be sufficiently secured.
  • the first transparent electrode 2 having a laminated structure composed of the base layer 2a and the electrode layer 2b formed on the base layer 2a as described above has an upper part of the electrode layer 2b covered with a protective film or another electrode layer. May be laminated.
  • the protective film and the other electrode layer have light transmittance so as not to impair the light transmittance of the first transparent electrode 2.
  • the first transparent electrode 2 having the above-described configuration includes, for example, an electrode layer 2b made of silver or an alloy containing silver as a main component on an underlayer 2a formed using a compound containing nitrogen atoms.
  • This is a configuration provided.
  • the silver atoms constituting the electrode layer 2b interact with the compound containing nitrogen atoms constituting the base layer 2a.
  • the diffusion distance on the surface of the formation 2a is reduced, and silver aggregation is suppressed.
  • the electrode layer 2b containing silver as a main component since the thin film is grown by a nuclear growth type (Volume-Weber: VW type), the silver particles are easily isolated in an island shape, and the layer thickness is increased. When the thickness is thin, it is difficult to obtain conductivity, and the sheet resistance value becomes high. Therefore, it is necessary to increase the layer thickness in order to ensure conductivity. However, if the layer thickness is increased, the light transmittance is lowered, so that it is not suitable as a transparent electrode.
  • a nuclear growth type Volume-Weber: VW type
  • the first transparent electrode 2 since aggregation of silver is suppressed on the base layer 2a as described above, in the film formation of the electrode layer 2b made of silver or an alloy containing silver as a main component, a single layer is formed. A thin film grows in a growth type (Frank-van der Merwe: FM type).
  • the transparency of the first transparent electrode 2 means that the light transmittance at a wavelength of 550 nm is 50% or more.
  • each of the materials used as the underlayer 2a is mainly silver or silver.
  • the film has a sufficiently good light transmittance.
  • the conductivity of the first transparent electrode 2 is ensured mainly by the electrode layer 2b. Therefore, as described above, the conductivity of the first transparent electrode 2 is improved by ensuring that the electrode layer 2b made of silver or an alloy containing silver as a main component has a thinner layer and conductivity is ensured. And the improvement of light transmittance can be achieved.
  • the second transparent electrode 6 is an electrode film that functions as a cathode that supplies electrons to the light emitting unit 3.
  • the second transparent electrode 6 preferably contains silver or an alloy containing silver as a main component.
  • the constituent material of the second transparent electrode 6 preferably contains silver or an alloy containing silver as a main component.
  • a main component means the component with the highest composition ratio among the components which comprise a 2nd transparent electrode.
  • the composition ratio is preferably 60% by mass or more, more preferably 90% by mass or more, and particularly preferably 98% by mass or more.
  • the transparency of the transparent electrode means that the light transmittance at a wavelength of 550 nm is 50% or more.
  • the layer thickness of the second transparent electrode 6 is preferably 15 nm or less. By setting the layer thickness of the second transparent electrode 6 to 15 nm or less, it is preferable that absorption or reflection of emitted light by the layer is small and transmittance is increased.
  • Examples of the alloy mainly composed of silver (Ag) constituting the second transparent electrode 6 include silver magnesium (AgMg), silver copper (AgCu), silver palladium (AgPd), silver palladium copper (AgPdCu), and silver indium. (AgIn) etc. are mentioned.
  • a method for producing such a second transparent electrode 6 a method using a wet process such as a coating method, an inkjet method, a coating method, a dip method, a vapor deposition method (resistance heating, EB method, etc.), a sputtering method, a CVD method, or the like. And a method using a dry process such as the above. Among these, the vapor deposition method is preferably applied.
  • this organic EL element 100 is a thing which takes out the emitted light h also from the cathode (2nd transparent electrode) 6 side, the electroconductive material with favorable light transmittance among the electroconductive materials mentioned above will be used.
  • the second transparent electrode 6 may be configured by selection.
  • the auxiliary electrode 15 is provided for the purpose of reducing the resistance of the first transparent electrode 2, and is preferably provided in contact with the electrode layer 2 b of the first transparent electrode 2.
  • the material forming the auxiliary electrode 15 is preferably a metal having low resistance such as gold, platinum, silver, copper, or aluminum. Since these metals have low light transmittance, a pattern is formed in a range not affected by extraction of the emitted light h from the light extraction surface.
  • Examples of the method of forming the auxiliary electrode 15 include a vapor deposition method, a sputtering method, a printing method, an ink jet method, and an aerosol jet method.
  • the line width of the auxiliary electrode 15 is preferably 50 ⁇ m or less from the viewpoint of the aperture ratio for extracting light, and the thickness of the auxiliary electrode 15 is preferably 1 ⁇ m or more from the viewpoint of conductivity.
  • the extraction electrode 16 is for electrically connecting the first transparent electrode 2 and an external power source, and the material thereof is not particularly limited and a known material can be suitably used.
  • a metal film such as a MAM electrode (Mo / Al ⁇ Nd alloy / Mo) having a structure can be used.
  • the light-emitting unit refers to a light-emitting body (unit) composed mainly of an organic functional layer such as a light-emitting layer, a hole transport layer, and an electron transport layer containing at least various organic compounds described below.
  • the luminous body is sandwiched between a pair of electrodes consisting of an anode and a cathode, and light is emitted by recombination of holes (holes) supplied from the anode and electrons supplied from the cathode in the luminous body. To do.
  • a hole transport injection layer 3a / a light emitting layer 3b / a hole blocking layer 3c / an electron transport injection layer 3d are stacked in this order from the first transparent electrode 2 side which is an anode (anode).
  • anode anode
  • the light emitting layer 3b used in the present invention contains a phosphorescent compound as a light emitting material.
  • the light emitting layer 3b is a layer that emits light by recombination of electrons injected from the electrode or the electron transport injection layer 3d and holes injected from the hole transport injection layer 3a. Even in the layer 3b, it may be the interface between the light emitting layer 3b and the adjacent layer.
  • Such a light emitting layer 3b is not particularly limited in its configuration as long as the contained light emitting material satisfies the light emission requirements. Moreover, there may be a plurality of layers having the same emission spectrum and emission maximum wavelength. In this case, it is preferable to have a non-light emitting intermediate layer (not shown) between the light emitting layers 3b.
  • the total thickness of the light emitting layer 3b is preferably in the range of 1 to 100 nm, and more preferably in the range of 1 to 30 nm because a lower driving voltage can be obtained.
  • the sum total of the layer thickness of the light emitting layer 3b is a layer thickness also including the said intermediate
  • the thickness of each light emitting layer is preferably adjusted within the range of 1 to 50 nm, more preferably within the range of 1 to 20 nm. More preferred.
  • the plurality of stacked light emitting layers correspond to blue, green, and red light emission colors, there is no particular limitation on the relationship between the thicknesses of the blue, green, and red light emitting layers.
  • the light emitting layer 3b as described above is formed by forming a light emitting material or a host compound described later by a known thin film forming method such as a vacuum deposition method, a spin coating method, a casting method, an LB method, or an ink jet method. be able to.
  • the light emitting layer 3b may be a mixture of a plurality of light emitting materials, and a phosphorescent light emitting material and a fluorescent light emitting material (also referred to as a fluorescent dopant or a fluorescent compound) are mixed and used in the same light emitting layer 3b. Also good.
  • the structure of the light emitting layer 3b preferably includes a host compound (also referred to as a light emitting host) and a light emitting material (also referred to as a light emitting dopant), and emits light from the light emitting material.
  • a host compound also referred to as a light emitting host
  • a light emitting material also referred to as a light emitting dopant
  • Host compound As the host compound contained in the light emitting layer 3b, a compound having a phosphorescence quantum yield of phosphorescence emission at room temperature (25 ° C) of less than 0.1 is preferable. More preferably, the phosphorescence quantum yield is less than 0.01. Moreover, it is preferable that the volume ratio in the layer is 50% or more among the compounds contained in the light emitting layer 3b.
  • the host compound a known host compound may be used alone, or a plurality of types may be used. By using a plurality of types of host compounds, it is possible to adjust the movement of charges, and the organic EL element 100 can be made highly efficient. In addition, by using a plurality of kinds of light emitting materials described later, it is possible to mix different light emission, thereby obtaining an arbitrary light emission color.
  • the host compound used may be a conventionally known low molecular compound, a high molecular compound having a repeating unit, or a low molecular compound having a polymerizable group such as a vinyl group or an epoxy group (evaporation polymerizable light emitting host). .
  • the known host compound is preferably a compound that has a hole transporting ability and an electron transporting ability, prevents the emission of light from becoming longer, and has a high Tg (glass transition temperature).
  • the glass transition point (Tg) is a value obtained by a method based on JIS K 7121 using DSC (Differential Scanning Colorimetry).
  • Gazette 2002-231453, 2003-3165, 2002-234888, 2003-27048, 2002-255934, 2002-260861, 2002-280183 No. 2002-299060, No. 2002-302516, No. 2002-305083, No. 2002-305084, No. 2002-308837, and the like.
  • Luminescent material As the luminescent material that can be used in the present invention, a phosphorescent compound (also referred to as a phosphorescent compound or a phosphorescent material) and a fluorescent compound (fluorescent compound, fluorescent) Also referred to as a light-emitting material).
  • a phosphorescent compound also referred to as a phosphorescent compound or a phosphorescent material
  • a fluorescent compound fluorescent compound, fluorescent
  • the phosphorescent compound is a compound in which light emission from an excited triplet is observed. Specifically, it is a compound that emits phosphorescence at room temperature (25 ° C.), and the phosphorescence quantum yield is 0 at 25 ° C. A preferred phosphorescence quantum yield is 0.1 or more, although it is defined as 0.01 or more compounds.
  • the phosphorescent quantum yield can be measured by the method described in Spectroscopic II, page 398 (1992 edition, Maruzen) of the Fourth Edition Experimental Chemistry Course 7. Although the phosphorescence quantum yield in a solution can be measured using various solvents, when the phosphorescent compound is used in the present invention, the above phosphorescence quantum yield (0.01 or more) is obtained in any solvent. It only has to be achieved.
  • phosphorescent compounds There are two types of light emission principles of phosphorescent compounds. One is that recombination of carriers occurs on the host compound to which carriers are transported to generate an excited state of the host compound, and this energy is transferred to the phosphorescent compound to emit light from the phosphorescent compound.
  • the other is a carrier in which the phosphorescent compound becomes a carrier trap and recombination of carriers occurs on the phosphorescent compound, and light emission from the phosphorescent compound is obtained. It is a trap type. In either case, the condition is that the excited state energy of the phosphorescent compound is lower than the excited state energy of the host compound.
  • the phosphorescent compound can be appropriately selected from known compounds used for the light-emitting layer of a general organic EL device, but preferably contains a group 8 to 10 metal in the periodic table of elements. More preferred are iridium compounds, osmium compounds, platinum compounds (platinum complex compounds) or rare earth complexes, and most preferred are iridium compounds.
  • At least one light emitting layer 3b may contain two or more phosphorescent compounds, and the concentration ratio of the phosphorescent compounds in the light emitting layer 3b is in the thickness direction of the light emitting layer 3b. It may have changed.
  • the phosphorescent compound is preferably 0.1% by volume or more and less than 30% by volume with respect to the total amount of the light emitting layer 3b.
  • the phosphorescent compound can be appropriately selected from known compounds used for the light emitting layer of the organic EL device.
  • ⁇ Silluminescent compound As the fluorescent compound, coumarin dyes, pyran dyes, cyanine dyes, croconium dyes, squalium dyes, oxobenzanthracene dyes, fluorescein dyes, rhodamine dyes, pyrylium dyes, perylene dyes, Examples thereof include stilbene dyes, polythiophene dyes, and rare earth complex phosphors.
  • the injection layer is a layer provided between the electrode and the light emitting layer 3b in order to lower the driving voltage or improve the light emission luminance.
  • the organic EL element and its industrialization front line June 30, 1998, NTT (Published by S. Co., Ltd.)
  • Chapter 2 “ Chapter 2 “Electrode Materials” (pages 123 to 166), which includes a hole transport injection layer 3a and an electron transport injection layer 3d.
  • the hole transport injection layer 3a is a layer having both functions of a hole transport layer and a hole injection layer.
  • the electron transport injection layer 3d is also a layer having both functions of an electron transport layer and an electron injection layer.
  • the layer thickness of the hole transport injection layer 3a is not particularly limited, but is usually about 5 nm to 5 ⁇ m, preferably 5 to 200 nm.
  • the layer thickness of the electron transport injection layer 3d is not particularly limited, but is usually about 5 nm to 5 ⁇ m, preferably 5 to 200 nm. Each function will be described below for each of the hole transport layer, the hole injection layer, the electron transport layer, and the electron injection layer.
  • JP-A Nos. 9-45479, 9-260062, and 8-288069 The details of the hole injection layer are described in JP-A Nos. 9-45479, 9-260062, and 8-288069. Specific examples thereof include a phthalocyanine layer represented by copper phthalocyanine. And an oxide layer typified by vanadium oxide, an amorphous carbon layer, and a polymer layer using a conductive polymer such as polyaniline (emeraldine) or polythiophene.
  • the details of the electron injection layer are also described in JP-A-6-325871, JP-A-9-17574, JP-A-10-74586, and the like, and specifically, metals such as strontium and aluminum Examples thereof include an alkali metal halide layer typified by potassium fluoride, an alkaline earth metal compound layer typified by magnesium fluoride, and an oxide layer typified by molybdenum oxide.
  • the electron injection layer used in the present invention is preferably a very thin layer, and the layer thickness is preferably in the range of 1 nm to 10 ⁇ m, depending on the material.
  • the hole transport layer is made of a hole transport material having a function of transporting holes, and in a broad sense, a hole injection layer and an electron blocking layer are also included in the hole transport layer.
  • the hole transport layer can be provided as a single layer or a plurality of layers.
  • the hole transport material has any of hole injection or transport and electron barrier properties, and may be either organic or inorganic.
  • triazole derivatives oxadiazole derivatives, imidazole derivatives, polyarylalkane derivatives, pyrazoline derivatives and pyrazolone derivatives, phenylenediamine derivatives, arylamine derivatives, amino-substituted chalcone derivatives, oxazole derivatives, styrylanthracene derivatives, fluorenone derivatives, hydrazone derivatives
  • Examples thereof include stilbene derivatives, silazane derivatives, aniline copolymers, conductive polymer oligomers, particularly thiophene oligomers.
  • hole transport material those described above can be used, but it is preferable to use a porphyrin compound, an aromatic tertiary amine compound and a styrylamine compound, particularly an aromatic tertiary amine compound.
  • aromatic tertiary amine compounds and styrylamine compounds include N, N, N ′, N′-tetraphenyl-4,4′-diaminophenyl, N, N′-diphenyl-N, N′— Bis (3-methylphenyl)-[1,1'-biphenyl] -4,4'-diamine (TPD), 2,2-bis (4-di-p-tolylaminophenyl) propane, 1,1-bis (4-di-p-tolylaminophenyl) cyclohexane, N, N, N ′, N′-tetra-p-tolyl-4,4′-diaminobiphenyl, 1,1-bis (4-di-p-tolyl) Aminophenyl) -4-phenylcyclohexane, bis (4-dimethylamino-2-methylphenyl) phenylmethane, bis (4-di-p-tolylaminoph
  • polymer materials in which these materials are introduced into polymer chains or these materials are used as polymer main chains can also be used.
  • inorganic compounds such as p-type-Si and p-type-SiC can also be used as the hole injection material and the hole transport material.
  • a so-called p-type hole transport material as described in 139 can also be used. In the present invention, it is preferable to use these materials because a light-emitting element with higher efficiency can be obtained.
  • the hole transport layer is formed by thinning the hole transport material by a known method such as a vacuum deposition method, a spin coating method, a casting method, a printing method including an ink jet method, or an LB method. Can do.
  • the hole transport layer may have a single layer structure composed of one or more of the above materials.
  • the electron transport layer is made of a material having a function of transporting electrons, and in a broad sense, an electron injection layer and a hole blocking layer are also included in the electron transport layer.
  • the electron transport layer can be provided as a single-layer structure or a multi-layer structure.
  • an electron transport material (also serving as a hole blocking material) constituting a layer portion adjacent to the light emitting layer 3b is used as the light emitting layer. What is necessary is just to have the function to transmit to 3b.
  • any one of conventionally known compounds can be selected and used. Examples include nitro-substituted fluorene derivatives, diphenylquinone derivatives, thiopyran dioxide derivatives, carbodiimides, fluorenylidenemethane derivatives, anthraquinodimethane, anthrone derivatives, and oxadiazole derivatives.
  • a thiadiazole derivative in which the oxygen atom of the oxadiazole ring is substituted with a sulfur atom, and a quinoxaline derivative having a quinoxaline ring known as an electron-withdrawing group can also be used as a material for the electron transport layer. It can. Furthermore, a polymer material in which these materials are introduced into a polymer chain or these materials are used as a polymer main chain can also be used.
  • metal complexes of 8-quinolinol derivatives such as tris (8-quinolinol) aluminum (Alq 3 ), tris (5,7-dichloro-8-quinolinol) aluminum, tris (5,7-dibromo-8-quinolinol) Aluminum, tris (2-methyl-8-quinolinol) aluminum, tris (5-methyl-8-quinolinol) aluminum, bis (8-quinolinol) zinc (Znq), etc. and the central metals of these metal complexes are In, Mg, Metal complexes replaced with Cu, Ca, Sn, Ga, or Pb can also be used as the material for the electron transport layer.
  • metal-free or metal phthalocyanine or those whose terminal is substituted with an alkyl group or a sulfonic acid group can be preferably used as the material for the electron transport layer.
  • a distyrylpyrazine derivative that is also used as a material for the light emitting layer 3b can be used as a material for the electron transport layer.
  • n-type-Si, n-type-SiC, etc. These inorganic semiconductors can also be used as a material for the electron transport layer.
  • the electron transport layer can be formed by thinning the above material by a known method such as a vacuum deposition method, a spin coating method, a casting method, a printing method including an ink jet method, or an LB method.
  • the electron transport layer may have a single layer structure composed of one or more of the above materials.
  • impurities can be doped in the electron transport layer to increase the n property.
  • impurities include JP-A-4-297076, JP-A-10-270172, JP-A-2000-196140, 2001-102175, J.A. Appl. Phys. 95, 5773 (2004), and the like.
  • the potassium compound for example, potassium fluoride can be used.
  • the material for the electron transporting layer (electron transporting compound)
  • the same material as that constituting the base layer 2a described above may be used.
  • the electron transport layer that also serves as the electron injection layer and the same material as that of the base layer 2a described above may be used.
  • ⁇ Blocking layer hole blocking layer, electron blocking layer>
  • the blocking layer is provided as necessary in addition to the basic constituent layer of the organic compound thin film. For example, as described in JP-A Nos. 11-204258 and 11-204359 and “Organic EL elements and the forefront of industrialization (published by NTT Corporation on November 30, 1998)”. There is a hole blocking layer.
  • the hole blocking layer has a function of an electron transport layer in a broad sense.
  • the hole blocking layer is made of a hole blocking material that has a function of transporting electrons but has a very small ability to transport holes, and recombines electrons and holes by blocking holes while transporting electrons. Probability can be improved.
  • the structure of an electron carrying layer can be used as a hole-blocking layer as needed.
  • the hole blocking layer is preferably provided adjacent to the light emitting layer 3b.
  • the electron blocking layer has a function of a hole transport layer in a broad sense.
  • the electron blocking layer is made of a material that has a function of transporting holes but has a very small ability to transport electrons, and improves the probability of recombination of electrons and holes by blocking electrons while transporting holes. be able to.
  • the structure of a positive hole transport layer can be used as an electron blocking layer as needed.
  • the thickness of the hole blocking layer is preferably in the range of 3 to 100 nm, more preferably in the range of 5 to 30 nm.
  • the optical adjustment layer 8 is preferably located between the second transparent electrode 6 and the reflective layer 9.
  • the optical adjustment layer 8 separates the function as the cathode and the function as the reflection layer, and can be reflected at a position far from the light emitting point by taking a distance. Therefore, loss due to plasmon absorption can be reduced.
  • the optical layer thickness of the optical adjustment layer 8 is preferably 100 nm or more, more preferably 180 nm or more, and particularly preferably 200 nm or more. By setting the optical layer thickness of the optical adjustment layer 8 to 100 nm or more, loss due to plasmon absorption can be reduced.
  • the optical layer thickness is a numerical value obtained by multiplying the actual layer thickness by the refractive index of the layer material of the optical adjustment layer at the shortest wavelength among the light emission maximum wavelengths.
  • the optical adjustment layer 8 is not particularly limited as long as it is a material that can transmit emitted light, and a general organic layer can be used. For example, it is also preferable to apply the material used in the base layer 2a.
  • the optical adjustment layer 8 is preferably formed by vapor deposition or spin coating of the nitrogen-containing compound or sulfur-containing compound used in the underlayer 2a. Specifically, the film substrate 4 on which the layers from the smooth layer 1 to the light emitting unit 3 and the second transparent electrode 6 are formed is transferred into a vacuum chamber, and the heating boat containing the optical adjustment layer material is energized, and the optical adjustment layer An optical adjustment layer 8 containing the material is formed.
  • the refractive index of the optical adjustment layer 8 is such that a single film of the optical adjustment layer prepared separately is irradiated with light having the shortest emission maximum wavelength among the emission maximum wavelengths of the emitted light from the light emitting unit in an atmosphere at 25 ° C. Then, it is measured using an Abbe refractometer (manufactured by ATAGO, DR-M2). Thereby, the optical distance (optical layer thickness (d ⁇ n)) of the optical adjustment layer can be calculated by calculating layer thickness d (nm) ⁇ refractive index n.
  • the reflective layer 9 is provided as a layer that reflects the emitted light generated by the light emitting unit 3.
  • Reflective layer materials used for the reflective layer 9 include sodium, sodium-potassium alloy, magnesium, lithium, magnesium / copper mixture, magnesium / silver mixture, magnesium / aluminum mixture, magnesium / indium mixture, aluminum / aluminum oxide (Al 2 O 3 ) mixture, indium, lithium / aluminum mixture, aluminum, rare earth metal and the like can be mentioned, but it is preferable to use aluminum having high reflectivity.
  • the film substrate 4 formed up to the optical adjustment layer 8 is moved to a vacuum tank equipped with a resistance heating boat made of tungsten containing aluminum (Al) while maintaining a vacuum state.
  • a reflective layer made of Al having a layer thickness of 100 nm is formed in the processing chamber at a film formation rate of 0.3 to 0.5 nm / second.
  • the light extraction layer 10 is preferably provided on the side of the film substrate 4 on which the gas barrier layer 5 is not provided. By providing the light extraction layer 10, emitted light can be extracted more efficiently.
  • the light extraction layer 10 may be provided on the side of the film substrate 4 on which the gas barrier layer 5 is not provided when the emitted light is extracted from the film substrate 4 side.
  • a microlens array sheet, a light diffusion film, or the like can be used for the light extraction layer 10.
  • a micro lens array sheet manufactured by MNtech, a diffusion film manufactured by Kimoto, or the like can be used.
  • the light extraction unit 3 may be formed on the sealing material on the gas barrier layer 5 side relative to the film substrate 4. .
  • the sealing material 17 covers the organic EL element 100 and may be a plate-like (film-like) sealing member that is fixed to the film substrate 4 side by the adhesive 19. It may be a stop film. Such a sealing material 17 is provided in a state in which the terminal portions of the first transparent electrode 2 and the second transparent electrode 6 in the organic EL element 100 are exposed and at least the light emitting unit 3 is covered. In addition, an electrode may be provided on the sealing material 17 so that the terminal portions of the first transparent electrode 2 and the second transparent electrode 6 of the organic EL element 100 are electrically connected to this electrode.
  • the plate-like (film-like) sealing material 17 include a glass substrate, a polymer substrate, a metal substrate, and the like, and these substrate materials may be used in the form of a thinner film.
  • the glass substrate include soda-lime glass, barium / strontium-containing glass, lead glass, aluminosilicate glass, borosilicate glass, barium borosilicate glass, and quartz.
  • the polymer substrate include polycarbonate, acrylic, polyethylene terephthalate, polyether sulfide, and polysulfone.
  • the metal substrate include those made of one or more metals or alloys selected from the group consisting of stainless steel, iron, copper, aluminum, magnesium, nickel, zinc, chromium, titanium, molybdenum, silicon, germanium, and tantalum.
  • a thin film-like polymer substrate or metal substrate can be preferably used as the sealing material.
  • the polymer substrate in the form of a film has an oxygen permeability measured by a method according to JIS K 7126-1987 of 1 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 3 ml / m 2 ⁇ 24 h ⁇ atm or less, according to JIS K 7129-1992.
  • the water vapor permeability (25 ⁇ 0.5 ° C., relative humidity (90 ⁇ 2)% RH) measured by the above method is preferably 1 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 3 g / m 2 ⁇ 24 h or less.
  • the above substrate material may be processed into a concave plate shape and used as the sealing material 17.
  • the substrate member described above is subjected to processing such as sandblasting and chemical etching to form a concave shape.
  • the adhesive 19 for fixing the plate-shaped sealing material 17 to the film substrate 4 side seals the organic EL element 100 sandwiched between the sealing material 17 and the film substrate 4. It is used as a sealing agent.
  • Specific examples of such an adhesive 19 include photocuring and thermosetting adhesives having reactive vinyl groups of acrylic acid oligomers and methacrylic acid oligomers, moisture curing types such as 2-cyanoacrylates, and the like. Can be mentioned.
  • examples of the adhesive 19 include an epoxy-based thermal and chemical curing type (two-component mixing). Moreover, hot-melt type polyamide, polyester, and polyolefin can be mentioned. Moreover, a cationic curing type ultraviolet curing epoxy resin adhesive can be mentioned.
  • the adhesive 19 is preferably one that can be adhesively cured from room temperature to 80 ° C. Further, a desiccant may be dispersed in the adhesive 19.
  • Application of the adhesive 19 to the bonding portion between the sealing material 17 and the film substrate 4 may be performed using a commercially available dispenser or may be printed like screen printing.
  • the gap may include an inert gas such as nitrogen or argon or a fluorine in the gas phase and the liquid phase. It is preferable to inject an inert liquid such as activated hydrocarbon or silicon oil. A vacuum can also be used. Moreover, a hygroscopic compound can also be enclosed inside.
  • an inert gas such as nitrogen or argon or a fluorine in the gas phase and the liquid phase. It is preferable to inject an inert liquid such as activated hydrocarbon or silicon oil. A vacuum can also be used.
  • a hygroscopic compound can also be enclosed inside.
  • hygroscopic compound examples include metal oxides (for example, sodium oxide, potassium oxide, calcium oxide, barium oxide, magnesium oxide, aluminum oxide) and sulfates (for example, sodium sulfate, calcium sulfate, magnesium sulfate, cobalt sulfate).
  • metal oxides for example, sodium oxide, potassium oxide, calcium oxide, barium oxide, magnesium oxide, aluminum oxide
  • sulfates for example, sodium sulfate, calcium sulfate, magnesium sulfate, cobalt sulfate.
  • metal halides eg calcium chloride, magnesium chloride, cesium fluoride, tantalum fluoride, cerium bromide, magnesium bromide, barium iodide, magnesium iodide etc.
  • perchloric acids eg perchloric acid Barium, magnesium perchlorate, and the like
  • anhydrous salts are preferably used in sulfates, metal halides, and perchloric acids.
  • a sealing film is used as the sealing material 17, the light emitting unit 3 in the organic EL element 100 is completely covered, and the terminal portions of the first transparent electrode 2 and the second transparent electrode 6 in the organic EL element 100 are exposed. In the state, a sealing film is provided on the film substrate 4.
  • Such a sealing film is composed of an inorganic material or an organic material.
  • it is made of a material having a function of suppressing entry of substances such as moisture and oxygen that cause deterioration of the light emitting unit 3 in the organic EL element 100.
  • a material for example, inorganic materials such as silicon oxide, silicon dioxide, and silicon nitride are used.
  • a laminated structure may be formed by using a film made of an organic material together with a film made of these inorganic materials.
  • the method for forming these films is not particularly limited.
  • vacuum deposition method sputtering method, reactive sputtering method, molecular beam epitaxy method, cluster ion beam method, ion plating method, plasma polymerization method, atmospheric pressure plasma
  • a polymerization method a plasma CVD method, a laser CVD method, a thermal CVD method, a coating method, or the like can be used.
  • a protective film or a protective plate may be provided between the film substrate 4 and the organic EL element 100 and the sealing material 17.
  • This protective film or protective plate is for mechanically protecting the organic EL element 100, and in particular when the sealing material 17 is a sealing film, sufficient mechanical protection is provided for the organic EL element 100. Therefore, it is preferable to provide such a protective film or protective plate.
  • a glass plate, a polymer plate, a thinner polymer film, a metal plate, a thinner metal film, a polymer material film or a metal material film is applied.
  • a polymer film because it is lightweight and thin.
  • a gas barrier layer 5 is formed on a film substrate 4 by applying a resin material solution.
  • a resin material solution in which particles having an average particle diameter of 0.2 ⁇ m or more are dispersed is applied to form the light scattering layer 7.
  • a resin material solution in which particles having an average particle diameter of 5 to 70 nm are dispersed is applied onto the light scattering layer 7 to produce the smooth layer 1.
  • an underlayer 2a made of a compound containing nitrogen atoms is deposited by an appropriate method such as a vapor deposition method so as to have a layer thickness of 1 ⁇ m or less, preferably in the range of 10 to 100 nm.
  • the electrode layer 2b made of silver (or an alloy containing silver as a main component) is formed on the base layer 2a by an appropriate method such as vapor deposition so that the layer thickness is 12 nm or less, preferably 4 to 9 nm.
  • the first transparent electrode 2 is formed to be an anode.
  • an extraction electrode 16 connected to an external power source is formed at the end of the first transparent electrode 2 by an appropriate method such as vapor deposition.
  • a hole transport injection layer 3 a, a light emitting layer 3 b, a hole blocking layer 3 c, and an electron transport injection layer 3 d are formed in this order to form the light emitting unit 3.
  • the film formation of each of these layers includes spin coating, casting, ink jet, vapor deposition, and printing, but vacuum vapor deposition is easy because a homogeneous film is easily obtained and pinholes are difficult to generate.
  • the method or spin coating method is particularly preferred.
  • different film forming methods may be applied for each layer. When a vapor deposition method is employed for forming each of these layers, the vapor deposition conditions vary depending on the type of compound used, but generally a boat heating temperature of 50 to 450 ° C.
  • the second transparent electrode 6 serving as a cathode is formed thereon by an appropriate film forming method such as a vapor deposition method or a sputtering method.
  • the second transparent electrode 6 is patterned in a shape in which the terminal portion is drawn from the upper side of the light emitting unit 3 to the periphery of the film substrate 4 while being insulated from the first transparent electrode 2 by the light emitting unit 3. .
  • the organic EL element 100 is obtained.
  • a sealing material 17 covering at least the light emitting unit 3 is provided in a state where the terminal portions of the first transparent electrode 2 (extraction electrode 16) and the second transparent electrode 6 in the organic EL element 100 are exposed.
  • the desired organic EL element 100 is obtained on the film substrate 4.
  • the film substrate 4 is taken out from the vacuum atmosphere on the way and is different. A film forming method may be applied. At that time, it is necessary to consider that the work is performed in a dry inert gas atmosphere.
  • the first transparent electrode 2 as an anode has a positive polarity and the second transparent electrode 6 as a cathode has a negative polarity.
  • Luminescence can be observed when a voltage of about 2 to 40 V is applied.
  • An alternating voltage may be applied.
  • the alternating current waveform to be applied may be arbitrary.
  • the preferable aspect of the organic EL element 100 of the present invention described above is that the gas barrier layer 5, the light scattering layer 7, and the smoothness are provided between the first transparent electrode 2 having both conductivity and light transmittance and the film substrate 4.
  • the layer 1 is provided. Thereby, the total reflection loss between the 1st transparent electrode 2 and the film board
  • substrate 4 can be reduced, and luminous efficiency can be improved.
  • the organic EL element 100 has a configuration in which the first transparent electrode 2 is used as an anode (anode), and a light emitting unit 3 and a second transparent electrode 6 serving as a cathode (cathode) are provided on the upper portion.
  • a sufficient voltage is applied between the first transparent electrode 2 and the second transparent electrode 6 to realize high-luminance light emission in the organic EL element 100, and the emitted light h from the first transparent electrode 2 side. It is possible to increase the luminance by improving the extraction efficiency of the. Further, it is possible to improve the light emission life by reducing the drive voltage for obtaining a predetermined luminance.
  • the organic EL element 100 having each configuration described above is a surface light emitter as described above, it can be used as various light emission sources.
  • lighting devices such as home lighting and interior lighting, backlights for clocks and liquid crystals, lighting for billboard advertisements, light sources for traffic lights, light sources for optical storage media, light sources for electrophotographic copying machines, light sources for optical communication processors, Examples thereof include, but are not limited to, a light source of an optical sensor, and can be effectively used as a backlight of a liquid crystal display device combined with a color filter and a light source for illumination.
  • the organic EL element 100 of the present invention may be used as a kind of lamp for illumination or an exposure light source, a projection device that projects an image, or a type that directly recognizes a still image or a moving image. It may be used as a display device (display).
  • the light emitting surface may be enlarged by so-called tiling, in which the light emitting panels provided with the organic EL elements 100 are joined together in a plane, in accordance with the recent increase in the size of lighting devices and displays.
  • a lighting device will be described as an example of the application, and then a lighting device having a light emitting surface enlarged by tiling will be described.
  • the organic EL element 100 of the present invention can be applied to a lighting device.
  • the lighting device using the organic EL element 100 of the present invention may have a design in which each organic EL element having the above-described configuration has a resonator structure.
  • Examples of the purpose of use of the organic EL element 100 configured as a resonator structure include, but are not limited to, a light source of an optical storage medium, a light source of an electrophotographic copying machine, a light source of an optical communication processor, and a light source of an optical sensor. Not. Moreover, you may use for the said use by making a laser oscillation.
  • the material used for the organic EL element 100 of the present invention can be applied to an organic EL element that emits substantially white light (also referred to as a white organic EL element).
  • a plurality of light emitting materials can simultaneously emit a plurality of light emission colors to obtain white light emission by color mixing.
  • the combination of a plurality of emission colors may include three emission maximum wavelengths of the three primary colors of red, green, and blue, or two of the complementary colors such as blue and yellow, blue green and orange, etc. The thing containing the light emission maximum wavelength may be used.
  • a combination of light emitting materials for obtaining a plurality of emission colors is a combination of a plurality of phosphorescent or fluorescent materials, a light emitting material that emits fluorescence or phosphorescence, and excitation of light from the light emitting materials. Any combination with a pigment material that emits light as light may be used, but in a white organic EL element, a combination of a plurality of light-emitting dopants may be used.
  • Such a white organic EL element is different from a configuration in which organic EL elements emitting each color are individually arranged in parallel to obtain white light emission, and the organic EL element itself emits white light. For this reason, a mask is not required for film formation of most layers constituting the element, and deposition can be performed on one side by vapor deposition, casting, spin coating, ink jet, printing, etc., and productivity is also improved. To do.
  • any one of the above-described metal complexes and known light-emitting materials may be selected and combined to be whitened.
  • the white organic EL element described above it is possible to produce a lighting device that emits substantially white light.
  • the present invention will be specifically described with reference to examples, but the present invention is not limited thereto.
  • the display of "part” or “%” is used in an Example, unless otherwise indicated, "part by mass” or “mass%” is represented.
  • the average refractive index of the smooth layer 1 is the refractive index of a single material when formed of a single material, and in the case of a mixed system, the refractive index specific to each material is multiplied by the mixing ratio. It is a calculated refractive index calculated by the sum value.
  • the binder refractive index of the light scattering layer 7 is the refractive index of a single material when it is formed of a single material, and in the case of a mixed system, the total refractive index of each material multiplied by the mixing ratio. Calculated refractive index calculated by value.
  • the particle refractive index of the light scattering layer 7 is the refractive index of a single material when it is formed of a single material, and in the case of a mixed system, the mixing ratio is set to the refractive index specific to each material. It is a calculated refractive index calculated by the summed value.
  • the average refractive index of the light-scattering layer 7 is a calculated refractive index calculated by a total value obtained by multiplying the refractive index specific to each material by the mixing ratio.
  • primer layer A UV curable organic / inorganic hybrid hard coat material OPSTAR Z7501 manufactured by JSR Co., Ltd. was applied to the easy-adhesion surface of the film substrate, and the layer thickness after drying was 4 ⁇ m with a wire bar. After coating, drying conditions were dried at 80 ° C. for 3 minutes, and then cured under a curing condition of 1.0 J / cm 2 using a high-pressure mercury lamp in an air atmosphere to form a primer layer. The maximum cross-sectional height Ra (p) representing the surface roughness at this time was 5 nm.
  • the surface roughness (arithmetic mean roughness Ra) is an uneven cross section measured continuously with a detector having a stylus having a minimum tip radius using an AFM (Atomic Force Microscope: manufactured by Digital Instruments). It was calculated from the curve, and was measured three times in a section having a measurement direction of 30 ⁇ m with a stylus having a very small tip radius, and was determined from the average roughness regarding the amplitude of fine irregularities.
  • first gas barrier layer A film substrate is mounted on a CVD apparatus, and the element profiles shown in FIG. 5 are formed on the film substrate 4 under the following film forming conditions (plasma CVD conditions)
  • a first gas barrier layer was prepared with a thickness of 300 nm.
  • ⁇ Film forming conditions Feed rate of raw material gas (hexamethyldisiloxane (HMDSO, (CH 3 ) 6 Si 2 O)): 50 sccm (Standard Cubic Centimeter per Minute) Supply amount of oxygen gas (O 2 ): 500 sccm Degree of vacuum in the vacuum chamber: 3Pa Applied power from the power source for plasma generation: 0.8 kW Frequency of power source for plasma generation: 80 kHz Film transport speed: 0.5 to 1.66 m / min
  • Second Gas Barrier Layer A 10% by mass dibutyl ether solution of perhydropolysilazane (Aquamica NN120-10, non-catalytic type, manufactured by AZ Electronic Materials Co., Ltd.) was applied as a coating solution to the wire bar. Then, the dried (average) layer thickness is applied to be 300 nm, treated and dried for 1 minute in an atmosphere of temperature 85 ° C. and humidity 55% RH, and further, temperature 25 ° C., humidity 10% RH (dew point) This was held for 10 minutes in an atmosphere at a temperature of ⁇ 8 ° C. and dehumidified to form a polysilazane layer.
  • perhydropolysilazane A 10% by mass dibutyl ether solution of perhydropolysilazane (Aquamica NN120-10, non-catalytic type, manufactured by AZ Electronic Materials Co., Ltd.) was applied as a coating solution to the wire bar. Then, the dried (average) layer thickness is applied
  • the polysilazane layer formed above was subjected to silica conversion treatment under atmospheric pressure using the following ultraviolet device.
  • the film substrate on which the polysilazane layer fixed on the movable stage was formed was modified under the following conditions to form a second gas barrier layer.
  • Excimer lamp light intensity 130 mW / cm 2 (172 nm) Distance between sample and light source: 1mm Stage heating temperature: 70 ° C Oxygen concentration in the irradiation device: 1.0% Excimer lamp irradiation time: 5 seconds
  • a TiO 2 particle JR600A manufactured by Teika Co., Ltd.
  • a refractive index (np) of 2.4 and an average particle diameter of 0.25 ⁇ m
  • a resin solution (ED230AL (organic inorganic hybrid resin) manufactured by APM)
  • a solid content ratio of 30 vol% / 70 vol%
  • a solvent ratio of n-propyl acetate and cyclohexanone of 10 mass% / 90 mass%, and a solid content concentration of 15 mass% Designed.
  • the above-mentioned TiO 2 particles and a solvent are mixed and cooled at room temperature, and then the standard of the microchip step (MS-3 MSmm 3 mm ⁇ ) is applied to an ultrasonic disperser (SMH UH-50).
  • SSH UH-50 an ultrasonic disperser
  • a dispersion of TiO 2 was prepared by dispersing under conditions for 10 minutes.
  • the resin solution was mixed and added little by little.
  • the stirring speed was increased to 500 rpm and mixed for 10 minutes to obtain a light scattering layer coating solution.
  • the above dispersion was spin-coated on a film substrate by spin coating (500 rpm, 30 seconds), then simply dried (80 ° C., 2 minutes), and further heated (120 ° C., 60 minutes) to obtain a layer thickness of 0
  • a light scattering layer of .5 ⁇ m was formed.
  • the light scattering layer binder (resin) had a refractive index nb of 1.5, a particle refractive index np of 2.4, and an average refractive index ns of 1.77.
  • a nano TiO 2 dispersion liquid (HDT-760T manufactured by Teika Co., Ltd.) having an average particle size of 0.02 ⁇ m and a resin solution (ED230AL (organic inorganic) manufactured by APM Corporation)
  • the solid content ratio with the hybrid resin) is 39 vol% / 61 vol%
  • the solvent ratio of n-propyl acetate, cyclohexanone and toluene is 20 mass% / 30 mass% / 50 mass%
  • the solid content concentration is 20 mass%.
  • the formulation was designed at a ratio of 10 ml.
  • the nano TiO 2 dispersion and the solvent are mixed, and the resin is mixed and added little by little while stirring at 100 rpm. After the addition is completed, the stirring speed is increased to 500 rpm and mixed for 10 minutes to apply a smooth layer. A liquid was obtained. Then, it filtered with the hydrophobic PVDF 0.45 micrometer filter (made by Whatman), and obtained the target dispersion liquid. The above dispersion is spin-coated (500 rpm, 30 seconds) on the light scattering layer, then simply dried (80 ° C., 2 minutes), and further heated (120 ° C., 30 minutes) to obtain a layer thickness. A 0.7 ⁇ m smooth layer was formed.
  • first transparent electrode anode
  • the film substrate obtained in the step of (2) production of the light scattering layer and the smooth layer is overlaid with a mask having an opening having a width of 20 mm ⁇ 50 mm and is commercially available.
  • the substrate holder of the vapor deposition apparatus was fixed, D-1 shown in the following structural formula was placed in a tantalum resistance heating boat, and these substrate holder and the heating boat were attached in the first vacuum chamber of the vacuum vapor deposition apparatus.
  • silver (Ag) was put into the resistance heating boat made from tungsten, and it attached in the 2nd vacuum chamber.
  • the first vacuum chamber is depressurized to 4 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 4 Pa, and then heated by energizing the heating boat containing D-1, and the deposition rate is in the range of 0.1 to 0.2 nm / second.
  • the underlayer containing D-1 having a layer thickness of 25 nm was provided on the smooth layer.
  • the substrate on which the film was formed up to the base layer was transferred to the second vacuum chamber while being vacuumed, and after the pressure in the second vacuum chamber was reduced to 4 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 4 Pa, the heating boat containing silver was energized and heated to deposit.
  • An electrode layer containing silver having a layer thickness of 8 nm was formed on the underlayer within a speed range of 0.1 to 0.2 nm / second, and a first transparent electrode having a laminated structure of the underlayer and the electrode layer was produced. .
  • the organic EL element was produced by using the first transparent electrode produced in (3) production of the first transparent electrode (anode) as an anode (anode) and providing a light emitting unit on the anode. And the sealing material 17 was adhere
  • the film substrate 4 provided with the transparent electrode produced in (3) Production of the first transparent electrode (anode) has an opening of 30 mm ⁇ 30 mm in the center.
  • the mask was stacked and fixed to a substrate holder of a commercially available vacuum deposition apparatus.
  • each material which comprises the light emission unit 3 was filled in each heating boat in a vacuum evaporation system in the optimal quantity for film-forming of each layer.
  • the heating boat used what was produced with the resistance heating material made from tungsten.
  • each layer was formed as follows by sequentially energizing and heating a heating boat containing each material.
  • a heating boat containing ⁇ -NPD as a hole transport injection material is energized and heated, and a hole transport injection layer 3a serving both as a hole injection layer and a hole transport layer made of ⁇ -NPD is provided
  • a film was formed on the electrode layer 2 b constituting the transparent electrode 2.
  • the deposition rate was 0.1 to 0.2 nm / second, and the layer thickness was 20 nm.
  • the heating boat containing the host material H-1 and the heating boat containing the phosphorescent compound Ir-1 are energized independently, and the host material H-1 and the phosphorescent compound Ir- A light emitting layer 3b consisting of 1 was formed on the hole transport injection layer 3a.
  • the layer thickness was 30 nm.
  • a heating boat containing BAlq as a hole blocking material was energized and heated to form a hole blocking layer 3c made of BAlq on the light emitting layer 3b.
  • the deposition rate was 0.1 to 0.2 nm / second, and the layer thickness was 10 nm.
  • the layer thickness was set to 30 nm.
  • the organic EL element 200 is covered with a sealing material 17 made of a glass substrate having a size of 40 ⁇ 40 mm, a thickness of 700 ⁇ m, and a central portion of 34 ⁇ 34 mm and a depth of 350 ⁇ m, and the organic EL element 200 is surrounded.
  • an adhesive 19 (sealing material) was filled between the sealing material 17 and the film substrate 4.
  • an epoxy photocurable adhesive (Lux Track LC0629B manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.) was used.
  • the adhesive 19 filled between the sealing material 17 and the film substrate 4 is irradiated with UV light from the glass substrate (sealing material 17) side to cure the adhesive 19 and seal the organic EL element 200. Stopped.
  • the organic EL element 200 In the formation of the organic EL element 200, a vapor deposition mask is used for forming each layer, and the center of the 5 cm ⁇ 5 cm film substrate 4 is 2.0 cm ⁇ 2.0 cm as a light emitting region, and the width of the entire circumference of the light emitting region is wide. A non-light emitting area of 1.5 cm was provided.
  • the first transparent electrode 2 as an anode and the second transparent electrode 6 as a cathode (cathode) are insulated by the light emitting unit 3 from the hole transport injection layer 3a to the electron transport injection layer 3d.
  • the terminal portion was formed on the periphery of the film substrate 4.
  • the organic EL element 200 was provided on the film substrate 4, and the light emitting panel 201 (light emitting panel No. 1) in which the organic EL element 200 was sealed with the sealing material 17 and the adhesive 19 was produced. .
  • Light-emitting panel No. 2 for the light emitting panel No. 1 is used, and the light emitting panel No.
  • the production steps from (1) production of the film substrate and gas barrier layer to (4-1) production of the organic layer were performed in the same manner as in 1.
  • optical adjustment layer (4-3) Production of optical adjustment layer (4-2)
  • the light emitting panel produced up to the cathode in the production process of the second transparent electrode (cathode) is transferred to the first vacuum chamber in a vacuum, and used as an optical adjustment layer material.
  • the heating boat containing D-1 was energized to form an optical adjustment layer 8 containing D-1.
  • the deposition rate was 0.1 to 0.2 nm / second, and the layer thickness was 56 nm.
  • the refractive index of the optical adjustment layer is such that a separately prepared D-1 single film is irradiated with light having the shortest emission maximum wavelength among emission maximum wavelengths of emitted light from the light emitting unit in an atmosphere at 25 ° C.
  • the optical layer thickness (distance) of the optical adjustment layer is about 100 nm in terms of actual layer thickness (56 nm) ⁇ refractive index (1.80).
  • the film substrate 4 formed up to the optical adjustment layer was kept in a vacuum state in a second vacuum tank equipped with a tungsten resistance heating boat containing aluminum (Al). I moved it. It was fixed by overlapping with a mask having an opening with a width of 20 mm ⁇ 50 mm arranged so as to be orthogonal to the anode.
  • a reflective layer made of Al having a layer thickness of 100 nm was formed in the processing chamber at a film formation rate of 0.3 to 0.5 nm / second.
  • Light-emitting panel No. 3 for the light emitting panel No. 1 is used, and the light emitting panel No.
  • the production steps from (1) production of the film substrate and gas barrier layer to (4-1) production of the organic layer were performed in the same manner as in 1.
  • the light-emitting panel produced up to the organic layer in the organic layer production step was transferred to the second vacuum chamber while maintaining a vacuum, and the second vacuum chamber was transferred to 4 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 4. After depressurizing to Pa, it was fixed by overlapping with a mask having an opening with a width of 20 mm ⁇ 50 mm arranged so as to be orthogonal to the anode. Next, a heating boat containing silver is energized and heated in the processing chamber, and the layer thickness is 20 nm on the electron transport injection layer (also serving as the cathode underlayer) within the range of the deposition rate of 0.1 to 0.2 nm / second. A second transparent electrode (cathode) was prepared as an electrode layer containing silver.
  • Light-emitting panel No. 4 for the light emitting panel No. 1 is used, and the light emitting panel No.
  • the production steps from (1) production of the film substrate and gas barrier layer to (3) production of the first transparent electrode (anode) were performed in the same manner as in 1.
  • each layer was formed as follows by sequentially energizing and heating a heating boat containing each material.
  • a heating boat containing ⁇ -NPD as a hole transport injection material is energized and heated, and a hole transport injection layer 3a serving both as a hole injection layer and a hole transport layer made of ⁇ -NPD is provided
  • a film was formed on the electrode layer 2 b constituting the transparent electrode 2.
  • the deposition rate was 0.1 to 0.2 nm / second, and the layer thickness was 20 nm.
  • the heating boat containing the host material H-1 and the heating boat containing the phosphorescent compound Ir-1 are energized independently, and the host material H-1 and the phosphorescent compound Ir- A light emitting layer 3b consisting of 1 was formed on the hole transport injection layer 3a.
  • the layer thickness was 30 nm.
  • a heating boat containing BAlq as a hole blocking material was energized and heated to form a hole blocking layer 3c made of BAlq on the light emitting layer 3b.
  • the deposition rate was 0.1 to 0.2 nm / second, and the layer thickness was 10 nm.
  • a heating boat containing D-1 as an electron transport injection layer / cathode underlayer and a heating boat containing potassium fluoride were energized independently to transport electrons containing D-1 and potassium fluoride.
  • the injection layer 3d was formed on the hole blocking layer 3c.
  • the layer thickness was 30 nm.
  • Light-emitting panel No. 5 for the light-emitting panel No. 1 is used, and the light emitting panel No.
  • the production steps from (1) production of the film substrate and gas barrier layer to (3) production of the first transparent electrode (anode) were performed in the same manner as in 1.
  • optical adjustment layer (4-3) Production of optical adjustment layer (4-2)
  • the light emitting panel on which the cathode was produced in the production of the second transparent electrode (cathode) was transferred to the first vacuum chamber in a vacuum, and D-
  • the heating boat containing 1 was energized to form an optical adjustment layer 8 made of D-1.
  • the deposition rate was 0.1 to 0.2 nm / second, and the layer thickness was 100 nm.
  • the refractive index of the optical adjustment layer is such that a separately prepared D-1 single film is irradiated with light having the shortest emission maximum wavelength among emission maximum wavelengths of emitted light from the light emitting unit in an atmosphere at 25 ° C.
  • the optical layer thickness (distance) of the optical adjustment layer is about 180 nm in terms of actual layer thickness (100 nm) ⁇ refractive index (1.80).
  • Light-emitting panel No. 6 for the light emitting panel no. 1 is used, and the light emitting panel No.
  • the production steps from (1) production of the film substrate and gas barrier layer to (3) production of the first transparent electrode (anode) were performed in the same manner as in 1.
  • optical adjustment layer (4-3) Production of optical adjustment layer (4-2)
  • the heating boat containing -1 was energized to form an optical adjustment layer 8 made of D-1.
  • the deposition rate was 0.1 to 0.2 nm / second, and the layer thickness was 111 nm.
  • the refractive index of the optical adjustment layer is such that a separately prepared D-1 single film is irradiated with light having the shortest emission maximum wavelength among the emission maximum wavelengths of emitted light from the light emitting unit in an atmosphere of 25 ° C.
  • the optical layer thickness (distance) of the optical adjustment layer is about 200 nm in terms of actual layer thickness (111 nm) ⁇ refractive index (1.80).
  • a microlens array sheet manufactured by MNtech was used as the light extraction sheet.
  • Light Emitting Panel No. 8 Comparative Example
  • Light-emitting panel No. 8 For the light emitting panel No. 8, except that the smooth layer was not provided. 1 was prepared.
  • Light Emitting Panel No. 9 Comparative Example
  • Light-emitting panel No. 9 For light-emitting panel No. 9, except that the smooth layer was not provided. This was prepared in the same manner as in No. 2.
  • Light Emitting Panel No. 10 Comparative Example
  • Light-emitting panel No. 10 for light-emitting panel No. 10, except that the smooth layer was not provided. This was prepared in the same manner as in Example 7.
  • the light emitting panel No. which is an example of the present invention.
  • Nos. 2 to 7 are comparative example light emitting panel Nos. It was found that the total luminous flux value representing the light extraction efficiency was superior to 1 and 8 to 10.
  • the light emitting panel No. The light emission state after the storage stability test of No. 2 was a state with poor light emission uniformity in which non-light emitting portions due to dark spots or the like were mixed.
  • the organic electroluminescence device of the present invention suppresses deterioration of storage stability and occurrence of short-circuits in a high-temperature and high-humidity atmosphere caused by unevenness on the surface of the gas barrier layer or light scattering layer in contact with the light-emitting unit, and emits light.
  • An organic EL element with improved efficiency can be obtained.
  • the organic EL element can be used for display devices, displays, home lighting, interior lighting, backlights for clocks and liquid crystals, signboard advertisements, traffic lights, and optical storage media.
  • the light source, the light source of the electrophotographic copying machine, the light source of the optical communication processor, the light source of the optical sensor, and further, can be suitably used as a wide light emission source of general household appliances that require a display device.
  • Organic electroluminescence device (organic EL device) 1 smooth layer 2 first transparent electrode (anode) 2a Underlayer 2b Electrode layer 3 Light emitting unit 3a Hole transport injection layer 3b Light emitting layer 3c Hole blocking layer 3d Electron transport injection layer (also serving as cathode underlayer) 4 Film substrate 5 Gas barrier layer 5a First gas barrier layer 5b Second gas barrier layer 6 Second transparent electrode (cathode) 7 Light scattering layer 8 Optical adjustment layer 9 Reflective layer 10 Light extraction layer 15 Auxiliary electrode 16 Extraction electrode 17 Sealing material 19 Adhesives 101 and 301 Illumination device (light emitting panel)

Landscapes

  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Optics & Photonics (AREA)
  • Electroluminescent Light Sources (AREA)

Abstract

The present invention addresses the problem of providing an organic electroluminescence element that improves light extraction efficiency and minimizes the deterioration of storage stability and the occurrence of short circuits in a high-temperature and high-humidity atmosphere that are due to the uneven state of the surface of a gas barrier layer, a light-scattering layer, or the like that is in contact with a light-emitting unit. The organic electroluminescence elements (100, 300) of the present invention are characterized in that: at least a gas barrier layer (5), a light-scattering layer (7), a smooth layer (1), a first transparent electrode (2), a light-emitting unit (3) that comprises an organic functional layer, a second transparent electrode (6), an optical adjustment layer (8), and a reflective layer (9) are stacked in this order on a film substrate (4); the gas barrier layer (5) is configured from at least two gas barrier layers that differ with respect to the composition or the distribution states of the constituent elements thereof; and the light-scattering layer (7) comprises light-scattering particles.

Description

有機エレクトロルミネッセンス素子Organic electroluminescence device
 本発明は、有機エレクトロルミネッセンス素子に関する。より詳しくは、光取り出し効率が改善された有機エレクトロルミネッセンス素子に関する。 The present invention relates to an organic electroluminescence element. More specifically, the present invention relates to an organic electroluminescence device with improved light extraction efficiency.
 近年、電子デバイス分野では、軽量化及び大型化という要求に加え、長期信頼性や形状の自由度が高いこと、曲面表示が可能であること等の要求が加わり、重くて割れやすく大面積化が困難なガラス基板に代わって透明プラスチック等のフィルム基板が採用され始めている。 In recent years, in the electronic device field, in addition to demands for weight reduction and size increase, long-term reliability and a high degree of freedom in shape, and the ability to display curved surfaces have been added. In place of difficult glass substrates, film substrates such as transparent plastics are beginning to be adopted.
 しかしながら、透明プラスチック等のフィルム基板は、ガラス基板に対しガスバリアー性が劣るという問題がある。
 ガスバリアー性が劣る基板を用いると、水蒸気や酸素が浸透してしまい、例えば、電子デバイス内の機能を劣化させてしまうという問題があることが分かっている。
However, a film substrate such as a transparent plastic has a problem that gas barrier properties are inferior to a glass substrate.
It has been found that when a substrate with poor gas barrier properties is used, water vapor or oxygen penetrates and, for example, the function in the electronic device is deteriorated.
 そこで、フィルム基板にガスバリアー性を有する膜を形成して、ガスバリアーフィルムとして使用することが一般的に知られている。例えば、ガスバリアー性を必要とする物の包装材や液晶表示素子に使用されるガスバリアーフィルムとしてはフィルム基板上に酸化ケイ素を蒸着したものや、酸化アルミニウムを蒸着したものが知られている。 Therefore, it is generally known that a film having a gas barrier property is formed on a film substrate and used as a gas barrier film. For example, as a gas barrier film used for a packaging material for an object that requires gas barrier properties and a liquid crystal display element, one in which silicon oxide is vapor-deposited on a film substrate and one in which aluminum oxide is vapor-deposited are known.
 また、有機エレクトロルミネッセンス素子を具備した照明装置や表示装置においては、発光効率を向上させるために光散乱層を設ける光取り出し構造が有効であることも知られている(例えば、特許文献1参照。)。 Further, it is also known that a light extraction structure provided with a light scattering layer is effective for improving the light emission efficiency in a lighting device or a display device provided with an organic electroluminescence element (see, for example, Patent Document 1). ).
 しかしながら、ガスバリアー層や光散乱層をフィルム基板上に形成させることにより、表面に凹凸ができてしまい、その上層に有機機能層を有する発光ユニットを形成させることで高温・高湿雰囲気下での保存性の劣化やショート(電気的短絡)が生じやすくなることが問題となっている。 However, by forming a gas barrier layer or a light scattering layer on the film substrate, irregularities are formed on the surface, and by forming a light emitting unit having an organic functional layer as an upper layer, it can be used in a high temperature / high humidity atmosphere. There is a problem that deterioration of storage stability and short circuit (electrical short circuit) are likely to occur.
 また、発光ユニットで発光した光が、基板や電極との界面で全反射が起こることにより、光取り出し効率が低下することが知られている。例えば、発光ユニットで発光した光が金属電極に入射して、金属電極内の自由電子と作用し、金属電極の表面近傍に閉じ込められてしまうプラズモン吸収による損失が生じる。 Also, it is known that the light emitted from the light emitting unit undergoes total reflection at the interface with the substrate or the electrode, thereby reducing the light extraction efficiency. For example, light emitted from the light emitting unit enters the metal electrode, interacts with free electrons in the metal electrode, and loss due to plasmon absorption that is confined in the vicinity of the surface of the metal electrode occurs.
 プラズモン吸収による損失の低減を図ることができる一手段として、厚い金属電極を、カソード機能としての透明電極を用いる陰極と、反射機能としての反射層とに分離された層構成が知られている(例えば、特許文献2及び3参照。)。 As one means that can reduce loss due to plasmon absorption, a layer structure is known in which a thick metal electrode is separated into a cathode using a transparent electrode as a cathode function and a reflective layer as a reflection function ( For example, see Patent Documents 2 and 3.)
特開2004-296437号公報JP 2004-296437 A 特開2004-127942号公報JP 2004-127842 A 米国特許7548021号明細書US Pat. No. 7,548,021
 本発明は、上記問題・状況に鑑みてなされたものであり、その解決課題は、発光ユニットに接するガスバリアー層あるいは光散乱層等の表面の凹凸状態に起因する高温・高湿雰囲気下での保存性の劣化やショートの発生を抑制し、光取り出し効率を向上させた有機エレクトロルミネッセンス素子及びそれが具備された照明装置を提供することである。 The present invention has been made in view of the above-described problems and situations, and the problem to be solved is that the gas barrier layer in contact with the light emitting unit or the light scattering layer or the like is in a high-temperature and high-humidity atmosphere caused by the uneven state of the surface. An organic electroluminescence element that suppresses deterioration of storage stability and occurrence of short circuit and improves light extraction efficiency, and an illumination device including the organic electroluminescence element.
 本発明者は、上記課題を解決すべく、上記問題の原因等について検討したところ、フィルム基板上に、少なくとも、ガスバリアー層、光散乱層、平滑層、第1透明電極、有機機能層を含む発光ユニット、第2透明電極、光学調整層及び反射層がこの順に積層され、前記ガスバリアー層が、構成元素の組成又は分布状態が相違する少なくとも2種のガスバリアー層で構成され、前記光散乱層が、光散乱粒子を含有している場合に本発明の課題を解決できることを見出し本発明に至った。 In order to solve the above-mentioned problems, the present inventor has examined the cause of the above-described problems, and includes at least a gas barrier layer, a light scattering layer, a smooth layer, a first transparent electrode, and an organic functional layer on the film substrate. A light emitting unit, a second transparent electrode, an optical adjustment layer, and a reflective layer are laminated in this order, and the gas barrier layer is composed of at least two kinds of gas barrier layers having different composition or distribution of constituent elements, and the light scattering The inventors have found that the problem of the present invention can be solved when the layer contains light scattering particles, and have reached the present invention.
 すなわち、本発明に係る上記課題は、以下の手段により解決される。
 1.フィルム基板上に、少なくとも、ガスバリアー層、光散乱層、平滑層、第1透明電極、有機機能層を含む発光ユニット、第2透明電極、光学調整層及び反射層がこの順に積層され、
 前記ガスバリアー層が、構成元素の組成又は分布状態が相違する少なくとも2種のガスバリアー層で構成され、
 前記光散乱層が、光散乱粒子を含有していることを特徴とする有機エレクトロルミネッセンス素子。
That is, the said subject which concerns on this invention is solved by the following means.
1. On the film substrate, at least a gas barrier layer, a light scattering layer, a smooth layer, a first transparent electrode, a light emitting unit including an organic functional layer, a second transparent electrode, an optical adjustment layer and a reflective layer are laminated in this order,
The gas barrier layer is composed of at least two kinds of gas barrier layers having different composition or distribution of constituent elements,
The organic light-emitting device, wherein the light-scattering layer contains light-scattering particles.
 2.前記第2透明電極が、銀又は銀を主成分としている合金を含有することを特徴とする第1項に記載の有機エレクトロルミネッセンス素子。 2. 2. The organic electroluminescent element according to item 1, wherein the second transparent electrode contains silver or an alloy containing silver as a main component.
 3.前記第2透明電極の層厚が、15nm以下であることを特徴とする第2項に記載の有機エレクトロルミネッセンス素子。 3. 3. The organic electroluminescent element according to item 2, wherein the layer thickness of the second transparent electrode is 15 nm or less.
 4.発光極大波長のうち最も短い波長における光学調整層の屈折率をn、実際の層厚をd(nm)としたとき、
 当該光学調整層の光学層厚(d×n)が、200nm以上であることを特徴とする第1項から第3項までのいずれか一項に記載の有機エレクトロルミネッセンス素子。
4). When the refractive index of the optical adjustment layer at the shortest wavelength among the emission maximum wavelengths is n and the actual layer thickness is d (nm),
The optical layer thickness (d × n) of the optical adjustment layer is 200 nm or more, The organic electroluminescence element according to any one of items 1 to 3, wherein
 5.前記フィルム基板上のガスバリアー層を備えていない面側に、光取り出し層を有していることを特徴とする第1項から第4項までのいずれか一項に記載の有機エレクトロルミネッセンス素子。 5. The organic electroluminescence device according to any one of items 1 to 4, further comprising a light extraction layer on a surface of the film substrate that is not provided with a gas barrier layer.
 本発明の上記手段により、発光ユニットに接するガスバリアー層あるいは光散乱層等の表面の凹凸状態に起因する高温・高湿雰囲気下での保存性の劣化やショートの発生を抑制し、光取り出し効率を向上させた有機エレクトロルミネッセンス素子及びそれが具備された照明装置を提供することができる。
 本発明の効果の発現機構ないし作用機構については、明確になっていないが、以下のように推察している。
By the above means of the present invention, the light extraction efficiency is suppressed by suppressing deterioration of storage stability and short-circuit in a high-temperature and high-humidity atmosphere caused by the uneven state of the surface of the gas barrier layer or light scattering layer in contact with the light-emitting unit. It is possible to provide an organic electroluminescence element with improved brightness and a lighting device including the same.
The expression mechanism or action mechanism of the effect of the present invention is not clear, but is presumed as follows.
 すなわち、フィルム基板を用いる有機エレクトロルミネッセンス素子において、水蒸気や酸素に対する高いガスバリアー性を有するガスバリアー層が必須であり、これにより保存性の劣化を抑制することができるが、ガスバリアー層を設けることで形成される表面の凹凸がショート等の不良につながる場合がある。そこで、表面粗さを制御した平滑層を設けることでショート等の不良を抑制することができる。そして、これらの不具合を抑制することができ、さらに光学調整層及び反射層を備えることが、光取り出し効率を向上させるのに有効であることを見出した。
 また、光学調整層及び反射層を備える有機エレクトロルミネッセンス素子の電極に薄銀を使用することにより、プラズモン吸収による損失を低減することができ、光取り出し効率をさらに向上させることができたものと考えている。
That is, in an organic electroluminescence device using a film substrate, a gas barrier layer having a high gas barrier property against water vapor and oxygen is essential, and this can suppress deterioration of storage stability, but a gas barrier layer is provided. The surface irregularities formed by may lead to defects such as short circuits. Therefore, it is possible to suppress defects such as a short circuit by providing a smooth layer with a controlled surface roughness. It has been found that these problems can be suppressed, and that it is effective to improve the light extraction efficiency to further include an optical adjustment layer and a reflective layer.
In addition, it is considered that the loss due to plasmon absorption can be reduced and the light extraction efficiency can be further improved by using thin silver for the electrode of the organic electroluminescence device including the optical adjustment layer and the reflection layer. ing.
有機エレクトロルミネッセンス素子の概略構成を示す断面図Sectional drawing which shows schematic structure of an organic electroluminescent element ガスバリアーフィルムの製造装置の一例を示す概略図Schematic showing an example of gas barrier film manufacturing equipment ガス供給口の位置設定の模式図Schematic diagram of gas supply port position setting 本発明に係るガスバリアー層のXPSを用いた深さ方向の組成分析による層の厚さ方向の各元素プロファイルを示すグラフThe graph which shows each element profile of the thickness direction of the layer by the composition analysis of the depth direction using XPS of the gas barrier layer which concerns on this invention 本発明に係るガスバリアー層のXPSを用いた深さ方向の組成分析による層の厚さ方向の各元素プロファイルを示すグラフThe graph which shows each element profile of the thickness direction of the layer by the composition analysis of the depth direction using XPS of the gas barrier layer which concerns on this invention 比較のガスバリアー層のXPSを用いた深さ方向の組成分析による層の厚さ方向の各元素プロファイルを示すグラフThe graph which shows each element profile of the thickness direction of the layer by the composition analysis of the depth direction using XPS of the comparative gas barrier layer 実施例で作製した発光パネルの概略構成を示す断面図Sectional drawing which shows schematic structure of the light emission panel produced in the Example. 実施例で作製した発光パネルの概略構成を示す断面図Sectional drawing which shows schematic structure of the light emission panel produced in the Example.
 本発明の有機エレクトロルミネッセンス素子は、フィルム基板上に、少なくとも、ガスバリアー層、光散乱層、平滑層、第1透明電極、有機機能層を含む発光ユニット、第2透明電極、光学調整層及び反射層がこの順に積層され、ガスバリアー層が、構成元素の組成又は分布状態が相違する少なくとも2種のガスバリアー層で構成され、光散乱層が、光散乱粒子を含有していることを特徴とする。この特徴は、請求項1から請求項5に係る発明に共通する技術的特徴である。 The organic electroluminescence device of the present invention comprises, on a film substrate, at least a gas barrier layer, a light scattering layer, a smooth layer, a first transparent electrode, a light emitting unit including an organic functional layer, a second transparent electrode, an optical adjustment layer, and a reflection layer. The layers are laminated in this order, the gas barrier layer is composed of at least two types of gas barrier layers having different composition or distribution of constituent elements, and the light scattering layer contains light scattering particles. To do. This feature is a technical feature common to the inventions according to claims 1 to 5.
 本発明の実施態様としては、本発明の効果をより発現できる点で、前記第2透明電極が、銀又は銀を主成分とする合金を含有していることが好ましい。これにより、フィルム基板に対して低温で透明電極を陰極として作製することができる。 As an embodiment of the present invention, it is preferable that the second transparent electrode contains silver or an alloy containing silver as a main component in that the effect of the present invention can be further exhibited. Thereby, a transparent electrode can be produced as a cathode at a low temperature with respect to the film substrate.
 また、本発明においては、前記第2透明電極の層厚が、15nm以下であることが好ましい。これにより、発光ユニットにおいて発光した発光光を、プラズモン吸収による損失を低減して効率的に取り出すことができる。 In the present invention, the layer thickness of the second transparent electrode is preferably 15 nm or less. Thereby, the emitted light emitted from the light emitting unit can be efficiently extracted with reduced loss due to plasmon absorption.
 また、本発明においては、発光極大波長のうち最も短い波長における光学調整層の屈折率をn、実際の層厚をd(nm)としたとき、当該光学調整層の光学層厚(d×n)が、200nm以上であることが好ましい。これにより、発光層と反射層との間隔を調整することで、発光光のプラズモン吸収による損失を低減することができる。 In the present invention, when the refractive index of the optical adjustment layer at the shortest light emission maximum wavelength is n and the actual layer thickness is d (nm), the optical layer thickness of the optical adjustment layer (d × n) ) Is preferably 200 nm or more. Thereby, the loss by the plasmon absorption of emitted light can be reduced by adjusting the space | interval of a light emitting layer and a reflection layer.
 また、本発明においては、前記フィルム基板上のガスバリアー層を備えていない面側に、光取り出し層を有していることが好ましい。これにより、光取り出し効率を向上させることができる。 In the present invention, it is preferable that a light extraction layer is provided on the surface of the film substrate not provided with the gas barrier layer. Thereby, the light extraction efficiency can be improved.
 以下、本発明とその構成要素及び本発明を実施するための形態・態様について詳細な説明をする。なお、本願において、「~」は、その前後に記載される数値を下限値及び上限値として含む意味で使用する。 Hereinafter, the present invention, its constituent elements, and modes and modes for carrying out the present invention will be described in detail. In the present application, “˜” is used to mean that the numerical values described before and after it are included as a lower limit value and an upper limit value.
<有機EL素子の構成>
 本発明の有機エレクトロルミネッセンス素子(以下、有機EL素子ともいう。)は、フィルム基板上に、少なくとも、ガスバリアー層、光散乱層、平滑層、第1透明電極、有機機能層を含む発光ユニット、第2透明電極、光学調整層及び反射層がこの順に積層され、ガスバリアー層が、構成元素の組成又は分布状態が相違する少なくとも2種のガスバリアー層で構成され、光散乱層が、光散乱粒子を含有している。
 本願において、「発光ユニット」とは、少なくとも、後述する各種有機化合物を含有する、発光層、正孔輸送注入層、電子輸送注入層等の有機機能層を主体として構成される発光体(単位)をいう。当該発光体は、陽極と陰極からなる一対の電極の間に挟持されており、当該陽極から供給される正孔(ホール)と陰極から供給される電子が当該発光体内で再結合することにより発光する。
 なお、本発明の有機エレクトロルミネッセンス素子は、所望の発光色に応じて、当該発光ユニットを複数備えていてもよい。
 具体的には、図1に示すとおり、本発明にかかる有機EL素子100は、フィルム基板4上に設けられており、フィルム基板4側から順に、ガスバリアー層5、光散乱層7、平滑層1、第1透明電極(陽極)2、有機材料等を用いて構成された発光ユニット3、第2透明電極(陰極)6、光学調整層8及び反射層9を有しており、この順に積層している。第1透明電極2(電極層2b)の端部には、取り出し電極16が設けられている。第1透明電極2と外部電源(図示略)とは、取り出し電極16を介して、電気的に接続される。有機EL素子100は、発生させた光(発光光h)を、少なくともフィルム基板4側から取り出すように構成されている。
<Configuration of organic EL element>
The organic electroluminescence element of the present invention (hereinafter also referred to as an organic EL element) includes a light emitting unit including at least a gas barrier layer, a light scattering layer, a smooth layer, a first transparent electrode, and an organic functional layer on a film substrate. The second transparent electrode, the optical adjustment layer, and the reflective layer are laminated in this order, the gas barrier layer is composed of at least two types of gas barrier layers having different composition or distribution of constituent elements, and the light scattering layer is light scattering. Contains particles.
In the present application, the “light-emitting unit” means a light-emitting body (unit) composed mainly of an organic functional layer such as a light-emitting layer, a hole transport injection layer, and an electron transport injection layer containing at least various organic compounds described later. Say. The luminous body is sandwiched between a pair of electrodes consisting of an anode and a cathode, and light is emitted by recombination of holes (holes) supplied from the anode and electrons supplied from the cathode in the luminous body. To do.
In addition, the organic electroluminescent element of this invention may be provided with two or more of the said light emission units according to desired luminescent color.
Specifically, as shown in FIG. 1, the organic EL element 100 according to the present invention is provided on a film substrate 4, and in order from the film substrate 4 side, a gas barrier layer 5, a light scattering layer 7, and a smooth layer. 1, a first transparent electrode (anode) 2, a light emitting unit 3 configured using an organic material, a second transparent electrode (cathode) 6, an optical adjustment layer 8, and a reflective layer 9. is doing. An extraction electrode 16 is provided at the end of the first transparent electrode 2 (electrode layer 2b). The first transparent electrode 2 and an external power source (not shown) are electrically connected via the extraction electrode 16. The organic EL element 100 is configured to extract generated light (emitted light h) from at least the film substrate 4 side.
 また、有機EL素子100の層構造が限定されることはなく、一般的な層構造であってよい。ここでは、第1透明電極2がアノード(すなわち陽極)として機能し、第2透明電極6がカソード(すなわち陰極)として機能することとする。この場合、例えば、発光ユニット3は、アノードである第1透明電極2側から順に正孔輸送注入層3a/発光層3b/正孔阻止層3c/電子輸送注入層3dを積層した構成が例示されるが、このうち、少なくとも有機材料を用いて構成された発光層3bを有することが必須である。また、電子輸送注入層3dは、陰極の下地層としての役割も果たしているため、陰極に隣接することが必須である。また、正孔輸送注入層3aは、正孔注入層と正孔輸送層の2層を設けてもよい。また、これらの発光ユニット3のうち、例えば、正孔輸送注入層3aは無機材料で構成されていてもよい。 Further, the layer structure of the organic EL element 100 is not limited and may be a general layer structure. Here, the first transparent electrode 2 functions as an anode (that is, an anode), and the second transparent electrode 6 functions as a cathode (that is, a cathode). In this case, for example, the light emitting unit 3 has a configuration in which a hole transport injection layer 3a / a light emission layer 3b / a hole blocking layer 3c / an electron transport injection layer 3d are stacked in this order from the first transparent electrode 2 side which is an anode. However, among these, it is essential to have the light emitting layer 3b composed of at least an organic material. Further, since the electron transport injection layer 3d also serves as a base layer for the cathode, it is essential to be adjacent to the cathode. The hole transport injection layer 3a may be provided with two layers, a hole injection layer and a hole transport layer. Of these light emitting units 3, for example, the hole transport injection layer 3a may be made of an inorganic material.
 また、発光ユニット3は、これらの層の他にも電子阻止層等が必要に応じて必要箇所に積層されていてもよい。さらに、発光層3bは、各波長領域の発光光を発生させる各色発光層を有し、これらの各色発光層を、非発光性の中間層を介して積層させた構造としてもよい。中間層は、電子阻止層として機能してもよい。さらに、カソードである第2透明電極6も、必要に応じた積層構造であってもよい。このような構成において、第1透明電極2と第2透明電極6とで発光ユニット3が挟持された部分のみが、有機EL素子100における発光領域となる。 Further, in addition to these layers, the light-emitting unit 3 may have an electron blocking layer or the like laminated as necessary. Furthermore, the light emitting layer 3b may have a structure in which each color light emitting layer that generates emitted light in each wavelength region is laminated, and each of these color light emitting layers is laminated via a non-light emitting intermediate layer. The intermediate layer may function as an electron blocking layer. Further, the second transparent electrode 6 that is a cathode may also have a laminated structure as required. In such a configuration, only a portion where the light emitting unit 3 is sandwiched between the first transparent electrode 2 and the second transparent electrode 6 becomes a light emitting region in the organic EL element 100.
 また、以上のような層構成においては、第1透明電極2の低抵抗化を図ることを目的とし、第1透明電極2の電極層2bに接して補助電極15が設けられていてもよい。 In the layer configuration as described above, the auxiliary electrode 15 may be provided in contact with the electrode layer 2b of the first transparent electrode 2 for the purpose of reducing the resistance of the first transparent electrode 2.
 また、第2透明電極6と反射層9の間に光学調整層8が設けられている。すなわち、一般的な対向電極に備えられている反射機能を反射層として分離し、陰極(第2透明電極6)と反射層9との間に光学調整層8を設けている。これにより、発光層と反射層との間隔を調整することができ、発光光のプラズモン吸収による損失を低減することができる。 Also, an optical adjustment layer 8 is provided between the second transparent electrode 6 and the reflective layer 9. That is, the reflection function provided in a common counter electrode is separated as a reflection layer, and the optical adjustment layer 8 is provided between the cathode (second transparent electrode 6) and the reflection layer 9. Thereby, the space | interval of a light emitting layer and a reflection layer can be adjusted, and the loss by the plasmon absorption of emitted light can be reduced.
 以上のような構成の有機EL素子100は、有機材料等を用いて構成された発光ユニット3の劣化を防止することを目的として、フィルム基板4上において後述する封止材17で封止されている。この封止材17は、接着剤19を介してフィルム基板4側に固定されている。ただし、第1透明電極2(取り出し電極16)及び第2透明電極6の端子部分は、フィルム基板4上において発光ユニット3によって互いに絶縁性を保った状態で封止材17から露出させた状態で設けられていることとする。 The organic EL element 100 having the above configuration is sealed on the film substrate 4 with a sealing material 17 described later for the purpose of preventing deterioration of the light emitting unit 3 configured using an organic material or the like. Yes. The sealing material 17 is fixed to the film substrate 4 side with an adhesive 19. However, the terminal portions of the first transparent electrode 2 (extraction electrode 16) and the second transparent electrode 6 are exposed from the sealing material 17 on the film substrate 4 while being insulated from each other by the light emitting unit 3. It shall be provided.
 以下、上述した有機EL素子100を構成するための主要な要素を平滑層、光散乱層、ガスバリアー層、フィルム基板、電極、発光ユニット、光学調整層、反射層の順に説明し、その製造方法についても説明する。 Hereinafter, the main elements for constituting the organic EL element 100 described above will be described in the order of a smooth layer, a light scattering layer, a gas barrier layer, a film substrate, an electrode, a light emitting unit, an optical adjustment layer, and a reflective layer, and a method for manufacturing the same. Is also explained.
 <平滑層>
 本発明に係る平滑層1は、光散乱層7の上に発光ユニット3を設けた場合、当該光散乱層7の表面の凹凸に起因する高温・高湿雰囲気下での保存性の劣化や電気的短絡(ショート)等の弊害を防止することを主目的とするものである。
 本発明に係る平滑層1は、この上に第1透明電極2を良好に形成させる平坦性を有することが重要であり、その表面性は、算術平均粗さRaが0.5~50nmの範囲内であることが好ましい。更に好ましくは30nm以下、特に好ましくは10nm以下、最も好ましくは5nm以下である。算術平均粗さRaを0.5~50nmの範囲内とすることで、積層する有機EL素子のショート等の不良を抑制することができる。なお、算術平均粗さRaについては、0nmが好ましいが実用レベルの限界値として0.5nmを下限値とする。
 また、本願において、表面の算術平均粗さRaとは、JIS B0601-2001に準拠した算術平均粗さを表している。
 なお、表面粗さ(算術平均粗さRa)は、AFM(原子間力顕微鏡 Atomic Force Microscope:Digital Instruments社製)を用い、極小の先端半径の触針を持つ検出器で連続測定した凹凸の断面曲線から算出され、極小の先端半径の触針により測定方向が30μmの区間内を3回測定し、微細な凹凸の振幅に関する平均の粗さから求めた。
<Smooth layer>
In the smooth layer 1 according to the present invention, when the light emitting unit 3 is provided on the light scattering layer 7, the deterioration of the storage stability under high temperature and high humidity atmosphere caused by the unevenness of the surface of the light scattering layer 7 and electricity The main purpose is to prevent negative effects such as short circuit.
It is important that the smooth layer 1 according to the present invention has a flatness that allows the first transparent electrode 2 to be satisfactorily formed thereon, and the surface property thereof is an arithmetic average roughness Ra in the range of 0.5 to 50 nm. It is preferable to be within. More preferably, it is 30 nm or less, Especially preferably, it is 10 nm or less, Most preferably, it is 5 nm or less. By setting the arithmetic average roughness Ra within the range of 0.5 to 50 nm, it is possible to suppress defects such as a short circuit in the organic EL element to be stacked. As for the arithmetic average roughness Ra, 0 nm is preferable, but 0.5 nm is set as a lower limit value as a practical level limit value.
In the present application, the arithmetic average roughness Ra of the surface represents the arithmetic average roughness in accordance with JIS B0601-2001.
The surface roughness (arithmetic mean roughness Ra) is an uneven cross section measured continuously with a detector having a stylus having a minimum tip radius using an AFM (Atomic Force Microscope: manufactured by Digital Instruments). It was calculated from the curve, and was measured three times in a section having a measurement direction of 30 μm with a stylus having a very small tip radius, and was determined from the average roughness regarding the amplitude of fine irregularities.
 平滑層1には、発光ユニット3からの発光光が入射する。そのため、平滑層1の平均屈折率nfは、発光ユニット3に含まれる有機機能層の屈折率と近い値であることが好ましい。具体的には、発光ユニット3には一般的に高屈折率の有機材料が用いられるため、平滑層1は、発光ユニットからの発光光の発光極大波長のうち最も短い発光極大波長において、平均屈折率nfが1.5以上、特に1.65より大きく2.5未満の高屈折率層であることが好ましい。平均屈折率nfが1.65より大きく2.5未満であれば、単独の素材で形成されていてもよいし、混合物で形成されていてもよい。このような混合系の場合、平滑層1の平均屈折率nfは、各々の素材固有の屈折率に混合比率を乗じた合算値により算出される計算屈折率を用いる。また、この場合、各々の素材の屈折率は、1.65以下若しくは2.5以上であってもよく、混合した膜の平均屈折率nfとして1.65より大きく2.5未満を満たしていればよい。
 ここで、「平均屈折率nf」とは、単独の素材で形成されている場合は、単独の素材の屈折率であり、混合系の場合は、各々の素材固有の屈折率に混合比率を乗じた合算値により算出される計算屈折率である。
Light emitted from the light emitting unit 3 is incident on the smooth layer 1. Therefore, the average refractive index nf of the smooth layer 1 is preferably a value close to the refractive index of the organic functional layer included in the light emitting unit 3. Specifically, since an organic material having a high refractive index is generally used for the light emitting unit 3, the smooth layer 1 has an average refraction at the shortest light emission maximum wavelength among the light emission maximum wavelengths of the light emitted from the light emission unit. It is preferable that the refractive index layer be a high refractive index layer having a refractive index nf of 1.5 or more, particularly greater than 1.65 and less than 2.5. As long as the average refractive index nf is greater than 1.65 and less than 2.5, it may be formed of a single material or a mixture. In the case of such a mixed system, the average refractive index nf of the smooth layer 1 uses a calculated refractive index calculated by a total value obtained by multiplying the refractive index specific to each material by the mixing ratio. In this case, the refractive index of each material may be 1.65 or less, or 2.5 or more, and the average refractive index nf of the mixed film is larger than 1.65 and less than 2.5. That's fine.
Here, the “average refractive index nf” is the refractive index of a single material when formed of a single material, and in the case of a mixed system, the refractive index specific to each material is multiplied by the mixing ratio. It is the calculated refractive index calculated by the combined value.
 なお、屈折率の測定は、25℃の雰囲気下で、発光ユニットからの発光光の発光極大波長のうち最も短い発光極大波長の光線を照射し、アッベ屈折率計(ATAGO社製、DR-M2)を用いて行った。 The refractive index was measured by irradiating a light beam having the shortest light emission maximum wavelength among the light emission maximum wavelengths of the light emitted from the light emitting unit in an atmosphere at 25 ° C., and by using an Abbe refractometer (manufactured by ATAGO, DR-M2 ).
 平滑層1に用いられるバインダーとしては、公知の樹脂が特に制限なく使用可能であり、例えば、アクリル酸エステル、メタクリル酸エステル、ポリエチレンテレフタレート(PET)、ポリブチレンテレフタレート、ポリエチレンナフタレート(PEN)、ポリカーボネート(PC)、ポリアリレート、ポリ塩化ビニル(PVC)、ポリエチレン(PE)、ポリプロピレン(PP)、ポリスチレン(PS)、ナイロン(Ny)、芳香族ポリアミド、ポリエーテルエーテルケトン、ポリスルホン、ポリエーテルスルホン、ポリイミド、ポリエーテルイミド等の樹脂フィルム、有機無機ハイブリッド構造を有する、シルセスキオキサン、ポリシロキサン、ポリシラザン、ポリシロキサザン等を基本骨格とした耐熱透明フィルム(例えば、製品名Sila-DEC、チッソ株式会社製)、パーフルオロアルキル基含有シラン化合物(例えば、(ヘプタデカフルオロ-1,1,2,2-テトラデシル)トリエトキシシラン)の他、含フッ素モノマーと架橋性基付与のためのモノマーを構成単位とする含フッ素共重合体等が挙げられる。これら樹脂は、2種以上混合して使用することができる。これらの中でも、有機無機ハイブリッド構造を有するものが好ましい。 As the binder used for the smooth layer 1, known resins can be used without any particular limitation. For example, acrylic ester, methacrylic ester, polyethylene terephthalate (PET), polybutylene terephthalate, polyethylene naphthalate (PEN), polycarbonate (PC), polyarylate, polyvinyl chloride (PVC), polyethylene (PE), polypropylene (PP), polystyrene (PS), nylon (Ny), aromatic polyamide, polyether ether ketone, polysulfone, polyether sulfone, polyimide , Resin films such as polyetherimides, heat-resistant transparent films having an organic-inorganic hybrid structure and having a basic skeleton of silsesquioxane, polysiloxane, polysilazane, polysiloxazan, etc. Sila-DEC, manufactured by Chisso Corporation), perfluoroalkyl group-containing silane compounds (for example, (heptadecafluoro-1,1,2,2-tetradecyl) triethoxysilane), addition of fluorine-containing monomers and crosslinkable groups And a fluorine-containing copolymer having a monomer as a constituent unit. These resins can be used in combination of two or more. Among these, those having an organic-inorganic hybrid structure are preferable.
 また、以下の親水性樹脂を使うことも可能である。親水性樹脂としては水溶性の樹脂、水分散性の樹脂、コロイド分散樹脂又はそれらの混合物が挙げられる。親水性樹脂としては、アクリル系、ポリエステル系、ポリアミド系、ポリウレタン系、フッ素系等の樹脂が挙げられ、例えば、ポリビニルアルコール、ゼラチン、ポリエチレンオキサイド、ポリビニルピロリドン、カゼイン、デンプン、寒天、カラギーナン、ポリアクリル酸、ポリメタクリル酸、ポリアクリルアミド、ポリメタクリルアミド、ポリスチレンスルホン酸、セルロース、ヒドロキシルエチルセルロース、カルボキシルメチルセルロース、ヒドロキシルエチルセルロース、デキストラン、デキストリン、プルラン、水溶性ポリビニルブチラール等のポリマーを挙げることができるが、これらの中でも、ポリビニルアルコールが好ましい。
 バインダー樹脂として用いられるポリマーは、1種類を単独で用いてもよいし、必要に応じて2種類以上を混合して使用してもよい。
The following hydrophilic resins can also be used. Examples of the hydrophilic resin include water-soluble resins, water-dispersible resins, colloid-dispersed resins, and mixtures thereof. Examples of the hydrophilic resin include acrylic resins, polyester resins, polyamide resins, polyurethane resins, fluorine resins, etc., for example, polyvinyl alcohol, gelatin, polyethylene oxide, polyvinyl pyrrolidone, casein, starch, agar, carrageenan, polyacrylic. Polymers such as acid, polymethacrylic acid, polyacrylamide, polymethacrylamide, polystyrene sulfonic acid, cellulose, hydroxyl ethyl cellulose, carboxyl methyl cellulose, hydroxyl ethyl cellulose, dextran, dextrin, pullulan, water-soluble polyvinyl butyral can be mentioned, but these Among these, polyvinyl alcohol is preferable.
As the polymer used as the binder resin, one type may be used alone, or two or more types may be mixed and used as necessary.
 また、同様に、従来公知の樹脂粒子(エマルジョン)等も好適にバインダーとして使用可能である。 Similarly, conventionally known resin particles (emulsion) and the like can also be suitably used as a binder.
 また、バインダーとしては、主として紫外線・電子線によって硬化する樹脂、すなわち、電離放射線硬化型樹脂に熱可塑性樹脂と溶剤とを混合したものや熱硬化型樹脂も好適に使用できる。
 このようなバインダー樹脂としては、飽和炭化水素又はポリエーテルを主鎖として有するポリマーであることが好ましく、飽和炭化水素を主鎖として有するポリマーであることがより好ましい。
 また、バインダーは架橋していることが好ましい。飽和炭化水素を主鎖として有するポリマーは、エチレン性不飽和モノマーの重合反応により得ることが好ましい。架橋しているバインダーを得るためには、二つ以上のエチレン性不飽和基を有するモノマーを用いることが好ましい。
Further, as the binder, a resin curable mainly by ultraviolet rays / electron beams, that is, a mixture of an ionizing radiation curable resin and a thermoplastic resin and a solvent, or a thermosetting resin can be suitably used.
Such a binder resin is preferably a polymer having a saturated hydrocarbon or polyether as a main chain, and more preferably a polymer having a saturated hydrocarbon as a main chain.
The binder is preferably crosslinked. The polymer having a saturated hydrocarbon as the main chain is preferably obtained by a polymerization reaction of an ethylenically unsaturated monomer. In order to obtain a crosslinked binder, it is preferable to use a monomer having two or more ethylenically unsaturated groups.
 平滑層1に含有されるバインダーに含まれる微粒子ゾルも好適に使用可能である。 The fine particle sol contained in the binder contained in the smooth layer 1 can also be suitably used.
 また、平滑層1に含まれるバインダーに分散される粒子径の下限としては、通常5nm以上であることが好ましく、10nm以上であることがより好ましく、15nm以上であることがさらに好ましい。また、バインダーに分散される粒子径の上限としては、70nm以下であることが好ましく、60nm以下であることがより好ましく、50nm以下であることがさらに好ましい。バインダーに分散される粒子径が5~60nmの範囲内であることにより、高い透明性が得られる点で好ましい。本発明の効果を損なわない限り、粒子径の分布は制限されず、広くても狭くても複数の分布を持っていてもよい。 The lower limit of the particle diameter dispersed in the binder contained in the smooth layer 1 is usually preferably 5 nm or more, more preferably 10 nm or more, and further preferably 15 nm or more. Moreover, as an upper limit of the particle diameter disperse | distributed to a binder, it is preferable that it is 70 nm or less, It is more preferable that it is 60 nm or less, It is further more preferable that it is 50 nm or less. When the particle diameter dispersed in the binder is in the range of 5 to 60 nm, it is preferable in that high transparency can be obtained. As long as the effect of the present invention is not impaired, the particle size distribution is not limited, and may be wide or narrow and may have a plurality of distributions.
 本発明に用いられる平滑層1に含有される粒子としては、安定性の観点から、TiO(二酸化チタンゾル)であることがより好ましい。また、TiOの中でも、特にアナターゼ型よりルチル型の方が、触媒活性が低いため、平滑層1や隣接した層の耐候性が高くなり、さらに屈折率が高いことから好ましい。 The particles contained in the smooth layer 1 used in the present invention are more preferably TiO 2 (titanium dioxide sol) from the viewpoint of stability. Further, among TiO 2 , rutile type is more preferable than anatase type because the catalytic activity is low, and the weather resistance of the smooth layer 1 and the adjacent layer becomes high and the refractive index is high.
 本発明で用いることのできる二酸化チタンゾルの調製方法としては、例えば、特開昭63-17221号公報、特開平7-819号公報、特開平9-165218号公報、特開平11-43327号公報等を参照することができる。 Examples of a method for preparing a titanium dioxide sol that can be used in the present invention include JP-A 63-17221, JP-A 7-819, JP-A 9-165218, and JP-A 11-43327. Can be referred to.
 平滑層1の厚さは、光散乱層の表面粗さを緩和するためにある程度厚い必要があるが、一方吸収によるエネルギーロスを生じない程度に薄い必要がある。具体的には0.1~5μmの範囲内が好ましく、0.5~2μmの範囲内が更に好ましい。 The thickness of the smooth layer 1 needs to be somewhat thick in order to reduce the surface roughness of the light scattering layer, but it needs to be thin enough not to cause energy loss due to absorption. Specifically, it is preferably in the range of 0.1 to 5 μm, more preferably in the range of 0.5 to 2 μm.
 <光散乱層>
 本発明の有機EL素子100では、光散乱層7を備えることを特徴とする。光散乱層の平均屈折率nsは、発光ユニット3の有機機能層における発光光が平滑層1を通って入射するため、屈折率が有機機能層及び平滑層1とできるだけ近い方がよい。光散乱層7は、発光ユニット3からの発光光の発光極大波長のうち最も短い発光極大波長において、平均屈折率nsが1.5以上、特に1.6以上、2.5未満の範囲内である高屈折率層であることが好ましい。この場合、光散乱層7は、平均屈折率nsが1.6以上2.5未満を有する単独の素材で膜を形成してもよいし、2種類以上の化合物と混合して平均屈折率nsが1.6以上2.5未満の膜を形成してもよい。このような混合系の場合、光散乱層7の平均屈折率nsは、各々の素材固有の屈折率に混合比率を乗じた合算値により算出される計算屈折率を用いる。また、この場合、各々の素材の屈折率は、1.6未満若しくは2.5以上であってもよく、混合した膜の平均屈折率nsとして1.6以上2.5未満を満たしていればよい。
 ここで、「平均屈折率ns」とは、単独の素材で形成されている場合は、単独の素材の屈折率であり、混合系の場合は、各々の素材固有の屈折率に混合比率を乗じた合算値により算出される計算屈折率である。
<Light scattering layer>
The organic EL element 100 of the present invention is characterized by including a light scattering layer 7. The average refractive index ns of the light scattering layer is preferably such that the refractive index is as close as possible to the organic functional layer and the smooth layer 1 because the emitted light in the organic functional layer of the light emitting unit 3 enters through the smooth layer 1. The light scattering layer 7 has an average refractive index ns of 1.5 or more, particularly 1.6 or more and less than 2.5 at the shortest emission maximum wavelength among the emission maximum wavelengths of the emitted light from the light emitting unit 3. A high refractive index layer is preferred. In this case, the light-scattering layer 7 may be formed of a single material having an average refractive index ns of 1.6 or more and less than 2.5, or may be mixed with two or more compounds to have an average refractive index ns. A film having a thickness of 1.6 or more and less than 2.5 may be formed. In the case of such a mixed system, the average refractive index ns of the light scattering layer 7 uses a calculated refractive index calculated by a total value obtained by multiplying the refractive index specific to each material by the mixing ratio. In this case, the refractive index of each material may be less than 1.6 or 2.5 or more as long as the average refractive index ns of the mixed film satisfies 1.6 or more and less than 2.5. Good.
Here, the “average refractive index ns” is the refractive index of a single material when formed of a single material, and in the case of a mixed system, the refractive index specific to each material is multiplied by the mixing ratio. It is the calculated refractive index calculated by the combined value.
 また、光散乱層7は、層媒体である低屈折率を有するバインダーと層媒体に含有される高屈折率を有する粒子との混合物による屈折率差を利用した光散乱膜とすることが好ましい。 Further, the light scattering layer 7 is preferably a light scattering film utilizing a difference in refractive index due to a mixture of a binder having a low refractive index which is a layer medium and particles having a high refractive index contained in the layer medium.
 光散乱層7は、光取り出し効率を向上させる層であり、フィルム基板4上のガスバリアー層5の第1透明電極2側の最表面に形成されることが好ましい。 The light scattering layer 7 is a layer that improves light extraction efficiency, and is preferably formed on the outermost surface of the gas barrier layer 5 on the film substrate 4 on the first transparent electrode 2 side.
 低屈折率を有するバインダーは、その屈折率nbが1.9未満であり、1.6未満が特に好ましい。
 ここで、「バインダーの屈折率nb」とは、単独の素材で形成されている場合は、単独の素材の屈折率であり、混合系の場合は、各々の素材固有の屈折率に混合比率を乗じた合算値により算出される計算屈折率である。
The binder having a low refractive index has a refractive index nb of less than 1.9, particularly preferably less than 1.6.
Here, the “refractive index nb of the binder” is the refractive index of a single material when formed of a single material, and in the case of a mixed system, the mixing ratio is set to the refractive index specific to each material. It is a calculated refractive index calculated by the summed value.
 また、高屈折率を有する粒子は、その屈折率npが1.5以上であり、1.8以上が好ましく、2.0以上が特に好ましい。
 ここで、「粒子の屈折率np」とは、単独の素材で形成されている場合は、単独の素材の屈折率であり、混合系の場合は、各々の素材固有の屈折率に混合比率を乗じた合算値により算出される計算屈折率である。
The particles having a high refractive index have a refractive index np of 1.5 or more, preferably 1.8 or more, and particularly preferably 2.0 or more.
Here, the “refractive index np of the particle” is the refractive index of a single material when formed of a single material, and in the case of a mixed system, the mixing ratio is set to the refractive index specific to each material. It is a calculated refractive index calculated by the summed value.
 また、光散乱層7の高屈折率を有する粒子の役割として、導波光の散乱機能が挙げられるが、そのためには散乱性を向上させる必要がある。散乱性を向上させるためには、高屈折率を有する粒子とバインダーの屈折率差を大きくすること、層厚を厚くすること、粒子密度を大きくすることが考えられる。この中で最も他の性能とのトレードオフが小さいものが、無機粒子とバインダーの屈折率差を大きくすることである。 Further, the role of the particles having a high refractive index of the light scattering layer 7 includes a scattering function of guided light. For this purpose, it is necessary to improve the scattering property. In order to improve the scattering property, it is conceivable to increase the difference in refractive index between the particles having a high refractive index and the binder, increase the layer thickness, and increase the particle density. Among them, the one with the smallest trade-off with other performances is to increase the refractive index difference between the inorganic particles and the binder.
 層媒体である樹脂材料(バインダー)と含有される高屈折率を有する粒子との屈折率差|nb-np|は、好ましくは0.2以上であり、特に好ましくは0.3以上である。層媒体と粒子との屈折率差|nb-np|が0.03以上であれば、層媒体と粒子との界面で散乱効果が発生する。屈折率差|nb-np|が大きいほど、界面での屈折が大きくなり、散乱効果が向上するため好ましい。 The refractive index difference | nb−np | between the resin material (binder) as the layer medium and the particles having a high refractive index contained is preferably 0.2 or more, and particularly preferably 0.3 or more. If the refractive index difference | nb−np | between the layer medium and the particles is 0.03 or more, a scattering effect occurs at the interface between the layer medium and the particles. A larger refractive index difference | nb−np | is preferable because refraction at the interface increases and the scattering effect is improved.
 具体的には、光散乱層7の平均屈折率nsが、1.6以上、2.5未満の範囲内である高屈折率層であることが好ましいため、例えば、バインダーの屈折率nbが1.6より小さく、高屈折率を有する粒子の屈折率npが1.8より大きいことが好ましい。 Specifically, since the average refractive index ns of the light scattering layer 7 is preferably a high refractive index layer in the range of 1.6 or more and less than 2.5, for example, the refractive index nb of the binder is 1 It is preferable that the refractive index np of particles having a high refractive index smaller than .6 is larger than 1.8.
 なお、屈折率の測定は、平滑層と同様に、25℃の雰囲気下で、発光ユニットからの発光光の発光極大波長のうち最も短い発光極大波長の光線を照射し、アッベ屈折率計(ATAGO社製、DR-M2)を用いて行った。 The refractive index is measured by irradiating the light having the shortest light emission maximum wavelength among the light emission maximum wavelengths of the light emitted from the light emitting unit in an atmosphere of 25 ° C. in the same manner as the smooth layer. DR-M2) manufactured by the company.
 光散乱層7は、上記のように、層媒体と粒子との屈折率の違いにより光を拡散させる層である。そのため、含有される粒子としては、他の層への悪影響を及ぼさないで発光ユニット3からの発光光を散乱することが求められる。
 ここで、散乱とは、光散乱層単膜でヘイズ値(全光線透過率に対する散乱透過率の割合)が、20%以上、より好ましくは25%以上、特に好ましくは30%以上を示す状態を表す。ヘイズ値が20%以上であれば、発光効率を向上させることができる。
 ヘイズ値とは、(a)膜中の組成物の屈折率差による影響と、(b)表面形状による影響とを受けて算出される物性値である。すなわち、表面粗さを一定程度未満に抑えてヘイズ値を測定することにより、上記(b)による影響を排除したヘイズ値が測定されることとなる。具体的には、ヘーズメーター(日本電色工業(株)製、NDH-5000)等を用いて測定することができる。
 例えば、粒子径を調整することにより、散乱性を向上させることができ、ショート等の不良を抑制することができる。具体的には、可視光域のMie散乱を生じさせる領域以上の粒子径を有する透明な粒子であることが好ましい。また、その平均粒子径は0.2μm以上であることが好ましい。
 一方、平均粒子径の上限としては、粒子径がより大きい場合、粒子を含有した光散乱層7の粗さを平坦化する平滑層1の層厚も厚くする必要があり、工程の負荷、膜の吸収の観点で不利な点があることから、好ましくは10μm未満、より好ましくは5μm未満、特に好ましくは3μm未満、最も好ましくは1μm未満である。
 また、光散乱層7に複数の種類の粒子を用いる場合、平均粒子径は、100nm~3μmの範囲内のものを少なくとも1種含み、かつ3μmより大きいものを含まないことが好ましく、特に、200nm~1μmの範囲内のものを少なくとも1種含み、かつ1μmより大きいものを含まないことが好ましい。
 ここで、高屈折率粒子の平均粒子径は、例えば、日機装社製ナノトラックUPA-EX150といった動的光散乱法を利用した装置や、電子顕微鏡写真の画像処理により測定することができる。
As described above, the light scattering layer 7 is a layer that diffuses light by the difference in refractive index between the layer medium and the particles. Therefore, the contained particles are required to scatter the emitted light from the light emitting unit 3 without adversely affecting other layers.
Here, scattering is a state in which a haze value (ratio of scattering transmittance to total light transmittance) is 20% or more, more preferably 25% or more, and particularly preferably 30% or more in a light scattering layer single film. To express. If the haze value is 20% or more, the luminous efficiency can be improved.
The haze value is a physical property value calculated under the influence of (a) the refractive index difference of the composition in the film and (b) the influence of the surface shape. That is, by measuring the haze value while suppressing the surface roughness to below a certain level, the haze value excluding the influence of (b) is measured. Specifically, it can be measured using a haze meter (NDH-5000, manufactured by Nippon Denshoku Industries Co., Ltd.).
For example, by adjusting the particle diameter, the scattering property can be improved, and defects such as a short circuit can be suppressed. Specifically, it is preferably a transparent particle having a particle diameter equal to or larger than a region that causes Mie scattering in the visible light region. Moreover, it is preferable that the average particle diameter is 0.2 micrometer or more.
On the other hand, as the upper limit of the average particle diameter, when the particle diameter is larger, the layer thickness of the smooth layer 1 for flattening the roughness of the light-scattering layer 7 containing the particles needs to be increased. From the standpoint of absorption, the thickness is preferably less than 10 μm, more preferably less than 5 μm, particularly preferably less than 3 μm, and most preferably less than 1 μm.
Further, when a plurality of types of particles are used for the light scattering layer 7, it is preferable that the average particle diameter includes at least one particle having a size in the range of 100 nm to 3 μm and does not include particles larger than 3 μm, particularly 200 nm. It is preferable that at least one type within the range of ˜1 μm is included and no larger than 1 μm is included.
Here, the average particle diameter of the high refractive index particles can be measured by, for example, an apparatus using a dynamic light scattering method such as Nanotrack UPA-EX150 manufactured by Nikkiso Co., Ltd., or image processing of an electron micrograph.
 このような粒子としては、特に制限はなく、目的に応じて適宜選択することができ、有機微粒子であっても、無機微粒子であってもよいが、中でも高屈折率を有する無機微粒子であることが好ましい。 Such particles are not particularly limited and can be appropriately selected according to the purpose. The particles may be organic fine particles or inorganic fine particles, and among them, inorganic fine particles having a high refractive index. Is preferred.
 高屈折率を有する有機微粒子としては、例えば、ポリメチルメタクリレートビーズ、アクリル-スチレン共重合体ビーズ、メラミンビーズ、ポリカーボネートビーズ、スチレンビーズ、架橋ポリスチレンビーズ、ポリ塩化ビニルビーズ、ベンゾグアナミン-メラミンホルムアルデヒドビーズ等が挙げられる。 Examples of organic fine particles having a high refractive index include polymethyl methacrylate beads, acrylic-styrene copolymer beads, melamine beads, polycarbonate beads, styrene beads, cross-linked polystyrene beads, polyvinyl chloride beads, benzoguanamine-melamine formaldehyde beads, and the like. Can be mentioned.
 高屈折率を有する無機微粒子としては、例えば、ジルコニウム、チタン、アルミニウム、インジウム、亜鉛、スズ、アンチモン等の中から選ばれる少なくとも一つの酸化物からなる無機酸化物粒子が挙げられる。無機酸化物粒子としては、具体的には、ZrO、TiO、BaTiO、Al、In、ZnO、SnO、Sb、ITO、SiO、ZrSiO、ゼオライト等が挙げられ、中でも、TiO、BaTiO、ZrO、ZnO、SnOが好ましく、TiOが最も好ましい。また、TiOの中でも、アナターゼ型よりルチル型の方が、触媒活性が低いため高屈折率層や隣接した層の耐候性が高くなり、さらに屈折率が高いことから好ましい。 Examples of the inorganic fine particles having a high refractive index include inorganic oxide particles composed of at least one oxide selected from zirconium, titanium, aluminum, indium, zinc, tin, antimony, and the like. Specific examples of the inorganic oxide particles include ZrO 2 , TiO 2 , BaTiO 3 , Al 2 O 3 , In 2 O 3 , ZnO, SnO 2 , Sb 2 O 3 , ITO, SiO 2 , ZrSiO 4 , zeolite. Among them, TiO 2 , BaTiO 3 , ZrO 2 , ZnO and SnO 2 are preferable, and TiO 2 is most preferable. Of TiO 2, the rutile type is more preferable than the anatase type because the catalyst activity is low, so that the weather resistance of the high refractive index layer and the adjacent layer is high and the refractive index is high.
 また、これらの粒子は、高屈折率の光散乱層7に含有させるために、後述の分散液とした場合の分散性や安定性向上の観点から、表面処理を施したものを用いるか、あるいは表面処理を施さないものを用いるかを選択することができる。 In addition, these particles are used after being surface-treated from the viewpoint of improving dispersibility and stability in the case of using a dispersion liquid described later in order to be contained in the light scattering layer 7 having a high refractive index, or It is possible to select whether or not to use a surface treatment.
 表面処理を行う場合、表面処理の具体的な材料としては、酸化ケイ素や酸化ジルコニウム等の異種無機酸化物、水酸化アルミニウム等の金属水酸化物、オルガノシロキサン、ステアリン酸等の有機酸等が挙げられる。これら表面処理材は、1種を単独で用いてもよく、複数種を組み合わせて用いてもよい。中でも、分散液の安定性の観点から、表面処理材としては、異種無機酸化物及び/又は金属水酸化物が好ましく、金属水酸化物がより好ましい。 When performing the surface treatment, specific materials for the surface treatment include different inorganic oxides such as silicon oxide and zirconium oxide, metal hydroxides such as aluminum hydroxide, organic acids such as organosiloxane and stearic acid, and the like. It is done. These surface treatment materials may be used individually by 1 type, and may be used in combination of multiple types. Among these, from the viewpoint of the stability of the dispersion, the surface treatment material is preferably a different inorganic oxide and / or metal hydroxide, more preferably a metal hydroxide.
 無機酸化物粒子が、表面処理材で表面被覆処理されている場合、その被覆量(一般的に、この被覆量は、粒子の質量に対する当該粒子の表面に用いた表面処理材の質量割合で示される。)は、0.01~99質量%であることが好ましい。当該範囲内とすることで、表面処理による分散性や安定性の向上効果を十分に得ることができ、また、光散乱層7の高屈折率により光取り出し効率を向上させることができる。 When the inorganic oxide particles are surface-coated with a surface treatment material, the coating amount (in general, this coating amount is indicated by the mass ratio of the surface treatment material used on the surface of the particle to the mass of the particles). Is preferably 0.01 to 99% by mass. By setting it within this range, the effect of improving the dispersibility and stability by the surface treatment can be sufficiently obtained, and the light extraction efficiency can be improved by the high refractive index of the light scattering layer 7.
 その他、高屈折率を有する材料として、国際公開第2009/014707号や米国特許第6608439号明細書等に記載の量子ドットも好適に用いることができる。 In addition, as a material having a high refractive index, quantum dots described in International Publication No. 2009/014707 and US Pat. No. 6,608,439 can be suitably used.
 上記高屈折率を有する粒子の配置は、粒子が光散乱層7と平滑層1との界面に接触又は近接するように粒子1層の厚さで配置されるのが好ましい。これにより、平滑層1内で全反射が起きたときに光散乱層7に染み出してくるエバネッセント光を粒子で散乱させることができ、光取り出し効率が向上する。 The arrangement of the particles having a high refractive index is preferably arranged with the thickness of one particle layer so that the particles are in contact with or close to the interface between the light scattering layer 7 and the smooth layer 1. Thereby, the evanescent light which oozes out to the light scattering layer 7 when total reflection occurs in the smooth layer 1 can be scattered by the particles, and the light extraction efficiency is improved.
 高屈折率粒子の光散乱層7における含有量は、体積充填率で、1.0~70%の範囲内であることが好ましく、5~50%の範囲内であることがより好ましい。これにより、光散乱層7と平滑層1との界面に屈折率分布の疎密を作ることができ、光散乱量を増加させて光取り出し効率を向上させることができる。 The content of the high refractive index particles in the light scattering layer 7 is preferably in the range of 1.0 to 70%, more preferably in the range of 5 to 50% in terms of volume filling factor. Thereby, the density distribution of the refractive index can be made dense at the interface between the light scattering layer 7 and the smooth layer 1, and the light extraction amount can be increased to improve the light extraction efficiency.
 光散乱層7の形成方法としては、例えば、層媒体が樹脂材料の場合、媒体となる樹脂材料(ポリマー)溶液(溶媒としては、粒子の溶解しないものを用いる。)に上記粒子を分散し、フィルム基板上に塗布することで形成する。
 これらの粒子は、実際には、多分散粒子であることや規則的に配置することが難しいことから、局部的には回折効果を有するものの、多くは拡散により光の方向を変化させ光取り出し効率を向上させる。
As a method for forming the light scattering layer 7, for example, when the layer medium is a resin material, the particles are dispersed in a resin material (polymer) solution (a solvent in which particles are not dissolved) used as a medium. It is formed by coating on a film substrate.
Although these particles are actually polydisperse particles and difficult to arrange regularly, they have a diffraction effect locally, but many of them change the direction of light by diffusion and light extraction efficiency To improve.
 また、光散乱層7で用いることができるバインダーは、平滑層1と同様の樹脂が挙げられる。 The binder that can be used in the light scattering layer 7 is the same resin as that of the smooth layer 1.
 また、光散乱層7では、特定の雰囲気下で紫外線照射によって、金属酸化物、金属窒化物又は金属酸化窒化物を形成しうる化合物が特に好適に使用される。本発明に適する化合物としては、特開平8-112879号公報に記載されている比較的低温で改質処理され得る化合物が好ましい。
 具体的には、Si-O-Si結合を有するポリシロキサン(ポリシルセスキオキサンを含む)、Si-N-Si結合を有するポリシラザン、Si-O-Si結合とSi-N-Si結合の両方を含むポリシロキサザン等を挙げることができる。これらは、2種以上を混合して使用することができる。また、異なる化合物を逐次積層したり、同時積層したりしても使用可能である。
 光散乱層7の厚さは、散乱を生じるための光路長を確保するためにある程度厚い必要があるが、一方吸収によるエネルギーロスを生じない程度に薄い必要がある。具体的には0.1~5μmの範囲内が好ましく、0.2~2μmの範囲内が更に好ましい。
In the light scattering layer 7, a compound capable of forming a metal oxide, a metal nitride, or a metal oxynitride by ultraviolet irradiation under a specific atmosphere is particularly preferably used. As a compound suitable for the present invention, a compound which can be modified at a relatively low temperature described in JP-A-8-112879 is preferable.
Specifically, polysiloxane having Si—O—Si bond (including polysilsesquioxane), polysilazane having Si—N—Si bond, both Si—O—Si bond and Si—N—Si bond And polysiloxazan containing These can be used in combination of two or more. Moreover, it can be used even if different compounds are sequentially laminated or simultaneously laminated.
The thickness of the light scattering layer 7 needs to be thick to some extent in order to ensure the optical path length for causing scattering, but it needs to be thin enough not to cause energy loss due to absorption. Specifically, it is preferably in the range of 0.1 to 5 μm, more preferably in the range of 0.2 to 2 μm.
(ポリシロキサン)
 光散乱層7で用いられるポリシロキサンとしては、一般構造単位としての〔RSiO1/2〕、〔RSiO〕、〔RSiO3/2〕及び〔SiO〕を含むことができる。ここで、Rは、水素原子、1~20の炭素原子を含むアルキル基(例えば、メチル、エチル、プロピル等)、アリール基(例えば、フェニル等)、不飽和アルキル基(例えば、ビニル等)からなる群より独立して選択される。特定のポリシロキサン基の例としては、〔PhSiO3/2〕、〔MeSiO3/2〕、〔HSiO3/2〕、〔MePhSiO〕、〔PhSiO〕、〔PhViSiO〕、〔ViSiO3/2〕(Viはビニル基を表す。)、〔MeHSiO〕、〔MeViSiO〕、〔MeSiO〕、〔MeSiO1/2〕等が挙げられる。また、ポリシロキサンの混合物やコポリマーも使用可能である。
(Polysiloxane)
The polysiloxane used in the light scattering layer 7 may include [R 3 SiO 1/2 ], [R 2 SiO], [RSiO 3/2 ] and [SiO 2 ] as general structural units. Here, R is a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group containing 1 to 20 carbon atoms (for example, methyl, ethyl, propyl, etc.), an aryl group (for example, phenyl), or an unsaturated alkyl group (for example, vinyl). Independently selected from the group consisting of Examples of specific polysiloxane groups include [PhSiO 3/2 ], [MeSiO 3/2 ], [HSiO 3/2 ], [MePhSiO], [Ph 2 SiO], [PhViSiO], [ViSiO 3/2 ]. (Vi represents a vinyl group), [MeHSiO], [MeViSiO], [Me 2 SiO], [Me 3 SiO 1/2 ] and the like. Mixtures and copolymers of polysiloxanes can also be used.
(ポリシルセスキオキサン)
 光散乱層7においては、上述のポリシロキサンの中でもポリシルセスキオキサンを用いることが好ましい。ポリシルセスキオキサンは、シルセスキオキサンを構造単位に含む化合物である。「シルセスキオキサン」とは、〔RSiO3/2〕で表される化合物であり、通常、RSiX(Rは、水素原子、アルキル基、アルケニル基、アリール基、アラアルキル基(アラルキル基ともいう)等であり、Xは、ハロゲン、アルコキシ基等である。)型化合物が加水分解-重縮合して合成されるポリシロキサンである。ポリシルセスキオキサンの分子配列の形状としては、代表的には無定形構造、ラダー状構造、籠型構造、その部分開裂構造体(籠型構造からケイ素原子が一原子欠けた構造や籠型構造のケイ素-酸素結合が一部切断された構造)等が知られている。
(Polysilsesquioxane)
In the light scattering layer 7, it is preferable to use polysilsesquioxane among the above-mentioned polysiloxanes. Polysilsesquioxane is a compound containing silsesquioxane in a structural unit. The “silsesquioxane” is a compound represented by [RSiO 3/2 ], and usually RSiX 3 (R is a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group (also referred to as an aralkyl group). X is a halogen, an alkoxy group, etc.) A polysiloxane synthesized by hydrolysis-polycondensation of a type compound. The molecular arrangement of polysilsesquioxane is typically an amorphous structure, a ladder structure, a cage structure, or a partially cleaved structure (a structure in which a silicon atom is missing from a cage structure or a cage structure). A structure in which the silicon-oxygen bond in the structure is partially broken) is known.
 これらのポリシルセスキオキサンの中でも、いわゆる水素シルセスキオキサンポリマーを用いることが好ましい。水素シルセスキオキサンポリマーとしては、HSi(OH)(OR)z/2で表されるヒドリドシロキサンポリマーが挙げられる。各々のRは、有機基又は置換された有機基であり、酸素原子によってケイ素に結合した場合、加水分解性置換基を形成する。x=0~2、y=0~2、z=1~3、x+y+z=3である。Rとしては、アルキル基(例えば、メチル、エチル、プロピル、ブチル等)、アリール基(例えば、フェニル等)、アルケニル基(例えば、アリル、ビニル等)が挙げられる。これらの樹脂は、完全に縮合され(HSiO3/2、あるいは部分的にのみ加水分解され(すなわち、一部のSi-ORを含む)及び/又は部分的に縮合される(すなわち、一部のSi-OHを含む)ことができる。 Among these polysilsesquioxanes, it is preferable to use a so-called hydrogen silsesquioxane polymer. Examples of the hydrogen silsesquioxane polymer include a hydridosiloxane polymer represented by HSi (OH) x (OR) y O z / 2 . Each R is an organic group or a substituted organic group, and forms a hydrolyzable substituent when bonded to silicon by an oxygen atom. x = 0 to 2, y = 0 to 2, z = 1 to 3, and x + y + z = 3. Examples of R include an alkyl group (for example, methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl and the like), an aryl group (for example, phenyl and the like), and an alkenyl group (for example, allyl and vinyl and the like). These resins are either fully condensed (HSiO 3/2 ) n , or only partially hydrolyzed (ie, including some Si—OR) and / or partially condensed (ie, one Part of Si—OH).
(ポリシラザン)
 光散乱層7で用いられるポリシラザンとは、ケイ素-窒素結合を持つポリマーで、Si-N、Si-H、N-H等からなるSiO、Si及び両方の中間固溶体SiO(x:0.1~1.9、y:0.1~1.3)等の無機前駆体ポリマーである。
(Polysilazane)
The polysilazane used in the light scattering layer 7 is a polymer having a silicon-nitrogen bond, and includes SiO 2 , Si 3 N 4 made of Si—N, Si—H, N—H, or the like, and an intermediate solid solution SiO x N y of both. Inorganic precursor polymers such as (x: 0.1 to 1.9, y: 0.1 to 1.3).
 光散乱層7に好ましく用いられるポリシラザンとしては、下記一般式(A)で表される。
 本発明に用いられる「ポリシラザン」とは、構造内にケイ素-窒素結合を持つポリマーで、酸窒化ケイ素の前駆体となるポリマーであり、下記の一般式(A)構造を有するものが好ましく用いられる。
The polysilazane preferably used for the light scattering layer 7 is represented by the following general formula (A).
The “polysilazane” used in the present invention is a polymer having a silicon-nitrogen bond in the structure and serving as a precursor of silicon oxynitride, and those having the following general formula (A) structure are preferably used. .
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
 
 式中、R、R及びRは、各々水素原子、アルキル基、アルケニル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、アルキルシリル基、アルキルアミノ基又はアルコキシ基を表す。 In the formula, R 1 , R 2 and R 3 each represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an alkylsilyl group, an alkylamino group or an alkoxy group.
 本発明では、得られる光散乱層の膜としての緻密性の観点からは、R、R及びRの全てが水素原子であるパーヒドロポリシラザンが特に好ましい。 In the present invention, perhydropolysilazane in which all of R 1 , R 2, and R 3 are hydrogen atoms is particularly preferable from the viewpoint of the denseness as a film of the obtained light scattering layer.
 パーヒドロポリシラザンは、直鎖構造と6員環及び8員環を中心とする環構造が存在した構造と推定されており、その分子量は、数平均分子量(Mn)で約600~2000程度(ゲルパーミエーションクロマトグラフィによるポリスチレン換算)であり、液体又は固体の物質である。 Perhydropolysilazane is presumed to have a linear structure and a ring structure centered on 6-membered and 8-membered rings, and its molecular weight is about 600 to 2000 in terms of number average molecular weight (Mn) (gel Polystyrene conversion by permeation chromatography), which is a liquid or solid substance.
 ポリシラザンは、有機溶媒に溶解した溶液の状態で市販されており、市販品をそのままポリシラザン含有塗布液として使用することができる。ポリシラザン溶液の市販品としては、AZエレクトロニックマテリアルズ株式会社製のNN120-20、NAX120-20、NL120-20などが挙げられる。 Polysilazane is commercially available in the form of a solution dissolved in an organic solvent, and the commercially available product can be used as a polysilazane-containing coating solution as it is. Examples of commercially available polysilazane solutions include NN120-20, NAX120-20, and NL120-20 manufactured by AZ Electronic Materials.
 バインダーとして、電離放射線硬化型樹脂組成物を用いることができるが、電離放射線硬化型樹脂組成物の硬化方法としては、電離放射線硬化型樹脂組成物の通常の硬化方法、すなわち、電子線又は紫外線の照射によって硬化することができる。
 例えば、電子線硬化の場合には、コックロフワルトン型、バンデグラフ型、共振変圧型、絶縁コア変圧器型、直線型、ダイナミトロン型、高周波型等の各種電子線加速器から放出される10~1000keV、好ましくは30~300keVのエネルギーを有する電子線等が使用され、紫外線硬化の場合には、超高圧水銀灯、高圧水銀灯、低圧水銀灯、カーボンアーク、キセノンアーク、メタルハライドランプ等の光線から発する紫外線等が利用できる。
As the binder, an ionizing radiation curable resin composition can be used. As a curing method of the ionizing radiation curable resin composition, an ordinary curing method of the ionizing radiation curable resin composition, that is, an electron beam or an ultraviolet ray is used. It can be cured by irradiation.
For example, in the case of electron beam curing, 10 to 1000 keV emitted from various electron beam accelerators such as Cockrowalton type, bandegraph type, resonant transformer type, insulated core transformer type, linear type, dynamitron type, and high frequency type. Preferably, an electron beam having an energy of 30 to 300 keV is used, and in the case of ultraviolet curing, ultraviolet rays emitted from rays of ultra high pressure mercury lamp, high pressure mercury lamp, low pressure mercury lamp, carbon arc, xenon arc, metal halide lamp, etc. Available.
(エキシマランプを有する真空紫外線照射装置)
 本発明に用いられる好ましい紫外線照射装置としては、具体的には、100~230nmの範囲内で真空紫外線を発する希ガスエキシマランプが挙げられる。
 Xe、Kr、Ar、Ne等の希ガスの原子は、化学的に結合して分子を作らないため、不活性ガスと呼ばれる。しかし、放電などによりエネルギーを得た希ガスの原子(励起原子)は、他の原子と結合して分子を作ることができる。
 例えば、希ガスがXe(キセノン)の場合には、下記反応式で示されるように、励起されたエキシマ分子であるXe が基底状態に遷移するときに、172nmのエキシマ光を発光する。
(Vacuum ultraviolet irradiation device with excimer lamp)
As a preferable ultraviolet irradiation device used in the present invention, a rare gas excimer lamp that emits vacuum ultraviolet rays within a range of 100 to 230 nm is specifically mentioned.
A rare gas atom such as Xe, Kr, Ar, Ne, etc. is called an inert gas because it does not form a molecule by chemically bonding. However, rare gas atoms (excited atoms) that have gained energy by discharge or the like can be combined with other atoms to form molecules.
For example, when the rare gas is Xe (xenon), excimer light of 172 nm is emitted when the excited excimer molecule Xe 2 * transitions to the ground state, as shown in the following reaction formula.
 e+Xe→Xe
 Xe+2Xe→Xe +Xe
 Xe →Xe+Xe+hν(172nm)
e + Xe → Xe *
Xe * + 2Xe → Xe 2 * + Xe
Xe 2 * → Xe + Xe + hν (172 nm)
 エキシマランプの特徴としては、放射が一つの波長に集中し、必要な光以外がほとんど放射されないので効率が高いことが挙げられる。また、余分な光が放射されないので、対象物の温度を比較的低く保つことができる。さらには、始動・再始動に時間を要さないので、瞬時の点灯点滅が可能である。 ¡Excimer lamps are characterized by high efficiency because radiation concentrates on one wavelength and almost no other light is emitted. Moreover, since extra light is not radiated | emitted, the temperature of a target object can be kept comparatively low. Furthermore, since no time is required for starting and restarting, instantaneous lighting and blinking are possible.
 エキシマ光を効率よく照射する光源としては、誘電体バリアー放電ランプが挙げられる。
 誘電体バリアー放電ランプの構成としては、電極間に誘電体を介して放電を起こすものであり、一般的には、誘電体からなる放電容器とその外部とに少なくとも一方の電極が配置されていればよい。誘電体バリアー放電ランプとして、例えば、石英ガラスで構成された太い管と細い管とからなる二重円筒状の放電容器中にキセノン等の希ガスが封入され、該放電容器の外部に網状の第1の電極を設け、内管の内側に他の電極を設けたものがある。誘電体バリアー放電ランプは、電極間に高周波電圧等を加えることによって放電容器内部に誘電体バリアー放電を発生させ、該放電により生成されたキセノン等のエキシマ分子が解離する際にエキシマ光を発生させる。
As a light source for efficiently irradiating excimer light, a dielectric barrier discharge lamp can be mentioned.
A dielectric barrier discharge lamp has a structure in which a discharge occurs between electrodes via a dielectric. Generally, at least one electrode is disposed between a dielectric discharge vessel and the outside thereof. That's fine. As a dielectric barrier discharge lamp, for example, a rare gas such as xenon is enclosed in a double cylindrical discharge vessel composed of a thick tube and a thin tube made of quartz glass, and a net-like second discharge vessel is formed outside the discharge vessel. There is one in which one electrode is provided and another electrode is provided inside the inner tube. A dielectric barrier discharge lamp generates a dielectric barrier discharge inside a discharge vessel by applying a high frequency voltage between electrodes, and generates excimer light when excimer molecules such as xenon generated by the discharge dissociate. .
 エキシマランプは、光の発生効率が高いため、低い電力の投入で点灯させることが可能である。また、温度上昇の要因となる波長の長い光は発せず、紫外線領域の単一波長でエネルギーを照射するため、照射光自体による照射対象物の温度上昇を抑えられる特徴を持っている。 Excimer lamps can be lit with low power input because of their high light generation efficiency. In addition, since light having a long wavelength that causes a temperature rise is not emitted and energy is emitted at a single wavelength in the ultraviolet region, the temperature rise of the irradiation object due to the irradiation light itself is suppressed.
 エキシマ発光を得るには、誘電体バリアー放電を用いる方法が知られている。誘電体バリアー放電とは、両電極間に透明石英などの誘電体を介してガス空間を配し、電極に数10kHzの高周波高電圧を印加することによりガス空間に生じ、雷に似た非常に細いマイクロディスチャージ(micro discharge)と呼ばれる放電であり、マイクロディスチャージのストリーマが管壁(誘導体)に達すると誘電体表面に電荷が溜まるため、マイクロディスチャージは消滅する。 In order to obtain excimer light emission, a method using dielectric barrier discharge is known. Dielectric barrier discharge is a gas space created by placing a gas space between both electrodes via a dielectric such as transparent quartz and applying a high frequency high voltage of several tens of kHz to the electrode. This discharge is called a micro discharge, and when the micro discharge streamer reaches the tube wall (derivative), the electric charge accumulates on the dielectric surface, and the micro discharge disappears.
 このマイクロディスチャージが管壁全体に広がり、生成・消滅を繰り返している放電である。このため、肉眼でも確認できる光のチラツキを生じる。また、非常に温度の高いストリーマが局所的に直接管壁に達するため、管壁の劣化を早める可能性もある。 This is a discharge in which this micro discharge spreads over the entire tube wall and is repeatedly generated and extinguished. For this reason, flickering of light that can be confirmed with the naked eye occurs. Moreover, since a very high temperature streamer reaches a pipe wall directly locally, there is a possibility that deterioration of the pipe wall may be accelerated.
 効率よくエキシマ発光を得る方法としては、誘電体バリアー放電以外に、無電極電界放電でも可能である。容量性結合による無電極電界放電で、別名RF放電とも呼ばれる。ランプと電極及びその配置は基本的には誘電体バリアー放電と同じで良いが、両極間に印加される高周波は数MHzで点灯される。無電極電界放電はこのように空間的にまた時間的に一様な放電が得られるため、チラツキがない長寿命のランプが得られる。 Efficient excimer emission can be achieved by electrodeless field discharge in addition to dielectric barrier discharge. Electrodeless electric field discharge by capacitive coupling, also called RF discharge. The lamp and electrodes and their arrangement may be basically the same as those of dielectric barrier discharge, but the high frequency applied between the two electrodes is lit at several MHz. Since the electrodeless field discharge can provide a spatially and temporally uniform discharge in this way, a long-life lamp without flickering can be obtained.
 誘電体バリアー放電の場合は、マイクロディスチャージが電極間のみで生じるため、放電空間全体で放電を行わせるには外側の電極は外表面全体を覆い、かつ外部に光を取り出すために光を透過するものでなければならない。 In the case of dielectric barrier discharge, microdischarge occurs only between the electrodes, so the outer electrode covers the entire outer surface and allows light to pass through to extract light to the outside in order to cause discharge throughout the discharge space. Must be a thing.
 このため、細い金属線を網状にした電極が用いられる。この電極は、光を遮らないようにできるだけ細い線が用いられるため、酸素雰囲気中では真空紫外光により発生するオゾンなどにより損傷しやすい。これを防ぐためには、ランプの周囲、すなわち照射装置内を窒素などの不活性ガスの雰囲気にし、合成石英の窓を設けて照射光を取り出す必要が生じる。合成石英の窓は高価な消耗品であるばかりでなく、光の損失も生じる。 For this reason, an electrode in which fine metal wires are meshed is used. Since this electrode uses as thin a line as possible so as not to block light, it is easily damaged by ozone generated by vacuum ultraviolet light in an oxygen atmosphere. In order to prevent this, it is necessary to provide an atmosphere of an inert gas such as nitrogen around the lamp, that is, the inside of the irradiation apparatus, and provide a synthetic quartz window to extract the irradiation light. Synthetic quartz windows are not only expensive consumables, but also cause light loss.
 二重円筒型ランプは外径が25mm程度であるため、ランプ軸の直下とランプ側面では照射面までの距離の差が無視できず、照度に大きな差を生じる。したがって、仮にランプを密着して並べても、一様な照度分布が得られない。合成石英の窓を設けた照射装置にすれば、酸素雰囲気中の距離を一様にでき、一様な照度分布が得られる。 Since the outer diameter of the double-cylindrical lamp is about 25 mm, the difference in distance to the irradiation surface cannot be ignored directly below the lamp axis and on the side of the lamp, resulting in a large difference in illumination. Therefore, even if the lamps are closely arranged, a uniform illuminance distribution cannot be obtained. If the irradiation device is provided with a synthetic quartz window, the distance in the oxygen atmosphere can be made uniform, and a uniform illuminance distribution can be obtained.
 無電極電界放電を用いた場合には、外部電極を網状にする必要はない。ランプ外面の一部に外部電極を設けるだけでグロー放電は放電空間全体に広がる。外部電極には通常アルミのブロックで作られた光の反射板を兼ねた電極がランプ背面に使用される。しかし、ランプの外径は誘電体バリアー放電の場合と同様に大きいため一様な照度分布にするためには合成石英が必要となる。 ¡When electrodeless field discharge is used, it is not necessary to make the external electrode mesh. The glow discharge spreads over the entire discharge space simply by providing an external electrode on a part of the outer surface of the lamp. As the external electrode, an electrode that also serves as a light reflector made of an aluminum block is usually used on the back of the lamp. However, since the outer diameter of the lamp is as large as in the case of the dielectric barrier discharge, synthetic quartz is required to obtain a uniform illuminance distribution.
 細管エキシマランプの最大の特徴は、構造がシンプルなことである。石英管の両端を閉じ、内部にエキシマ発光を行うためのガスを封入しているだけである。 The biggest feature of the capillary excimer lamp is its simple structure. The quartz tube is closed at both ends, and only gas for excimer light emission is sealed inside.
 細管ランプの管の外径は6nm~12mm程度で、余り太いと始動に高い電圧が必要になる。 The outer diameter of the tube of the thin tube lamp is about 6 nm to 12 mm. If it is too thick, a high voltage is required for starting.
 放電の形態は、誘電体バリアー放電及び無電極電界放電のいずれも使用できる。電極の形状はランプに接する面が平面であっても良いが、ランプの曲面に合わせた形状にすればランプをしっかり固定できるとともに、電極がランプに密着することにより放電がより安定する。また、アルミで曲面を鏡面にすれば光の反射板にもなる。 As the form of discharge, either dielectric barrier discharge or electrodeless field discharge can be used. The electrode may have a flat surface in contact with the lamp, but if the shape is matched to the curved surface of the lamp, the lamp can be firmly fixed and the discharge is more stable when the electrode is in close contact with the lamp. Also, if the curved surface is made into a mirror surface with aluminum, it also becomes a light reflector.
 Xeエキシマランプは、波長の短い172nmの紫外線を単一波長で放射することから、発光効率に優れている。この光は、酸素の吸収係数が大きいため、微量な酸素でラジカルな酸素原子種やオゾンを高濃度で発生することができる。 The Xe excimer lamp emits ultraviolet light having a short wavelength of 172 nm at a single wavelength, and thus has excellent luminous efficiency. Since this light has a large oxygen absorption coefficient, it can generate radical oxygen atom species and ozone at a high concentration with a very small amount of oxygen.
 また、波長の短い172nmの光のエネルギーは、有機物の結合を解離させる能力が高いことが知られている。この活性酸素やオゾンと紫外線放射が持つ高いエネルギーによって、短時間でポリシラザン層の改質を実現できる。 Also, it is known that the energy of light having a short wavelength of 172 nm has a high ability to dissociate organic bonds. Due to the high energy of the active oxygen, ozone and ultraviolet radiation, the polysilazane layer can be modified in a short time.
 したがって、波長185nm、254nmの発する低圧水銀ランプやプラズマ洗浄と比べて高スループットに伴うプロセス時間の短縮や設備面積の縮小、熱によるダメージを受けやすい有機材料やプラスチック基板などへの照射を可能としている。 Therefore, compared with low-pressure mercury lamps with wavelengths of 185 nm and 254 nm and plasma cleaning, it is possible to shorten the process time associated with high throughput, reduce the equipment area, and irradiate organic materials and plastic substrates that are easily damaged by heat. .
 エキシマランプは光の発生効率が高いため、低い電力の投入で点灯させることが可能である。また、光による温度上昇の要因となる波長の長い光は発せず、紫外線領域で、すなわち短い波長でエネルギーを照射するため、照射対象物の表面温度の上昇が抑えられる特徴を持っている。このため、熱の影響を受けやすいとされるPETなどのフレシキブルフィルム材料に適している。 ¡Excimer lamps have high light generation efficiency and can be lit with low power. In addition, light having a long wavelength that causes a temperature increase due to light is not emitted, and energy is irradiated in the ultraviolet region, that is, in a short wavelength, so that the increase in the surface temperature of the irradiation object is suppressed. For this reason, it is suitable for flexible film materials such as PET that are easily affected by heat.
 エキシマ光の短波紫外線照射時に酸素が存在するとオゾンラジカルが発生する。よって、オゾンラジカルが関与した高活性な反応が期待できるが、一方で酸素による吸収があるため紫外線照射工程での効率が低下しやすいことから、真空紫外線の照射は、可能な限り酸素濃度の低い状態で行うことが好ましい。すなわち、真空紫外線照射時の酸素濃度は、10~10000ppmの範囲とすることが好ましく、より好ましくは50~5000ppmの範囲、更に好ましく1000~4500ppmの範囲である。また、効率向上の観点からランプと対象物との距離を狭めることもまた有効である。 Ozone radicals are generated if oxygen is present during excimer light short-wave ultraviolet irradiation. Therefore, a highly active reaction involving ozone radicals can be expected, but on the other hand, since there is absorption by oxygen, the efficiency in the ultraviolet irradiation process tends to decrease, so that the irradiation with vacuum ultraviolet rays has as low an oxygen concentration as possible. It is preferable to carry out in the state. That is, the oxygen concentration at the time of vacuum ultraviolet irradiation is preferably in the range of 10 to 10000 ppm, more preferably in the range of 50 to 5000 ppm, and still more preferably in the range of 1000 to 4500 ppm. It is also effective to reduce the distance between the lamp and the object from the viewpoint of improving efficiency.
 真空紫外線照射時に用いられる、照射雰囲気を満たすガスとしては乾燥不活性ガスとすることが好ましく、特にコストの観点から乾燥窒素ガスにすることが好ましい。酸素濃度の調整は照射庫内へ導入する酸素ガス、不活性ガスの流量を計測し、流量比を変えることで調整可能である。 The gas satisfying the irradiation atmosphere used at the time of irradiation with vacuum ultraviolet rays is preferably a dry inert gas, and particularly preferably dry nitrogen gas from the viewpoint of cost. The oxygen concentration can be adjusted by measuring the flow rate of oxygen gas and inert gas introduced into the irradiation chamber and changing the flow rate ratio.
 なお、平滑層1に取り込まれた光を更に光散乱層7へ取り込むためには、光散乱層7のバインダーと平滑層1との屈折率差が小さいことが好ましい。具体的には、光散乱層7のバインダーと平滑層1との屈折率差が、0.1以下であることが好ましい。また、平滑層1に含有されるバインダーと光散乱層7に含有されるバインダーは、同じ材料を用いることが好ましい。 In addition, in order to further capture the light captured in the smooth layer 1 into the light scattering layer 7, it is preferable that the refractive index difference between the binder of the light scattering layer 7 and the smooth layer 1 is small. Specifically, the refractive index difference between the binder of the light scattering layer 7 and the smooth layer 1 is preferably 0.1 or less. Moreover, it is preferable to use the same material for the binder contained in the smooth layer 1 and the binder contained in the light scattering layer 7.
 また、平滑層1に光散乱層7を加えた層厚を調整することにより、水分の浸入やパターニングした場合のエッジの段差による配線不良を抑制し、散乱性を向上させることができる。具体的には、平滑層1に光散乱層7を加えた層厚としては、100nm~5μmの範囲内が好ましく、特に、300nm~2μmの範囲内であることが好ましい。 Also, by adjusting the layer thickness of the light scattering layer 7 added to the smooth layer 1, it is possible to suppress the wiring defect due to the ingress of moisture or the edge step in the case of patterning and improve the scattering property. Specifically, the layer thickness obtained by adding the light scattering layer 7 to the smooth layer 1 is preferably in the range of 100 nm to 5 μm, and more preferably in the range of 300 nm to 2 μm.
 <ガスバリアー層>
 本発明に係るガスバリアー層は、構成元素の組成又は分布状態が相違する少なくとも2種のガスバリアー層で構成されていることを特徴とする。このような構成にすることにより、酸素や水蒸気の透過を効率よく防止することができる。ここで、構成元素の組成又は分布状態が相違する少なくとも2種のガスバリアー層とは、ガスバリアー層の形成方法や形成材料によって、構成元素の組成又は分布状態が相違するガスバリアー層を2層以上含んでいることをいう。
 ガスバリアー層は、JIS K 7129-1992に準拠した方法で測定された水蒸気透過度(25±0.5℃、相対湿度90±2%RH)が、0.01g/m・24h以下のバリアー性フィルム(バリアー膜等ともいう)であることが好ましい。また、さらには、JIS K 7126-1987に準拠した方法で測定された酸素透過度が、1×10-3ml/m・24h・atm以下、水蒸気透過度が、1×10-5g/m・24h以下の高バリアー性フィルムであることが好ましい。
<Gas barrier layer>
The gas barrier layer according to the present invention is characterized by being composed of at least two kinds of gas barrier layers having different constituent elements or different distribution states. By adopting such a configuration, it is possible to efficiently prevent permeation of oxygen and water vapor. Here, at least two types of gas barrier layers having different composition or distribution state of constituent elements are two gas barrier layers having different composition or distribution states of constituent elements depending on the formation method and forming material of the gas barrier layer. That means the above.
The gas barrier layer is a barrier having a water vapor permeability (25 ± 0.5 ° C., relative humidity 90 ± 2% RH) measured by a method according to JIS K 7129-1992, of 0.01 g / m 2 · 24 h or less. It is preferably a conductive film (also referred to as a barrier film or the like). Furthermore, the oxygen permeability measured by a method according to JIS K 7126-1987 is 1 × 10 −3 ml / m 2 · 24 h · atm or less, and the water vapor permeability is 1 × 10 −5 g / A high barrier film of m 2 · 24 h or less is preferable.
 本発明の実施態様としては、前記少なくとも2種のガスバリアー層のうち、1種のガスバリアー層が、無機ケイ素化合物の反応生成物である二酸化ケイ素を含有していることが好ましい。 As an embodiment of the present invention, it is preferable that one of the at least two gas barrier layers contains silicon dioxide which is a reaction product of an inorganic silicon compound.
 また、前記少なくとも2種のガスバリアー層のうち、いずれかのガスバリアー層が、有機ケイ素化合物の反応生成物を含有していることが好ましい。すなわち、少なくとも1種のガスバリアー層には、構成元素として、有機ケイ素化合物に由来する元素、例えば、酸素、ケイ素、炭素などを含有することが好ましい。
 なお、ガスバリアー層を構成する元素の当該ガスバリアー層内における組成又は分布状態は、均一であっても、厚さ方向で異なっていてもよい。
Moreover, it is preferable that one of the at least two gas barrier layers contains a reaction product of an organosilicon compound. That is, it is preferable that at least one gas barrier layer contains an element derived from an organosilicon compound, for example, oxygen, silicon, carbon, or the like as a constituent element.
In addition, the composition or distribution state of the elements constituting the gas barrier layer in the gas barrier layer may be uniform or different in the thickness direction.
 以下においては、本発明に係るガスバリアー層の例について説明するが、当該ガスバリアー層を構成する少なくとも2種のガスバリアー層のうち、1種を第1ガスバリアー層、他種を第2ガスバリアー層と称することにする。 Hereinafter, examples of the gas barrier layer according to the present invention will be described. Of the at least two types of gas barrier layers constituting the gas barrier layer, one type is the first gas barrier layer and the other type is the second gas. This will be referred to as a barrier layer.
 《第1ガスバリアー層》
 本発明に係る第1ガスバリアー層の構成元素としては、少なくとも、酸素や水蒸気の透過を防止する化合物を構成する元素を含み、後述する第2ガスバリアー層の構成元素と相違していればよい。
 例えば、第1ガスバリアー層5aは、フィルム基板の一方の面にケイ素、酸素及び炭素を構成元素として含有する層として設けることができる。この場合、当該第1ガスバリアー層5aについてのX線光電子分光法による深さ方向の元素分布測定に基づく各構成元素の分布曲線において、下記要件(i)~(iv)を全て満たす態様とすることが、ガスバリアー性を向上させる観点から好ましい。
(i)ケイ素原子比率、酸素原子比率及び炭素原子比率が、前記第1ガスバリアー層5aの表面から層厚方向の90%以上の距離領域において、下記序列の大小関係を有する。
  (炭素原子比率)<(ケイ素原子比率)<(酸素原子比率)
(ii)炭素分布曲線が少なくとも二つの極値を有する。
(iii)炭素分布曲線における炭素原子比率の最大値及び最小値の差の絶対値が5at%以上である。
(iv)酸素分布曲線において、フィルム基板側の第1ガスバリアー層5a表面に最も近い酸素分布曲線の極大値が、当該ガスバリアー層5内の酸素分布曲線の極大値の中で最大値をとる。
 本発明に係る第1ガスバリアー層5aは、帯状の可撓性を有するフィルム基板を用いて、当該フィルム基板を一対の成膜ローラー間に接触しながら搬送し、当該一対の成膜ローラー間に成膜ガスを供給しながらプラズマ放電を行うプラズマ化学気相成長法によって、前記フィルム基板上に形成する薄膜層であることが好ましい。
 なお、本発明において前記極値とは、第1ガスバリアー層5aの層厚方向における当該第1ガスバリアー層5aの表面からの距離に対する各元素の原子比率の極大値又は極小値のことをいう。
<First gas barrier layer>
The constituent element of the first gas barrier layer according to the present invention includes at least an element constituting a compound that prevents permeation of oxygen and water vapor, and may be different from the constituent elements of the second gas barrier layer described later. .
For example, the first gas barrier layer 5a can be provided as a layer containing silicon, oxygen and carbon as constituent elements on one surface of the film substrate. In this case, the distribution curve of each constituent element based on the element distribution measurement in the depth direction by X-ray photoelectron spectroscopy for the first gas barrier layer 5a satisfies all the following requirements (i) to (iv). Is preferable from the viewpoint of improving gas barrier properties.
(I) The silicon atom ratio, oxygen atom ratio, and carbon atom ratio have the following order of magnitude relationship in a distance region of 90% or more in the layer thickness direction from the surface of the first gas barrier layer 5a.
(Carbon atom ratio) <(silicon atom ratio) <(oxygen atom ratio)
(Ii) The carbon distribution curve has at least two extreme values.
(Iii) The absolute value of the difference between the maximum value and the minimum value of the carbon atom ratio in the carbon distribution curve is 5 at% or more.
(Iv) In the oxygen distribution curve, the maximum value of the oxygen distribution curve closest to the surface of the first gas barrier layer 5a on the film substrate side is the maximum among the maximum values of the oxygen distribution curve in the gas barrier layer 5. .
The first gas barrier layer 5a according to the present invention uses a belt-like flexible film substrate to convey the film substrate while being in contact between a pair of film forming rollers, and between the pair of film forming rollers. The thin film layer is preferably formed on the film substrate by a plasma chemical vapor deposition method in which plasma discharge is performed while supplying a film forming gas.
In the present invention, the extreme value means the maximum value or the minimum value of the atomic ratio of each element with respect to the distance from the surface of the first gas barrier layer 5a in the layer thickness direction of the first gas barrier layer 5a. .
 〈極大値及び極小値の定義〉
 本発明において極大値とは、第1ガスバリアー層5aの表面からの距離を変化させた場合に元素の原子比率の値が増加から減少に変わる点であって、かつその点の元素の原子比率の値よりも、当該点から第1ガスバリアー層5aの層厚方向における第1ガスバリアー層5aの表面からの距離を更に20nm変化させた位置の元素の原子比率の値が3at%以上減少する点のことをいう。
<Definition of maximum and minimum values>
In the present invention, the maximum value is a point where the value of the atomic ratio of the element changes from increasing to decreasing when the distance from the surface of the first gas barrier layer 5a is changed, and the atomic ratio of the element at that point. The atomic ratio value of the element at a position where the distance from the surface of the first gas barrier layer 5a in the layer thickness direction of the first gas barrier layer 5a is further changed by 20 nm from that point is reduced by 3 at% or more. It means a point.
 さらに、本発明において極小値とは、第1ガスバリアー層5aの表面からの距離を変化させた場合に元素の原子比の値が減少から増加に変わる点であり、かつその点の元素の原子比率の値よりも、当該点から第1ガスバリアー層5aの層厚方向における第1ガスバリアー層5aの表面からの距離を更に20nm変化させた位置の元素の原子比の値が3at%以上増加する点のことをいう。 Furthermore, in the present invention, the minimum value is a point where the value of the atomic ratio of the element changes from decreasing to increasing when the distance from the surface of the first gas barrier layer 5a is changed, and the atomic atom of the element at that point The atomic ratio value of the element at a position where the distance from the surface of the first gas barrier layer 5a in the layer thickness direction of the first gas barrier layer 5a is further changed by 20 nm from the point is increased by 3 at% or more than the ratio value. The point to do.
 〈炭素原子比率の平均値及び最大値と最小値の関係〉
 本発明に係る第1ガスバリアー層5a内の炭素原子比率は、層全体の平均値として8~20at%の範囲内であることが、屈曲性の観点から好ましい。より好ましくは10~20at%の範囲内である。当該範囲内にすることにより、ガスバリアー性と屈曲性を十分に満たす第1ガスバリアー層5aを形成することができる。
<Relationship between average and maximum and minimum carbon atom ratio>
The carbon atom ratio in the first gas barrier layer 5a according to the present invention is preferably in the range of 8 to 20 at% as an average value of the entire layer from the viewpoint of flexibility. More preferably, it is within the range of 10 to 20 at%. By setting it within this range, it is possible to form the first gas barrier layer 5a that sufficiently satisfies the gas barrier property and the flexibility.
 また、このような第1ガスバリアー層5aは、更に、前記炭素分布曲線における炭素原子比率の最大値及び最小値の差の絶対値が5at%以上であることが好ましい。また、このような第1ガスバリアー層5aにおいては、炭素原子比率の最大値及び最小値の差の絶対値が6at%以上であることがより好ましく、7at%以上であることが特に好ましい。前記絶対値が5at%以上であれば、得られる第1ガスバリアー層5aを屈曲させた場合におけるガスバリアー性が十分となる。 Further, in the first gas barrier layer 5a, it is preferable that the absolute value of the difference between the maximum value and the minimum value of the carbon atom ratio in the carbon distribution curve is 5 at% or more. In the first gas barrier layer 5a, the absolute value of the difference between the maximum value and the minimum value of the carbon atom ratio is more preferably 6 at% or more, and particularly preferably 7 at% or more. When the absolute value is 5 at% or more, the gas barrier property when the obtained first gas barrier layer 5a is bent is sufficient.
 〈酸素原子比率の極値の位置及び最大値と最小値の関係〉
 本発明においては、前記したようにフィルム基板側からの水分子の侵入を防止する観点から、第1ガスバリアー層5aの酸素分布曲線において、フィルム基板側の第1ガスバリアー層5a表面に最も近い酸素分布曲線の極大値が、第1ガスバリアー層5a内の酸素分布曲線の極大値の中で最大値をとることが好ましい。
<Position of extreme value of oxygen atomic ratio and relationship between maximum and minimum value>
In the present invention, as described above, from the viewpoint of preventing intrusion of water molecules from the film substrate side, the oxygen distribution curve of the first gas barrier layer 5a is closest to the surface of the first gas barrier layer 5a on the film substrate side. It is preferable that the maximum value of the oxygen distribution curve takes the maximum value among the maximum values of the oxygen distribution curve in the first gas barrier layer 5a.
 図4は、本発明に係る第1ガスバリアー層5aの、XPSデプスプロファイル(深さ方向の分布)による層の厚さ方向の各元素プロファイルを示すグラフである。 FIG. 4 is a graph showing each element profile in the thickness direction of the layer according to the XPS depth profile (distribution in the depth direction) of the first gas barrier layer 5a according to the present invention.
 図4では酸素分布曲線をA、ケイ素分布曲線をB、及び炭素分布曲線をCとして示す。 FIG. 4 shows the oxygen distribution curve as A, the silicon distribution curve as B, and the carbon distribution curve as C.
 第1ガスバリアー層5aの表面(距離0nm)から、フィルム基板4表面(距離約300nm)の間で各元素の原子比率が連続的に変化しているが、酸素分布曲線Aの第1ガスバリアー層5aの表面に最も近い酸素原子比率の極大値をX、フィルム基板4表面に最も近い酸素原子比率の極大値をYとしたときに、酸素原子比率の値がY>Xであることがフィルム基板4側からの水分子の侵入を防止する観点から好ましい。 The atomic ratio of each element continuously changes between the surface of the first gas barrier layer 5a (distance 0 nm) and the surface of the film substrate 4 (distance about 300 nm), but the first gas barrier of the oxygen distribution curve A When the maximum value of the oxygen atom ratio closest to the surface of the layer 5a is X and the maximum value of the oxygen atom ratio closest to the surface of the film substrate 4 is Y, the value of the oxygen atom ratio is Y> X. This is preferable from the viewpoint of preventing intrusion of water molecules from the substrate 4 side.
 本発明における酸素原子比率としては、前記フィルム基板4側の第1ガスバリアー層5a表面に最も近い酸素分布曲線の極大値となる酸素原子比率Yが、フィルム基板4とガスバリアー層を挟み反対側のガスバリアー層表面に最も近い当該酸素分布曲線の極大値となる酸素原子比率Xの1.05倍以上であることが好ましい。すなわち、1.05≦Y/Xであることが好ましい。 As the oxygen atomic ratio in the present invention, the oxygen atomic ratio Y that is the maximum value of the oxygen distribution curve closest to the surface of the first gas barrier layer 5a on the film substrate 4 side is the opposite side across the film substrate 4 and the gas barrier layer. It is preferable that it is 1.05 times or more of the oxygen atomic ratio X which becomes the maximum value of the oxygen distribution curve closest to the surface of the gas barrier layer. That is, it is preferable that 1.05 ≦ Y / X.
 上限は特に限定されるものではないが、1.05≦Y/X≦1.30の範囲内であることが好ましく、1.05≦Y/X≦1.20の範囲内であることがより好ましい。この範囲であれば、水分子の侵入を防止することができ、高温高湿下におけるガスバリアー性の劣化もみられず、また生産性、コストの観点からも好ましい。 The upper limit is not particularly limited, but is preferably in the range of 1.05 ≦ Y / X ≦ 1.30, and more preferably in the range of 1.05 ≦ Y / X ≦ 1.20. preferable. Within this range, intrusion of water molecules can be prevented, the gas barrier property is not deteriorated under high temperature and high humidity, and this is preferable from the viewpoint of productivity and cost.
 また、前記第1ガスバリアー層5aの酸素分布曲線において、酸素原子比率の最大値及び最小値の差の絶対値が5at%以上であることが好ましく、6at%以上であることがより好ましく、7at%以上であることが特に好ましい。 In the oxygen distribution curve of the first gas barrier layer 5a, the absolute value of the difference between the maximum value and the minimum value of the oxygen atom ratio is preferably 5 at% or more, more preferably 6 at% or more, and 7 at % Or more is particularly preferable.
 〈ケイ素原子比率の最大値と最小値の関係〉
 本発明においては、前記第1ガスバリアー層5aのケイ素分布曲線における、ケイ素原子比率の最大値及び最小値の差の絶対値が5at%未満であることが好ましく、4at%未満であることがより好ましく、3at%未満であることが特に好ましい。前記絶対値が前記範囲内であれば、得られる第1ガスバリアー層5aのガスバリアー性及びガスバリアー層の機械的強度が十分となる。
<Relationship between maximum and minimum values of silicon atom ratio>
In the present invention, the absolute value of the difference between the maximum value and the minimum value of the silicon atom ratio in the silicon distribution curve of the first gas barrier layer 5a is preferably less than 5 at%, more preferably less than 4 at%. Preferably, it is particularly preferably less than 3 at%. When the absolute value is within the above range, the gas barrier property of the obtained first gas barrier layer 5a and the mechanical strength of the gas barrier layer are sufficient.
 〈XPSによるガスバリアー層の深さ方向の組成分析について〉
 ガスバリアー層5の層厚(深さ)方向における炭素分布曲線、酸素分布曲線及びケイ素分布曲線は、X線光電子分光法(XPS:X-ray Photoelectron Spectroscopy)の測定とアルゴン等の希ガスイオンスパッタとを併用することにより、試料内部を露出させつつ順次表面組成分析を行う、いわゆるXPSデプスプロファイル(深さ方向の分布)測定により作成することができる。このようなXPSデプスプロファイル測定により得られる分布曲線は、例えば、縦軸を各元素の原子比率(単位:at%)とし、横軸をエッチング時間(スパッタ時間)として作成することができる。
 なお、このように横軸をエッチング時間とする元素の分布曲線においては、エッチング時間は層厚方向における前記ガスバリアー層5の層厚方向における前記ガスバリアー層5の表面からの距離におおむね相関することから、「ガスバリアー層の層厚方向におけるガスバリアー層の表面からの距離」として、XPSデプスプロファイル測定の際に採用したエッチング速度とエッチング時間との関係から算出されるガスバリアー層5の表面からの距離を採用することができる。
 また、このようなXPSデプスプロファイル測定に際して採用するスパッタ法としては、エッチングイオン種としてアルゴン(Ar)を用いた希ガスイオンスパッタ法を採用し、そのエッチング速度(エッチングレート)を0.05nm/sec(SiO熱酸化膜換算値)とすることが好ましい。
<Depth composition analysis of gas barrier layer by XPS>
The carbon distribution curve, oxygen distribution curve and silicon distribution curve in the layer thickness (depth) direction of the gas barrier layer 5 are measured by X-ray photoelectron spectroscopy (XPS) and rare gas ion sputtering such as argon. Can be used for so-called XPS depth profile (distribution in the depth direction) measurement in which surface composition analysis is sequentially performed while exposing the inside of the sample. A distribution curve obtained by such XPS depth profile measurement can be created, for example, with the vertical axis as the atomic ratio (unit: at%) of each element and the horizontal axis as the etching time (sputtering time).
In the element distribution curve having the horizontal axis as the etching time in this way, the etching time generally correlates with the distance from the surface of the gas barrier layer 5 in the layer thickness direction of the gas barrier layer 5 in the layer thickness direction. Therefore, as the “distance from the surface of the gas barrier layer in the thickness direction of the gas barrier layer”, the surface of the gas barrier layer 5 calculated from the relationship between the etching rate and the etching time employed in the XPS depth profile measurement. The distance from can be adopted.
In addition, as a sputtering method employed for such XPS depth profile measurement, a rare gas ion sputtering method using argon (Ar + ) as an etching ion species is employed, and the etching rate (etching rate) is 0.05 nm / It is preferable to set to sec (SiO 2 thermal oxide film conversion value).
 また、本発明においては、第1ガスバリアー層5aの表面全体において均一で、かつ優れたガスバリアー性を有するガスバリアー層5を形成するという観点から、前記第1ガスバリアー層5aの表面方向(ガスバリアー層5の表面に平行な方向)において実質的に一様であることが好ましい。
 本明細書において、ガスバリアー層5が表面方向において実質的に一様とは、XPSデプスプロファイル測定によりガスバリアー層5の表面の任意の2箇所の測定箇所について前記酸素分布曲線、前記炭素分布曲線を作成した場合に、その任意の2箇所の測定箇所において得られる炭素分布曲線が持つ極値の数が同じであり、それぞれの炭素分布曲線における炭素の原子比率の最大値及び最小値の差の絶対値が、互いに同じであるか若しくは5at%以内の差であることをいう。
In the present invention, the surface direction of the first gas barrier layer 5a (from the viewpoint of forming the gas barrier layer 5 having a uniform and excellent gas barrier property over the entire surface of the first gas barrier layer 5a) It is preferably substantially uniform (in a direction parallel to the surface of the gas barrier layer 5).
In this specification, that the gas barrier layer 5 is substantially uniform in the surface direction means that the oxygen distribution curve and the carbon distribution curve at any two measurement points on the surface of the gas barrier layer 5 by XPS depth profile measurement. The number of extreme values of the carbon distribution curve obtained at any two measurement points is the same, and the difference between the maximum value and the minimum value of the atomic ratio of carbon in each carbon distribution curve The absolute values are the same as each other or within 5 at%.
 本発明に用いられるガスバリアーフィルムは、上記条件(i)~(iv)を全て満たすガスバリアー層5を少なくとも1層備えることが好ましいが、そのような条件を満たす層を2層以上備えていてもよい。
 さらに、このようなガスバリアー層5を2層以上備える場合には、複数のガスバリアー層5の材質は、同一であってもよく、異なっていてもよい。また、このようなガスバリアー層5を2層以上備える場合には、このようなガスバリアー層5は前記フィルム基板4の一方の表面上に形成されていてもよく、前記フィルム基板4の両方の表面上に形成されていてもよい。
The gas barrier film used in the present invention preferably includes at least one gas barrier layer 5 that satisfies all of the above conditions (i) to (iv), but has two or more layers that satisfy such conditions. Also good.
Further, when two or more such gas barrier layers 5 are provided, the materials of the plurality of gas barrier layers 5 may be the same or different. Further, when two or more such gas barrier layers 5 are provided, such a gas barrier layer 5 may be formed on one surface of the film substrate 4. It may be formed on the surface.
 また、前記ケイ素分布曲線、前記酸素分布曲線及び前記炭素分布曲線において、ケイ素原子比率、酸素原子比率及び炭素原子比率が、当該第1ガスバリアー層5aの層厚の90%以上の領域において前記式(1)で表される条件を満たす場合には、前記ガスバリアー層5中におけるケイ素原子比率は、25~45at%の範囲であることが好ましく、30~40at%の範囲であることがより好ましい。 Further, in the silicon distribution curve, the oxygen distribution curve, and the carbon distribution curve, the silicon atom ratio, the oxygen atom ratio, and the carbon atom ratio in the region where 90% or more of the layer thickness of the first gas barrier layer 5a is equal to the above formula. When the condition represented by (1) is satisfied, the silicon atom ratio in the gas barrier layer 5 is preferably in the range of 25 to 45 at%, more preferably in the range of 30 to 40 at%. .
 また、前記第1ガスバリアー層5a中における酸素原子比率は、33~67at%の範囲であることが好ましく、45~67at%の範囲であることがより好ましい。 Further, the oxygen atom ratio in the first gas barrier layer 5a is preferably in the range of 33 to 67 at%, and more preferably in the range of 45 to 67 at%.
 さらに、前記第1ガスバリアー層5a中における炭素原子比率は、3~33at%の範囲であることが好ましく、3~25at%の範囲であることがより好ましい。 Furthermore, the carbon atom ratio in the first gas barrier layer 5a is preferably in the range of 3 to 33 at%, and more preferably in the range of 3 to 25 at%.
 〈第1ガスバリアー層の厚さ〉
 前記第1ガスバリアー層5aの厚さは、5~3000nmの範囲であることが好ましく、10~2000nmの範囲であることがより好ましく、100~1000nmの範囲であることが更に好ましく、300~1000nmの範囲が特に好ましい。第1ガスバリアー層5aの厚さが前記範囲内であれば、酸素ガスバリアー性、水蒸気バリアー性等のガスバリアー性に優れ、屈曲によるガスバリアー性の低下がみられない。
<The thickness of the first gas barrier layer>
The thickness of the first gas barrier layer 5a is preferably in the range of 5 to 3000 nm, more preferably in the range of 10 to 2000 nm, still more preferably in the range of 100 to 1000 nm, and 300 to 1000 nm. The range of is particularly preferable. When the thickness of the first gas barrier layer 5a is within the above range, the gas barrier properties such as oxygen gas barrier properties and water vapor barrier properties are excellent, and the gas barrier properties are not deteriorated by bending.
 〈第1ガスバリアー層の形成方法〉
 本発明に係る第1ガスバリアー層5aは、プラズマ化学気相成長法により形成される層であることが好ましい。より詳しくはこのようなプラズマ化学気相成長法により形成される第1ガスバリアー層5aとして、前記フィルム基板4を前記一対の成膜ローラーに接触しながら搬送し、前記一対の成膜ローラー間に成膜ガスを供給しながらプラズマ放電してプラズマ化学気相成長法により形成される層であることが好ましい。
 また、このようにして一対の成膜ローラー間に放電する際には、前記一対の成膜ローラーの極性を交互に反転させることが好ましい。更に、このようなプラズマ化学気相成長法に用いる前記成膜ガスとしては有機ケイ素化合物と酸素とを含むものが好ましく、供給する成膜ガス中の酸素の含有量は、前記成膜ガス中の前記有機ケイ素化合物の全量を完全酸化するのに必要な理論酸素量以下であることが好ましい。また、本発明においては、前記第1ガスバリアー層5aがフィルム基板4上に連続的な成膜プロセスにより形成された層であることが好ましい。
<Method for forming first gas barrier layer>
The first gas barrier layer 5a according to the present invention is preferably a layer formed by plasma enhanced chemical vapor deposition. More specifically, as the first gas barrier layer 5a formed by such a plasma chemical vapor deposition method, the film substrate 4 is conveyed while being in contact with the pair of film forming rollers, and between the pair of film forming rollers. A layer formed by plasma chemical vapor deposition by plasma discharge while supplying a deposition gas is preferable.
Further, when discharging between the pair of film forming rollers in this way, it is preferable to reverse the polarities of the pair of film forming rollers alternately. Further, the film forming gas used in such a plasma chemical vapor deposition method preferably contains an organosilicon compound and oxygen, and the content of oxygen in the supplied film forming gas is the same as that in the film forming gas. It is preferable that the amount is less than or equal to the theoretical oxygen amount required for complete oxidation of the total amount of the organosilicon compound. In the present invention, the first gas barrier layer 5a is preferably a layer formed on the film substrate 4 by a continuous film forming process.
 本発明に係る第1ガスバリアー層5aは、ガスバリアー性の観点から、プラズマ化学気相成長法(プラズマCVD法)を採用することが好ましく、前記プラズマ化学気相成長法はペニング放電プラズマ方式のプラズマ化学気相成長法であっても良い。 The first gas barrier layer 5a according to the present invention preferably employs a plasma chemical vapor deposition method (plasma CVD method) from the viewpoint of gas barrier properties, and the plasma chemical vapor deposition method is a Penning discharge plasma method. Plasma chemical vapor deposition may also be used.
 本発明に係る第1ガスバリアー層5aのように、前記炭素原子比率が濃度勾配を有し、かつ層内で連続的に変化する層を形成するには、前記プラズマ化学気相成長法においてプラズマを発生させる際に、複数の成膜ローラーの間の空間にプラズマ放電を発生させることが好ましく、本発明では一対の成膜ローラーを用い、その一対の成膜ローラーのそれぞれに前記フィルム基板4を接触しながら搬送し、当該一対の成膜ローラー間に放電してプラズマを発生させることが好ましい。
 このようにして、一対の成膜ローラーを用い、その一対の成膜ローラー上にフィルム基板4を接触しながら搬送し、かかる一対の成膜ローラー間にプラズマ放電することにより、フィルム基板4と成膜ローラー間のプラズマ放電位置との距離が変化することによって、前記炭素原子比率が濃度勾配を有し、かつ層内で連続的に変化するようなガスバリアー層5を形成することが可能となる。
In order to form a layer in which the carbon atom ratio has a concentration gradient and continuously changes in the layer, like the first gas barrier layer 5a according to the present invention, plasma is formed by the plasma chemical vapor deposition method. It is preferable to generate a plasma discharge in the space between the plurality of film forming rollers. In the present invention, a pair of film forming rollers is used, and the film substrate 4 is placed on each of the pair of film forming rollers. It is preferable to transport while contacting and to generate plasma by discharging between the pair of film forming rollers.
In this way, a pair of film forming rollers is used, and the film substrate 4 is conveyed while contacting the pair of film forming rollers, and plasma discharge is performed between the pair of film forming rollers, thereby forming the film substrate 4 and the film substrate 4 together. By changing the distance from the plasma discharge position between the film rollers, it is possible to form the gas barrier layer 5 in which the carbon atom ratio has a concentration gradient and continuously changes in the layer. .
 また、成膜時に一方の成膜ローラー上に存在するフィルム基板4の表面部分を成膜しつつ、もう一方の成膜ローラー上に存在するフィルム基板4の表面部分も同時に成膜することが可能となって効率よく薄膜を製造できるばかりか、成膜レートを倍にでき、なおかつ、同じ構造の膜を成膜できるので前記炭素分布曲線における極値を少なくとも倍増させることが可能となり、効率よく本発明に用いられる前記条件(i)~(iv)の全てを満たす層を形成することが可能となる。 In addition, it is possible to simultaneously form the surface portion of the film substrate 4 existing on the other film forming roller while forming the surface portion of the film substrate 4 existing on the one film forming roller at the time of film formation. As a result, the film formation rate can be doubled and a film having the same structure can be formed, so that the extreme value in the carbon distribution curve can be at least doubled, and the film can be efficiently produced. It is possible to form a layer satisfying all the conditions (i) to (iv) used in the invention.
 また、本発明に用いられるガスバリアーフィルムは、生産性の観点から、ロールtoロール方式で前記フィルム基板4の表面上に前記ガスバリアー層5を形成させることが好ましい。 Moreover, it is preferable that the gas barrier film used in the present invention has the gas barrier layer 5 formed on the surface of the film substrate 4 by a roll-to-roll method from the viewpoint of productivity.
 また、このようなプラズマ化学気相成長法によりガスバリアーフィルムを製造する際に用いることが可能な装置としては、特に制限されないが、少なくとも一対の成膜ローラーと、プラズマ電源とを備え、かつ前記一対の成膜ローラー間において放電することが可能な構成となっている装置であることが好ましく、例えば、図2に示す製造装置を用いた場合には、プラズマ化学気相成長法を利用しながらロールtoロール方式で製造することも可能となる。 An apparatus that can be used when producing a gas barrier film by such a plasma chemical vapor deposition method is not particularly limited, and includes at least a pair of film forming rollers and a plasma power source, and It is preferable that the apparatus has a configuration capable of discharging between a pair of film forming rollers. For example, when the manufacturing apparatus shown in FIG. 2 is used, the plasma chemical vapor deposition method is used. It is also possible to manufacture in a roll-to-roll system.
 以下、図2を参照しながら、本発明に係る第1ガスバリアー層5aを形成する方法についてより詳細に説明する。なお、図2は、本発明に係る第1ガスバリアー層5aをフィルム基板上に形成するのに好適に利用することが可能な製造装置の一例を示す模式図である。 Hereinafter, the method for forming the first gas barrier layer 5a according to the present invention will be described in more detail with reference to FIG. FIG. 2 is a schematic view showing an example of a manufacturing apparatus that can be suitably used for forming the first gas barrier layer 5a according to the present invention on a film substrate.
 図2に示す製造装置は、送り出しローラー11と、搬送ローラー21、22、23及び24と、成膜ローラー31及び32と、ガス供給口41と、プラズマ発生用電源51と、成膜ローラー31及び32の内部に設置された磁場発生装置61及び62と、巻取りローラー71とを備えている。
 また、このような製造装置においては、少なくとも成膜ローラー31、32と、ガス供給口41と、プラズマ発生用電源51と、永久磁石からなる磁場発生装置61及び62とが図示を省略した真空チャンバー内に配置されている。更に、このような製造装置において前記真空チャンバーは図示を省略した真空ポンプに接続されており、かかる真空ポンプにより真空チャンバー内の圧力を適宜調整することが可能となっている。
The manufacturing apparatus shown in FIG. 2 includes a delivery roller 11, transport rollers 21, 22, 23 and 24, film formation rollers 31 and 32, a gas supply port 41, a plasma generation power source 51, a film formation roller 31 and 32 includes magnetic field generators 61 and 62 installed inside 32, and a winding roller 71.
In such a manufacturing apparatus, at least the film forming rollers 31, 32, the gas supply port 41, the plasma generation power source 51, and the magnetic field generators 61 and 62 made of permanent magnets are not shown. Are arranged in. Further, in such a manufacturing apparatus, the vacuum chamber is connected to a vacuum pump (not shown), and the pressure in the vacuum chamber can be appropriately adjusted by the vacuum pump.
 このような製造装置においては、一対の成膜ローラー(成膜ローラー31と成膜ローラー32)を一対の対向電極として機能させることが可能となるように、各成膜ローラーがそれぞれプラズマ発生用電源51に接続されている。そのため、このような製造装置においては、プラズマ発生用電源51により電力を供給することにより、成膜ローラー31と成膜ローラー32との間の空間に放電することが可能であり、これにより成膜ローラー31と成膜ローラー32との間の空間にプラズマを発生させることができる。
 なお、このように、成膜ローラー31と成膜ローラー32を電極としても利用する場合には、電極としても利用可能なようにその材質や設計を適宜変更すればよい。また、このような製造装置においては、一対の成膜ローラー(成膜ローラー31及び32)は、その中心軸が同一平面上においてほぼ平行となるようにして配置することが好ましい。このようにして、一対の成膜ローラー(成膜ローラー31及び32)を配置することにより、成膜レートを倍にでき、なおかつ、同じ構造の膜を成膜できるので前記炭素分布曲線における極値を少なくとも倍増させることが可能となる。
In such a manufacturing apparatus, each film-forming roller has a power source for plasma generation so that the pair of film-forming rollers (the film-forming roller 31 and the film-forming roller 32) can function as a pair of counter electrodes. 51 is connected. Therefore, in such a manufacturing apparatus, it is possible to discharge into the space between the film forming roller 31 and the film forming roller 32 by supplying electric power from the plasma generating power source 51, thereby forming the film. Plasma can be generated in the space between the roller 31 and the film forming roller 32.
In addition, when using the film-forming roller 31 and the film-forming roller 32 as electrodes as described above, the material and design may be appropriately changed so that the film-forming roller 31 and the film-forming roller 32 can also be used as electrodes. Moreover, in such a manufacturing apparatus, it is preferable to arrange | position a pair of film-forming roller (film-forming rollers 31 and 32) so that the central axis may become substantially parallel on the same plane. By arranging a pair of film forming rollers (film forming rollers 31 and 32) in this way, the film forming rate can be doubled, and a film having the same structure can be formed. Can be at least doubled.
 また、成膜ローラー31及び成膜ローラー32の内部には、成膜ローラーが回転しても回転しないようにして固定された磁場発生装置61及び62がそれぞれ設けられている。 Further, inside the film forming roller 31 and the film forming roller 32, magnetic field generators 61 and 62 fixed so as not to rotate even when the film forming roller rotates are provided, respectively.
 さらに、成膜ローラー31及び成膜ローラー32としては適宜公知のローラーを用いることができる。このような成膜ローラー31及び32としては、より効率よく薄膜を形成せしめるという観点から、直径が同一のものを使うことが好ましい。また、このような成膜ローラー31及び32の直径としては、放電条件、チャンバーのスペース等の観点から、直径が300~1000mmφの範囲内、特に300~700mmφの範囲内が好ましい。300mmφ以上であると、プラズマ放電空間が小さくなることがないため生産性の劣化もなく、短時間でプラズマ放電の全熱量がフィルムにかかることを回避できることから、フィルム基板4へのダメージを軽減でき好ましい。一方、1000mmφ以下であると、プラズマ放電空間の均一性等も含めて装置設計上、実用性を保持することができるため好ましい。 Furthermore, as the film formation roller 31 and the film formation roller 32, known rollers can be used as appropriate. As such film forming rollers 31 and 32, it is preferable to use ones having the same diameter from the viewpoint of forming a thin film more efficiently. The diameters of the film forming rollers 31 and 32 are preferably in the range of 300 to 1000 mmφ, particularly in the range of 300 to 700 mmφ, from the viewpoint of discharge conditions, chamber space, and the like. If it is 300 mmφ or more, the plasma discharge space will not become small, so there will be no deterioration in productivity, and it will be possible to avoid applying the total amount of heat of the plasma discharge to the film in a short time, thus reducing damage to the film substrate 4. preferable. On the other hand, it is preferable that the diameter is 1000 mmφ or less because practicality can be maintained in terms of device design including uniformity of plasma discharge space.
 また、このような製造装置に用いる送り出しローラー11及び搬送ローラー21、22、23、24としては適宜公知のローラーを用いることができる。また、巻取りローラー71としても、ガスバリアー層5を形成したフィルム基板4を巻き取ることが可能なものであればよく、特に制限されず、適宜公知のローラーを用いることができる。 Also, as the feed roller 11 and the transport rollers 21, 22, 23, 24 used in such a manufacturing apparatus, known rollers can be used as appropriate. The winding roller 71 is not particularly limited as long as it can wind the film substrate 4 on which the gas barrier layer 5 is formed, and a known roller can be used as appropriate.
 ガス供給口41としては原料ガス等を所定の速度で供給又は排出することが可能なものを適宜用いることができる。さらに、プラズマ発生用電源51としては、適宜公知のプラズマ発生装置の電源を用いることができる。このようなプラズマ発生用電源51は、これに接続された成膜ローラー31と成膜ローラー32に電力を供給して、これらを放電のための対向電極として利用することを可能とする。
 このようなプラズマ発生用電源51としては、より効率よくプラズマCVD法を実施することが可能となることから、前記一対の成膜ローラーの極性を交互に反転させることが可能なもの(交流電源など)を利用することが好ましい。
 また、このようなプラズマ発生用電源51としては、より効率よくプラズマCVD法を実施することが可能となることから、印加電力を100W~10kWの範囲とすることができ、かつ交流の周波数を50Hz~500kHzの範囲とすることが可能なものであることがより好ましい。また、磁場発生装置61及び62としては適宜公知の磁場発生装置を用いることができる。
As the gas supply port 41, a gas supply port that can supply or discharge a raw material gas or the like at a predetermined speed can be used as appropriate. Furthermore, as the plasma generating power source 51, a known power source for a plasma generating apparatus can be used as appropriate. Such a power source 51 for generating plasma supplies power to the film forming roller 31 and the film forming roller 32 connected thereto, and makes it possible to use these as counter electrodes for discharge.
As such a plasma generation power source 51, it is possible to more efficiently carry out the plasma CVD method, so that the polarity of the pair of film forming rollers can be alternately reversed (AC power source or the like) ) Is preferably used.
In addition, since such a plasma generating power source 51 can perform the plasma CVD method more efficiently, the applied power can be in the range of 100 W to 10 kW, and the AC frequency is 50 Hz. More preferably, it can be in the range of -500 kHz. As the magnetic field generators 61 and 62, known magnetic field generators can be used as appropriate.
 このような図2に示す製造装置を用いて、例えば、原料ガスの種類、プラズマ発生装置の電極ドラムの電力、真空チャンバー内の圧力、成膜ローラーの直径、並びに、フィルム基板4の搬送速度を適宜調整することにより、本発明に用いられるガスバリアーフィルムを製造することができる。
 すなわち、図2に示す製造装置を用いて、成膜ガス(原料ガス等)を真空チャンバー内に供給しつつ、一対の成膜ローラー(成膜ローラー31及び32)間にプラズマ放電を発生させることにより、前記成膜ガス(原料ガス等)がプラズマによって分解され、成膜ローラー31上のフィルム基板4の表面上並びに成膜ローラー32上のフィルム基板4の表面上に、前記ガスバリアー層5がプラズマCVD法により形成される。なお、このような成膜に際しては、フィルム基板4が送り出しローラー11や成膜ローラー31等により、それぞれ搬送されることにより、ロールtoロール方式の連続的な成膜プロセスによりフィルム基板4の表面上に前記第1ガスバリアー層5aが形成される。
Using such a manufacturing apparatus shown in FIG. 2, for example, the type of source gas, the power of the electrode drum of the plasma generator, the pressure in the vacuum chamber, the diameter of the film forming roller, and the conveyance speed of the film substrate 4 are set. By adjusting appropriately, the gas barrier film used for this invention can be manufactured.
That is, using the manufacturing apparatus shown in FIG. 2, a plasma discharge is generated between a pair of film forming rollers (film forming rollers 31 and 32) while supplying a film forming gas (such as a raw material gas) into the vacuum chamber. Thus, the film-forming gas (raw material gas or the like) is decomposed by plasma, and the gas barrier layer 5 is formed on the surface of the film substrate 4 on the film-forming roller 31 and on the surface of the film substrate 4 on the film-forming roller 32. It is formed by the plasma CVD method. In such film formation, the film substrate 4 is transported by the delivery roller 11 and the film formation roller 31, respectively, so that the film substrate 4 is formed on the surface of the film substrate 4 by a roll-to-roll continuous film formation process. Then, the first gas barrier layer 5a is formed.
 このように前記酸素原子比率を第1ガスバリアー層5a内で所望の分布になるように形成する方法には、特に限定されるものではなく、成膜ガス濃度を成膜中に変える方法、ガス供給口の位置を変える方法、ガス供給を複数箇所で行う方法、ガス供給口のそばに邪魔板を設置してガスの流れを制御する方法及び成膜ガス濃度を変えて複数回のプラズマCVDを行う方法などにより形成可能であるが、ガス供給口41の位置を成膜ローラー31又は32間でどちらかに近づけながらプラズマCVDを行う方法が、簡易であり再現性もよく好ましい。 Thus, the method for forming the oxygen atomic ratio so as to have a desired distribution in the first gas barrier layer 5a is not particularly limited, and a method for changing the film-forming gas concentration during film formation, gas A method of changing the position of the supply port, a method of supplying gas at a plurality of locations, a method of controlling a gas flow by installing a baffle plate near the gas supply port, and a plurality of plasma CVD by changing the film forming gas concentration Although it can be formed by a method or the like, a method of performing plasma CVD while bringing the position of the gas supply port 41 close to either between the film forming rollers 31 or 32 is simple and favorable in terms of reproducibility.
 図3は、CVD装置のガス供給口の位置の移動を説明した模式図である。 FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram illustrating the movement of the position of the gas supply port of the CVD apparatus.
 ガス供給口と成膜ローラー31又は32までの距離を100%としたときに、ガス供給口41を成膜ローラー31及び32を結ぶ線分の垂直二等分線m上から、成膜ローラー31又は32側に5~20%の範囲内で近づけることで、酸素分布曲線の極値条件を満たすように制御することができる。
 すなわち、成膜ローラー31及び32を結ぶ線分の垂直二等分線m上の点pから、t又はtの方向に、(t-p)間の距離、又は(t-p)間の距離を100%としたときに、点pの位置から5~20%の範囲内で成膜ローラー側に平行移動的に近づけることを意味する。
When the distance between the gas supply port and the film formation roller 31 or 32 is 100%, the film formation roller 31 is formed on the gas supply port 41 from the vertical bisector m connecting the film formation rollers 31 and 32. Alternatively, it can be controlled so as to satisfy the extreme value condition of the oxygen distribution curve by moving closer to the 32 side within a range of 5 to 20%.
That is, the distance between (t 1 -p) or (t 2 -p) in the direction of t 1 or t 2 from the point p on the vertical bisector m of the line segment connecting the film forming rollers 31 and 32 ) In the range of 5 to 20% from the position of the point p, it means that the distance between the film forming rollers is moved in parallel.
 この場合、ガス供給口41を移動する距離によって、酸素分布曲線の極値の大きさを制御することもできる。例えば、フィルム基板4側に最も近いガスバリアー層5表面の酸素分布曲線の極値を大きくするには、ガス供給口41を成膜ローラー31又は32に20%に近い移動距離でより近づけることで形成が可能である。 In this case, the extreme value of the oxygen distribution curve can be controlled by the distance traveled through the gas supply port 41. For example, in order to increase the extreme value of the oxygen distribution curve on the surface of the gas barrier layer 5 closest to the film substrate 4 side, the gas supply port 41 is brought closer to the film forming roller 31 or 32 with a moving distance close to 20%. Formation is possible.
 ガス供給口の移動の範囲は前記5~20%の範囲内で近づけることが好ましいが、より好ましくは5~15%の範囲内であり、前記範囲内であれば面内の酸素分布曲線及び他の限度分布曲線にばらつきなども生じ難く、所望の分布を均一に再現よく形成することが可能である。 The range of movement of the gas supply port is preferably close to within the range of 5 to 20%, more preferably within the range of 5 to 15%. The limit distribution curve is less likely to vary, and a desired distribution can be formed uniformly and with good reproducibility.
 本発明に係る第1ガスバリアー層5aを、ガス供給口41を成膜ローラー31方向に5%近づけて成膜したXPSデプスプロファイルによる層の厚さ方向の各元素プロファイルの例を図4に示す。 FIG. 4 shows an example of each element profile in the layer thickness direction based on the XPS depth profile in which the first gas barrier layer 5a according to the present invention is formed with the gas supply port 41 close to 5% in the direction of the film forming roller 31. .
 また、ガス供給口41を成膜ローラー32方向に10%近づけて成膜したXPSデプスプロファイルによる層の厚さ方向の各元素プロファイルの例を図5に示す。 Also, FIG. 5 shows an example of each element profile in the layer thickness direction based on the XPS depth profile formed by bringing the gas supply port 41 closer to the film forming roller 32 direction by 10%.
 共に、酸素分布曲線Aのガスバリアー層5表面に最も近い酸素原子比率の極大値をX、フィルム基板4表面に最も近い酸素原子比率の極大値をYとしたときに、酸素原子比率の値Y>Xであることが分かる。 In both cases, when the maximum value of the oxygen atom ratio closest to the surface of the gas barrier layer 5 in the oxygen distribution curve A is X and the maximum value of the oxygen atom ratio closest to the surface of the film substrate 4 is Y, the value Y of the oxygen atom ratio It can be seen that> X.
 一方、図6は比較としてのガスバリアー層のXPSデプスプロファイルによる層の厚さ方向の各元素プロファイルの一例である。当該ガスバリアー層は、ガス供給口41を成膜ローラー31及び32を結ぶ線分の垂直二等分線m上に設置してガスバリアー層を形成したものであり、フィルム基板側にガスバリアー層表面最も近い酸素分布曲線の極大値Xとなる酸素原子比率が、フィルム基板とはガスバリアー層を挟み反対側のガスバリアー層表面に最も近い当該酸素分布曲線の極大値Yとなる酸素原子比率とほぼ同等となり、フィルム基板側に最も近いガスバリアー層表面の酸素分布曲線の極値が層内で最大値とならないことが分かる。 On the other hand, FIG. 6 is an example of each element profile in the layer thickness direction by the XPS depth profile of the gas barrier layer as a comparison. The gas barrier layer is formed by installing the gas supply port 41 on a vertical bisector m connecting the film forming rollers 31 and 32 to form a gas barrier layer, and the gas barrier layer is formed on the film substrate side. The oxygen atom ratio at which the maximum value X of the oxygen distribution curve closest to the surface is the oxygen atom ratio at which the maximum value Y of the oxygen distribution curve closest to the gas barrier layer surface on the opposite side across the gas barrier layer from the film substrate is It becomes almost the same, and it can be seen that the extreme value of the oxygen distribution curve on the surface of the gas barrier layer closest to the film substrate side does not become the maximum value in the layer.
 〈原料ガス〉
 本発明に係る第1ガスバリアー層5aの形成に用いる前記成膜ガス中の原料ガスとしては、形成するガスバリアー層5の材質に応じて適宜選択して使用することができる。このような原料ガスとしては、例えばケイ素を含有する有機ケイ素化合物を用いることが好ましい。
 このような有機ケイ素化合物としては、例えば、ヘキサメチルジシロキサン、1,1,3,3-テトラメチルジシロキサン、ビニルトリメチルシラン、メチルトリメチルシラン、ヘキサメチルジシラン、メチルシラン、ジメチルシラン、トリメチルシラン、ジエチルシラン、プロピルシラン、フェニルシラン、ビニルトリエトキシシラン、ビニルトリメトキシシラン、テトラメトキシシラン、テトラエトキシシラン、フェニルトリメトキシシラン、メチルトリエトキシシラン、オクタメチルシクロテトラシロキサン等が挙げられる。
 これらの有機ケイ素化合物の中でも、成膜での取扱い及び得られるガスバリアー層5のガスバリアー性等の特性の観点から、ヘキサメチルジシロキサン、1,1,3,3-テトラメチルジシロキサンが好ましい。また、これらの有機ケイ素化合物は、1種を単独で又は2種以上を組み合わせて使用することができる。
<Raw gas>
The source gas in the film forming gas used for forming the first gas barrier layer 5a according to the present invention can be appropriately selected and used according to the material of the gas barrier layer 5 to be formed. As such a source gas, for example, an organosilicon compound containing silicon is preferably used.
Examples of such organosilicon compounds include hexamethyldisiloxane, 1,1,3,3-tetramethyldisiloxane, vinyltrimethylsilane, methyltrimethylsilane, hexamethyldisilane, methylsilane, dimethylsilane, trimethylsilane, diethyl Examples thereof include silane, propylsilane, phenylsilane, vinyltriethoxysilane, vinyltrimethoxysilane, tetramethoxysilane, tetraethoxysilane, phenyltrimethoxysilane, methyltriethoxysilane, and octamethylcyclotetrasiloxane.
Among these organosilicon compounds, hexamethyldisiloxane and 1,1,3,3-tetramethyldisiloxane are preferable from the viewpoints of handling in film formation and characteristics such as gas barrier properties of the obtained gas barrier layer 5. . Moreover, these organosilicon compounds can be used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types.
 また、前記成膜ガスとしては、前記原料ガスの他に反応ガスを用いてもよい。このような反応ガスとしては、前記原料ガスと反応して酸化物、窒化物等の無機化合物となるガスを適宜選択して使用することができる。
 酸化物を形成するための反応ガスとしては、例えば、酸素、オゾンを用いることができる。また、窒化物を形成するための反応ガスとしては、例えば、窒素、アンモニアを用いることができる。
 これらの反応ガスは、1種を単独で又は2種以上を組み合わせて使用することができ、例えば酸窒化物を形成する場合には、酸化物を形成するための反応ガスと窒化物を形成するための反応ガスとを組み合わせて使用することができる。
In addition to the source gas, a reactive gas may be used as the film forming gas. As such a reactive gas, a gas that reacts with the raw material gas to become an inorganic compound such as an oxide or a nitride can be appropriately selected and used.
As a reaction gas for forming an oxide, for example, oxygen or ozone can be used. Moreover, as a reactive gas for forming nitride, nitrogen and ammonia can be used, for example.
These reaction gases can be used singly or in combination of two or more. For example, when forming an oxynitride, the reaction gas for forming an oxide and a nitride are formed. Can be used in combination with the reaction gas for
 前記成膜ガスとしては、前記原料ガスを真空チャンバー内に供給するために、必要に応じて、キャリアガスを用いてもよい。さらに、前記成膜ガスとしては、プラズマ放電を発生させるために、必要に応じて、放電用ガスを用いてもよい。このようなキャリアガス及び放電用ガスとしては、適宜公知のものを使用することができ、例えば、ヘリウム、アルゴン、ネオン、キセノン等の希ガス元素を用いることができる。 As the film forming gas, a carrier gas may be used as necessary in order to supply the source gas into the vacuum chamber. Further, as the film forming gas, a discharge gas may be used as necessary in order to generate plasma discharge. As such a carrier gas and a discharge gas, known ones can be used as appropriate, and for example, rare gas elements such as helium, argon, neon, and xenon can be used.
 このような成膜ガスが原料ガスと反応ガスを含有する場合、原料ガスと反応ガスの比率としては、原料ガスと反応ガスとを完全に反応させるために理論上必要となる反応ガスの量の比率よりも、反応ガスの比率を過剰にし過ぎないことが好ましい。反応ガスの比率を過剰にし過ぎてしまうと、本発明に係るガスバリアー層5が得られにくい。よって、所望したバリアーフィルムとしての性能を得るためには、前記成膜ガスが前記有機ケイ素化合物と酸素とを含有するものである場合、前記成膜ガス中の前記有機ケイ素化合物の全量を完全酸化するのに必要な理論酸素量以下とすることが好ましい。 When such a film-forming gas contains a source gas and a reactive gas, the ratio of the source gas and the reactive gas is the amount of the reactive gas that is theoretically necessary to completely react the source gas and the reactive gas. It is preferable not to make the ratio of the reaction gas excessively higher than the ratio. If the ratio of the reaction gas is excessive, it is difficult to obtain the gas barrier layer 5 according to the present invention. Therefore, in order to obtain the desired performance as a barrier film, when the film forming gas contains the organosilicon compound and oxygen, the entire amount of the organosilicon compound in the film forming gas is completely oxidized. It is preferable that the amount of oxygen be less than or equal to the theoretical oxygen amount necessary for this.
 以下代表例として、原料ガスとしてのヘキサメチルジシロキサン(有機ケイ素化合物:HMDSO、(CHSiO)と反応ガスとしての酸素(O)を取上げ説明する。 As typical examples, hexamethyldisiloxane (organosilicon compound: HMDSO, (CH 3 ) 6 Si 2 O) as a source gas and oxygen (O 2 ) as a reaction gas will be described below.
 原料ガスとしてのヘキサメチルジシロキサン(HMDSO、(CHSiO)と、反応ガスとしての酸素(O)とを含有する成膜ガスをプラズマCVD法により反応させてケイ素-酸素系の薄膜を作製する場合、その成膜ガスにより下記反応式(1)で示される反応が起こり、二酸化ケイ素が製造される。
 (CHSiO+12O→6CO+9HO+2SiO (1)
 このような反応においては、ヘキサメチルジシロキサン1モルを完全酸化するのに必要な酸素量は12モルである。そのため、成膜ガス中に、ヘキサメチルジシロキサン1モルに対して酸素を12モル以上含有させて完全に反応させた場合には、均一な二酸化ケイ素膜が形成されてしまうため、原料のガス流量比を理論比である完全反応の原料比以下の流量に制御して、非完全反応を遂行させる。つまりヘキサメチルジシロキサン1モルに対して酸素量を化学量論比の12モルより少なくする必要がある。
A film-forming gas containing hexamethyldisiloxane (HMDSO, (CH 3 ) 6 Si 2 O) as a source gas and oxygen (O 2 ) as a reaction gas is reacted by a plasma CVD method to form a silicon-oxygen system When the thin film is produced, the reaction represented by the following reaction formula (1) occurs by the film forming gas, and silicon dioxide is produced.
(CH 3 ) 6 Si 2 O + 12O 2 → 6CO 2 + 9H 2 O + 2SiO 2 (1)
In such a reaction, the amount of oxygen required to completely oxidize 1 mol of hexamethyldisiloxane is 12 mol. Therefore, when the film forming gas contains 12 moles or more of oxygen with respect to 1 mole of hexamethyldisiloxane and is completely reacted, a uniform silicon dioxide film is formed. The ratio is controlled to a flow rate equal to or less than the raw material ratio of the complete reaction, which is the theoretical ratio, and the incomplete reaction is performed. That is, the amount of oxygen must be less than the stoichiometric ratio of 12 moles per mole of hexamethyldisiloxane.
 なお、実際のプラズマCVDチャンバー内の反応では、原料のヘキサメチルジシロキサンと反応ガスの酸素は、ガス供給口から成膜領域へ供給されて成膜されるので、反応ガスの酸素のモル量(流量)が原料のヘキサメチルジシロキサンのモル量(流量)の12倍のモル量(流量)であったとしても、現実には完全に反応を進行させることはできず、酸素の含有量を化学量論比に比して大過剰に供給して初めて反応が完結すると考えられる(例えば、CVD法により完全酸化させて酸化ケイ素を得るために、酸素のモル量(流量)を原料のヘキサメチルジシロキサンのモル量(流量)の20倍以上程度とする場合もある。)。そのため、原料のヘキサメチルジシロキサンのモル量(流量)に対する酸素のモル量(流量)は、化学量論比である12倍量以下(より好ましくは、10倍以下)の量であることが好ましい。
 このような比でヘキサメチルジシロキサン及び酸素を含有させることにより、完全に酸化されなかったヘキサメチルジシロキサン中の炭素原子や水素原子がガスバリアー層5中に取り込まれ、所望したガスバリアー層5を形成することが可能となって、得られるガスバリアーフィルムに優れたバリアー性及び耐屈曲性を発揮させることが可能となる。
 また、成膜ガス中のヘキサメチルジシロキサンのモル量(流量)に対する酸素のモル量(流量)の下限は、ヘキサメチルジシロキサンのモル量(流量)の0.1倍より多い量とすることが好ましく、0.5倍より多い量とすることがより好ましい。
In the actual reaction in the plasma CVD chamber, the raw material hexamethyldisiloxane and the reaction gas oxygen are supplied from the gas supply port to the film formation region to form a film, so that the molar amount of oxygen in the reaction gas ( Even if the flow rate is 12 times the molar amount (flow rate) of hexamethyldisiloxane as the raw material, the reaction cannot actually proceed completely. It is considered that the reaction is completed only when a large excess is supplied as compared with the stoichiometric ratio (for example, in order to obtain silicon oxide by complete oxidation by the CVD method, the molar amount (flow rate) of oxygen is changed to the hexamethyldioxide raw material. (It may be about 20 times or more the molar amount (flow rate) of siloxane.) Therefore, the molar amount (flow rate) of oxygen with respect to the molar amount (flow rate) of the raw material hexamethyldisiloxane is preferably an amount of 12 times or less (more preferably 10 times or less) which is the stoichiometric ratio. .
By containing hexamethyldisiloxane and oxygen in such a ratio, carbon atoms and hydrogen atoms in hexamethyldisiloxane that have not been completely oxidized are taken into the gas barrier layer 5, and the desired gas barrier layer 5. Thus, the gas barrier film obtained can exhibit excellent barrier properties and bending resistance.
In addition, the lower limit of the molar amount (flow rate) of oxygen relative to the molar amount (flow rate) of hexamethyldisiloxane in the film forming gas should be greater than 0.1 times the molar amount (flow rate) of hexamethyldisiloxane. It is more preferable that the amount be more than 0.5 times.
 〈真空度〉
 真空チャンバー内の圧力(真空度)は、原料ガスの種類等に応じて適宜調整することができるが、0.5~100Paの範囲とすることが好ましい。
<Degree of vacuum>
The pressure (degree of vacuum) in the vacuum chamber can be appropriately adjusted according to the type of the raw material gas, but is preferably in the range of 0.5 to 100 Pa.
 〈ローラー成膜〉
 このようなプラズマCVD法において、成膜ローラー31及び32間に放電するために、プラズマ発生用電源51に接続された電極ドラム(本実施形態においては成膜ローラー31及び32に設置されている。)に印加する電力は、原料ガスの種類や真空チャンバー内の圧力等に応じて適宜調整することができるものであり一概に言えるものでないが、0.1~10kWの範囲とすることが好ましい。
 このような範囲の印加電力であれば、パーティクルの発生も見られず、成膜時に発生する熱量も制御内であるため、成膜時のフィルム基板4表面の温度上昇による、フィルム基板4の熱負けや成膜時の皺の発生もない。また、熱でフィルム基板4が溶けて、裸の成膜ローラー間に大電流の放電が発生して成膜ローラー自体を傷めてしまう可能性も小さい。
<Roller film formation>
In such a plasma CVD method, in order to discharge between the film forming rollers 31 and 32, an electrode drum connected to the plasma generating power source 51 (in the present embodiment, it is installed on the film forming rollers 31 and 32). The electric power applied to) can be appropriately adjusted according to the type of raw material gas, the pressure in the vacuum chamber, etc., and cannot be generally stated, but is preferably in the range of 0.1 to 10 kW.
If the applied power is in such a range, no generation of particles is observed, and the amount of heat generated during film formation is within the control. There is no loss or wrinkle generation during film formation. In addition, there is little possibility that the film substrate 4 is melted by heat, and a large current discharge is generated between the bare film forming rollers to damage the film forming roller itself.
 フィルム基板4の搬送速度(ライン速度)は、原料ガスの種類や真空チャンバー内の圧力等に応じて適宜調整することができるが、0.25~100m/minの範囲とすることが好ましく、0.5~20m/minの範囲とすることがより好ましい。ライン速度が前記範囲内であれば、フィルム基板4の熱に起因する皺の発生もし難く、形成されるガスバリアー層5の厚さも十分に制御可能である。 The conveyance speed (line speed) of the film substrate 4 can be appropriately adjusted according to the type of source gas, the pressure in the vacuum chamber, etc., but is preferably in the range of 0.25 to 100 m / min. More preferably, it is in the range of 5 to 20 m / min. When the line speed is within the above range, wrinkles due to heat of the film substrate 4 are hardly generated, and the thickness of the formed gas barrier layer 5 can be sufficiently controlled.
 <第2ガスバリアー層>
 本発明に係るガスバリアー層は、構成元素の組成又は分布状態が相違する少なくとも2種のガスバリアー層で構成されていることを特徴とする。
 本発明において、本発明に係る第1ガスバリアー層の上に、塗布方式のポリシラザン含有液の塗膜を設け、波長200nm以下の真空紫外光(VUV光)を照射して改質処理することにより形成された第2ガスバリアー層5bを設けることが好ましい。上記第2ガスバリアー層5bをCVD法で設けたガスバリアー層の上に設けることにより、ガスバリアー層に残存する微小な欠陥を、上部からポリシラザンのガスバリアー成分で埋めることができ、更なるガスバリアー性と屈曲性を向上できるので、好ましい。
<Second gas barrier layer>
The gas barrier layer according to the present invention is characterized by being composed of at least two kinds of gas barrier layers having different constituent elements or different distribution states.
In the present invention, a coating film of a polysilazane-containing liquid of a coating method is provided on the first gas barrier layer according to the present invention, and a modification treatment is performed by irradiating vacuum ultraviolet light (VUV light) having a wavelength of 200 nm or less. It is preferable to provide the formed second gas barrier layer 5b. By providing the second gas barrier layer 5b on the gas barrier layer provided by the CVD method, minute defects remaining in the gas barrier layer can be filled with the gas barrier component of polysilazane from above, and further gas Since the barrier property and the flexibility can be improved, it is preferable.
 第2ガスバリアー層5bの厚さは、1~500nmの範囲内が好ましい、より好ましくは10~300nmの範囲内である。厚さが1nmより厚いとガスバリアー性能が発揮でき、500nm以内であれば、緻密な酸化ケイ素膜にクラックが入りにくい。 The thickness of the second gas barrier layer 5b is preferably in the range of 1 to 500 nm, more preferably in the range of 10 to 300 nm. If the thickness is greater than 1 nm, gas barrier performance can be exhibited. If the thickness is within 500 nm, cracks are unlikely to occur in the dense silicon oxide film.
 〈ポリシラザン〉
 本発明に係る第2ガスバリアー層5bでは、前記一般式(A)で表されるポリシラザンを用いることができる。得られるガスバリアー層の膜としての緻密性の観点からは、一般式(A)中のR、R及びRの全てが水素原子であるパーヒドロポリシラザンが特に好ましい。
<Polysilazane>
In the second gas barrier layer 5b according to the present invention, polysilazane represented by the general formula (A) can be used. Perhydropolysilazane, in which all of R 1 , R 2 and R 3 in the general formula (A) are hydrogen atoms, is particularly preferred from the viewpoint of the denseness of the resulting gas barrier layer.
 第2ガスバリアー層5bは、CVD法でのガスバリアー層上にポリシラザンを含む塗布液を塗布し乾燥した後、真空紫外線を照射することにより形成することができる。 The second gas barrier layer 5b can be formed by applying a coating liquid containing polysilazane onto a gas barrier layer by a CVD method and drying it, followed by irradiation with vacuum ultraviolet rays.
 ポリシラザンを含有する塗布液を調製する有機溶媒としては、ポリシラザンと容易に反応してしまうようなアルコール系や水分を含有するものを用いることは避けることが好ましい。例えば、脂肪族炭化水素、脂環式炭化水素、芳香族炭化水素等の炭化水素溶媒、ハロゲン化炭化水素溶媒、脂肪族エーテル、脂環式エーテル等のエーテル類が使用でき、具体的には、ペンタン、ヘキサン、シクロヘキサン、トルエン、キシレン、ソルベッソ、ターベン等の炭化水素、塩化メチレン、トリクロロエタン等のハロゲン炭化水素、ジブチルエーテル、ジオキサン、テトラヒドロフラン等のエーテル類等がある。これらの有機溶媒は、ポリシラザンの溶解度や溶媒の蒸発速度等の目的に合わせて選択し、複数の有機溶媒を混合しても良い。 As an organic solvent for preparing a coating liquid containing polysilazane, it is preferable to avoid using an alcohol or water-containing one that easily reacts with polysilazane. For example, hydrocarbon solvents such as aliphatic hydrocarbons, alicyclic hydrocarbons, aromatic hydrocarbons, halogenated hydrocarbon solvents, aliphatic ethers, ethers such as alicyclic ethers can be used, specifically, There are hydrocarbons such as pentane, hexane, cyclohexane, toluene, xylene, solvesso and turben, halogen hydrocarbons such as methylene chloride and trichloroethane, ethers such as dibutyl ether, dioxane and tetrahydrofuran. These organic solvents may be selected according to purposes such as the solubility of polysilazane and the evaporation rate of the solvent, and a plurality of organic solvents may be mixed.
 ポリシラザンを含有する塗布液中のポリシラザンの濃度は、ガスバリアー層の層厚や塗布液のポットライフによっても異なるが、好ましくは0.2~35質量%程度である。 The concentration of polysilazane in the coating solution containing polysilazane varies depending on the thickness of the gas barrier layer and the pot life of the coating solution, but is preferably about 0.2 to 35% by mass.
 酸窒化ケイ素への変性を促進するために、該塗布液にアミン触媒や、Ptアセチルアセトナート等のPt化合物、プロピオン酸Pd等のPd化合物、Rhアセチルアセトナート等のRh化合物等の金属触媒を添加することもできる。本発明においては、アミン触媒を用いることが特に好ましい。具体的なアミン触媒としては、N,N-ジエチルエタノールアミン、N,N-ジメチルエタノールアミン、トリエタノールアミン、トリエチルアミン、3-モルホリノプロピルアミン、N,N,N′,N′-テトラメチル-1,3-ジアミノプロパン、N,N,N′,N′-テトラメチル-1,6-ジアミノヘキサン等が挙げられる。 In order to accelerate the modification to silicon oxynitride, the coating solution is coated with a metal catalyst such as an amine catalyst, a Pt compound such as Pt acetylacetonate, a Pd compound such as propionic acid Pd, or an Rh compound such as Rh acetylacetonate. It can also be added. In the present invention, it is particularly preferable to use an amine catalyst. Specific amine catalysts include N, N-diethylethanolamine, N, N-dimethylethanolamine, triethanolamine, triethylamine, 3-morpholinopropylamine, N, N, N ′, N′-tetramethyl-1 , 3-diaminopropane, N, N, N ′, N′-tetramethyl-1,6-diaminohexane and the like.
 ポリシラザンに対するこれら触媒の添加量は、塗布液全体に対して0.1~10質量%の範囲であることが好ましく、0.2~5質量%の範囲であることがより好ましく、0.5~2質量%の範囲であることがさらに好ましい。触媒添加量をこの範囲とすることで、反応の急激な進行による過剰なシラノール形成及び膜密度の低下、膜欠陥の増大などを避けることができる。 The amount of these catalysts added to the polysilazane is preferably in the range of 0.1 to 10% by weight, more preferably in the range of 0.2 to 5% by weight, based on the entire coating solution, and 0.5 to More preferably, it is in the range of 2% by mass. By setting the amount of catalyst to be in this range, it is possible to avoid excessive silanol formation, film density reduction, and film defect increase due to rapid progress of the reaction.
 ポリシラザンを含有する塗布液を塗布する方法としては、任意の適切な方法が採用され得る。具体例としては、例えば、ロールコート法、フローコート法、インクジェット法、スプレーコート法、プリント法、ディップコート法、流延成膜法、バーコート法、グラビア印刷法等が挙げられる。 Any appropriate method can be adopted as a method of applying the coating liquid containing polysilazane. Specific examples include a roll coating method, a flow coating method, an ink jet method, a spray coating method, a printing method, a dip coating method, a cast film forming method, a bar coating method, and a gravure printing method.
 塗膜の厚さは、目的に応じて適切に設定され得る。例えば、塗膜の厚さは、乾燥後の厚さとして50nm~2μmの範囲にあることが好ましく、より好ましくは70nm~1.5μmの範囲にあることがより好ましく、100nm~1μmの範囲にあることがさらに好ましい。 The thickness of the coating film can be appropriately set according to the purpose. For example, the thickness of the coating film is preferably in the range of 50 nm to 2 μm, more preferably in the range of 70 nm to 1.5 μm, and more preferably in the range of 100 nm to 1 μm as the thickness after drying. More preferably.
 〈エキシマ処理〉
 本発明に係る第2ガスバリアー層5bは、ポリシラザンを含む層に真空紫外線を照射する工程で、ポリシラザンの少なくとも一部が酸窒化ケイ素へと改質される。真空紫外線を照射する方法については、前述のエキシマランプを有する真空紫外線照射装置の項で説明したとおりである。
<Excimer treatment>
In the second gas barrier layer 5b according to the present invention, at least a part of the polysilazane is modified into silicon oxynitride in the step of irradiating the layer containing polysilazane with vacuum ultraviolet rays. The method of irradiating the vacuum ultraviolet ray is as described in the section of the vacuum ultraviolet ray irradiation apparatus having the excimer lamp.
 ここで、真空紫外線照射工程でポリシラザンを含む塗膜が改質され、SiOの特定組成となる推定メカニズムを、パーヒドロポリシラザンを例にとって説明する。 Here, the presumed mechanism in which the coating film containing polysilazane is modified in the vacuum ultraviolet irradiation step and becomes a specific composition of SiO x N y will be described by taking perhydropolysilazane as an example.
 パーヒドロポリシラザンは「-(SiH-NH)-」の組成で示すことができる。SiOで示す場合、x=0、y=1である。x>0となるためには外部の酸素源が必要であるが、これは、(I)ポリシラザン塗布液に含まれる酸素や水分、(II)塗布乾燥過程の雰囲気中から塗膜に取り込まれる酸素や水分、(III)真空紫外線照射工程での雰囲気中から塗膜に取り込まれる酸素や水分、オゾン、一重項酸素、(IV)真空紫外線照射工程で印加される熱等により基材側からアウトガスとして塗膜中に移動してくる酸素や水分、(V)真空紫外線照射工程が非酸化性雰囲気で行われる場合には、その非酸化性雰囲気から酸化性雰囲気へと移動した際に、その雰囲気から塗膜に取り込まれる酸素や水分、などが酸素源となる。 Perhydropolysilazane can be represented by a composition of “— (SiH 2 —NH) n —”. In the case of SiO x N y , x = 0 and y = 1. In order to satisfy x> 0, an external oxygen source is required. This includes (I) oxygen and moisture contained in the polysilazane coating solution, and (II) oxygen taken into the coating film from the atmosphere during the coating and drying process. As an outgas from the substrate side due to oxygen, moisture, (III) oxygen, moisture, ozone, singlet oxygen taken into the coating film from the atmosphere in the vacuum ultraviolet irradiation process, (IV) heat applied in the vacuum ultraviolet irradiation process, etc. Oxygen and moisture moving into the coating film, (V) When the vacuum ultraviolet irradiation process is performed in a non-oxidizing atmosphere, when moving from the non-oxidizing atmosphere to the oxidizing atmosphere, Oxygen, moisture, etc. taken into the coating film become oxygen sources.
 一方、yについては、Siの酸化よりも窒化が進行する条件は非常に特殊であると考えられるため、基本的には1が上限である。 On the other hand, for y, the condition under which nitriding proceeds rather than the oxidation of Si is considered to be very special, so basically 1 is the upper limit.
 また、Si、O、Nの結合手の関係から、基本的にはx、yは2x+3y≦4の範囲にある。酸化が完全に進んだy=0の状態においては、塗膜中にシラノール基を含有するようになり、2<x<2.5の範囲となる場合もある。 Also, from the relationship of Si, O, N bond, x and y are basically in the range of 2x + 3y ≦ 4. In the state of y = 0 where the oxidation has progressed completely, the coating film contains silanol groups, and there are cases where 2 <x <2.5.
 真空紫外線照射工程でパーヒドロポリシラザンから酸窒化ケイ素、さらには酸化ケイ素が生じると推定される反応機構について、以下に説明する。 The reaction mechanism presumed to produce silicon oxynitride and further silicon oxide from perhydropolysilazane in the vacuum ultraviolet irradiation process will be described below.
 (1)脱水素、それに伴うSi-N結合の形成
 パーヒドロポリシラザン中のSi-H結合やN-H結合は真空紫外線照射による励起等で比較的容易に切断され、不活性雰囲気下ではSi-Nとして再結合すると考えられる(Siの未結合手が形成される場合もある)。すなわち、酸化することなくSiNy組成として硬化する。この場合はポリマー主鎖の切断は生じない。Si-H結合やN-H結合の切断は触媒の存在や、加熱によって促進される。切断されたHはHとして膜外に放出される。
(1) Dehydrogenation and accompanying Si—N bond formation Si—H bonds and N—H bonds in perhydropolysilazane are relatively easily cleaved by excitation with vacuum ultraviolet irradiation and the like. It is considered that they are recombined as N (a dangling bond of Si may be formed). That is, it is cured as a SiNy composition without being oxidized. In this case, the polymer main chain is not broken. The breaking of Si—H bonds and N—H bonds is promoted by the presence of a catalyst and heating. The cut H is released out of the membrane as H 2 .
 (2)加水分解・脱水縮合によるSi-O-Si結合の形成
 パーヒドロポリシラザン中のSi-N結合は水により加水分解され、ポリマー主鎖が切断されてSi-OHを形成する。二つのSi-OHが脱水縮合してSi-O-Si結合を形成して硬化する。これは大気中でも生じる反応であるが、不活性雰囲気下での真空紫外線照射中では、照射の熱によって基材からアウトガスとして生じる水蒸気が主な水分源となると考えられる。水分が過剰となると脱水縮合しきれないSi-OHが残存し、SiO2.1~2.3の組成で示されるガスバリアー性の低い硬化膜となる。
(2) Formation of Si—O—Si Bonds by Hydrolysis / Dehydration Condensation Si—N bonds in perhydropolysilazane are hydrolyzed by water, and the polymer main chain is cleaved to form Si—OH. Two Si—OH are dehydrated and condensed to form a Si—O—Si bond and harden. This is a reaction that occurs in the air, but during vacuum ultraviolet irradiation in an inert atmosphere, water vapor generated as outgas from the base material by the heat of irradiation is considered to be the main moisture source. When the moisture is excessive, Si—OH that cannot be dehydrated and condensed remains, and a cured film having a low gas barrier property represented by a composition of SiO 2.1 to 2.3 is obtained.
 (3)一重項酸素による直接酸化、Si-O-Si結合の形成
 真空紫外線照射中、雰囲気下に適当量の酸素が存在すると、酸化力の非常に強い一重項酸素が形成される。パーヒドロポリシラザン中のHやNはOと置き換わってSi-O-Si結合を形成して硬化する。ポリマー主鎖の切断により結合の組み換えを生じる場合もあると考えられる。
(3) Direct oxidation by singlet oxygen, formation of Si—O—Si bond When a suitable amount of oxygen is present in the atmosphere during irradiation with vacuum ultraviolet rays, singlet oxygen having very strong oxidizing power is formed. H or N in the perhydropolysilazane is replaced with O to form a Si—O—Si bond and harden. It is thought that recombination of the bond may occur due to cleavage of the polymer main chain.
 (4)真空紫外線照射・励起によるSi-N結合切断を伴う酸化
 真空紫外線のエネルギーはパーヒドロポリシラザン中のSi-Nの結合エネルギーよりも高いため、Si-N結合は切断され、周囲に酸素、オゾン、水等の酸素源が存在すると酸化されてSi-O-Si結合やSi-O-N結合が生じると考えられる。ポリマー主鎖の切断により結合の組み換えを生じる場合もあると考えられる。
(4) Oxidation accompanied by Si—N bond cleavage by vacuum ultraviolet irradiation / excitation Since the energy of vacuum ultraviolet light is higher than the bond energy of Si—N in perhydropolysilazane, the Si—N bond is cleaved, and oxygen, It is considered that when an oxygen source such as ozone or water is present, it is oxidized to form a Si—O—Si bond or a Si—O—N bond. It is thought that recombination of the bond may occur due to cleavage of the polymer main chain.
 ポリシラザンを含有する層に真空紫外線照射を施した層の酸窒化ケイ素の組成の調整は、上述の(1)~(4)の酸化機構を適宜組み合わせて酸化状態を制御することで行うことができる。 Adjustment of the composition of silicon oxynitride in the layer obtained by subjecting the polysilazane-containing layer to vacuum ultraviolet irradiation can be performed by appropriately controlling the oxidation state by appropriately combining the oxidation mechanisms (1) to (4) described above. .
 本発明における真空紫外線照射工程において、ポリシラザン層塗膜が受ける塗膜面での該真空紫外線の照度は30~200mW/cmの範囲であることが好ましく、50~160mW/cmの範囲であることがより好ましい。30mW/cm以上では、改質効率が低下する懸念がなく、200mW/cm以下では、塗膜にアブレーションを生じず、基材にダメージを与えないため好ましい。 In vacuum ultraviolet irradiation step in the present invention, it is preferable that the illuminance of the vacuum ultraviolet rays in the coating film surface for receiving the polysilazane coating film is in the range of 30 ~ 200mW / cm 2, in the range of 50 ~ 160mW / cm 2 It is more preferable. When it is 30 mW / cm 2 or more, there is no concern that the reforming efficiency is lowered, and when it is 200 mW / cm 2 or less, the coating film is not ablated and the substrate is not damaged.
 ポリシラザン層塗膜面における真空紫外線の照射エネルギー量は、200~10000mJ/cmの範囲であることが好ましく、500~5000mJ/cmの範囲であることがより好ましい。200mJ/cm以上では、改質が十分行え、10000mJ/cm以下では過剰改質にならずクラック発生や、基材の熱変形がない。 Irradiation energy amount of the VUV in the polysilazane coating film surface is preferably in the range of 200 ~ 10000mJ / cm 2, and more preferably in the range of 500 ~ 5000mJ / cm 2. 200 mJ / cm 2 or more, the performed modification sufficiently, cracking and not excessive modification is 10000 mJ / cm 2 or less, there is no thermal deformation of the substrate.
 <フィルム基板>
 第1透明電極2が形成されるフィルム基板4としては、例えば、下記樹脂フィルム等を挙げることができるが、これらに限定されない。好ましく用いられるフィルム基板4としては、透明樹脂フィルムを挙げることができる。
<Film substrate>
Examples of the film substrate 4 on which the first transparent electrode 2 is formed include, but are not limited to, the following resin films. As the film substrate 4 preferably used, a transparent resin film can be exemplified.
 樹脂フィルムとしては、例えば、ポリエチレンテレフタレート(PET)、ポリエチレンナフタレート(PEN)等のポリエステル、ポリエチレン、ポリプロピレン、セロファン、セルロースジアセテート、セルローストリアセテート(TAC)、セルロースアセテートブチレート、セルロースアセテートプロピオネート(CAP)、セルロースアセテートフタレート、セルロースナイトレート等のセルロースエステル類又はそれらの誘導体、ポリ塩化ビニリデン、ポリビニルアルコール、ポリエチレンビニルアルコール、シンジオタクティックポリスチレン、ポリカーボネート、ノルボルネン樹脂、ポリメチルペンテン、ポリエーテルケトン、ポリイミド、ポリエーテルスルホン(PES)、ポリフェニレンスルフィド、ポリスルホン類、ポリエーテルイミド、ポリエーテルケトンイミド、ポリアミド、フッ素樹脂、ナイロン、ポリメチルメタクリレート、アクリルあるいはポリアリレート類、アートン(商品名JSR社製)あるいはアペル(商品名三井化学社製)といったシクロオレフィン系樹脂等が挙げられる。 Examples of the resin film include polyesters such as polyethylene terephthalate (PET) and polyethylene naphthalate (PEN), polyethylene, polypropylene, cellophane, cellulose diacetate, cellulose triacetate (TAC), cellulose acetate butyrate, cellulose acetate propionate ( CAP), cellulose esters such as cellulose acetate phthalate, cellulose nitrate or derivatives thereof, polyvinylidene chloride, polyvinyl alcohol, polyethylene vinyl alcohol, syndiotactic polystyrene, polycarbonate, norbornene resin, polymethylpentene, polyether ketone, polyimide , Polyethersulfone (PES), polyphenylene sulfide, polysulfones Cycloolefin resins such as polyetherimide, polyetherketoneimide, polyamide, fluororesin, nylon, polymethylmethacrylate, acrylic or polyarylate, Arton (trade name, manufactured by JSR) or Appel (trade name, manufactured by Mitsui Chemicals) Is mentioned.
 [有機エレクトロルミネッセンス素子のその他の構成要素]
 <電極>
 本発明の有機エレクトロルミネッセンス(有機EL素子)は、下記の陽極と陰極からなる一対の電極に挟持された有機機能層を有する発光ユニットを有する。以下において、当該電極について、詳細な説明をする。
[Other components of organic electroluminescence element]
<Electrode>
The organic electroluminescence (organic EL element) of the present invention has a light emitting unit having an organic functional layer sandwiched between a pair of electrodes composed of the following anode and cathode. Hereinafter, the electrode will be described in detail.
 《第1透明電極》
 有機EL素子における第1透明電極(陽極)としては、仕事関数の大きい(4eV以上)金属、合金、電気伝導性化合物及びこれらの混合物を電極物質とするものが好ましく用いられる。このような電極物質の具体例としては、Au、Ag等の金属、CuI、酸化インジウムスズ(Indium Tin Oxide:ITO)、SnO、ZnO等の導電性透明材料が挙げられる。
 また、IDIXO(In-ZnO)等非晶質で透明導電膜を作製可能な材料を用いてもよい。陽極はこれらの電極物質を蒸着やスパッタリング等の方法により薄膜を形成させ、フォトリソグラフィー法で所望の形状のパターンを形成してもよく、あるいはパターン精度を余り必要としない場合は(100μm以上程度)、上記電極物質の蒸着やスパッタリング時に所望の形状のマスクを介してパターンを形成してもよい。
 あるいは、有機導電性化合物のように塗布可能な物質を用いる場合には、印刷方式、コーティング方式等湿式成膜法を用いることもできる。この陽極より発光を取り出す場合には、透過率を10%より大きくすることが望ましく、また陽極としてのシート抵抗は数百Ω/□以下が好ましい。更に膜厚は材料にもよるが、通常10~1000nm、好ましくは10~200nmの範囲で選ばれる。
<First transparent electrode>
As the first transparent electrode (anode) in the organic EL element, an electrode material made of a metal, an alloy, an electrically conductive compound, or a mixture thereof having a high work function (4 eV or more) is preferably used. Specific examples of such an electrode substance include conductive transparent materials such as metals such as Au and Ag, CuI, indium tin oxide (ITO), SnO 2 , and ZnO.
Alternatively, an amorphous material such as IDIXO (In 2 O 3 —ZnO) capable of forming a transparent conductive film may be used. The anode may be formed by depositing a thin film of these electrode materials by vapor deposition or sputtering, and a pattern having a desired shape may be formed by photolithography, or when pattern accuracy is not so high (about 100 μm or more) A pattern may be formed through a mask having a desired shape at the time of vapor deposition or sputtering of the electrode material.
Or when using the substance which can be apply | coated like an organic electroconductivity compound, wet film-forming methods, such as a printing system and a coating system, can also be used. When light emission is extracted from the anode, it is desirable that the transmittance be greater than 10%, and the sheet resistance as the anode is preferably several hundred Ω / □ or less. Further, although the film thickness depends on the material, it is usually selected in the range of 10 to 1000 nm, preferably 10 to 200 nm.
 本発明の有機EL素子においては、陽極として、図1に示すような態様の第1透明電極2を用いることが好ましい。
 図1に示すとおり、第1透明電極2は、フィルム基板4側から、下地層2aと、この上部に成膜された電極層2bとを順に積層した2層構造である。このうち、電極層2bは、銀又は銀を主成分とする合金を用いて構成された層であり、下地層2aは、例えば、窒素原子を含んだ化合物を用いて構成された層である。
 なお、第1透明電極2の透明とは、波長550nmでの光透過率が50%以上であることをいう。
In the organic EL element of the present invention, it is preferable to use the first transparent electrode 2 having an embodiment as shown in FIG. 1 as the anode.
As shown in FIG. 1, the first transparent electrode 2 has a two-layer structure in which a base layer 2a and an electrode layer 2b formed thereon are sequentially laminated from the film substrate 4 side. Among these, the electrode layer 2b is a layer comprised using silver or the alloy which has silver as a main component, and the base layer 2a is a layer comprised using the compound containing a nitrogen atom, for example.
The transparency of the first transparent electrode 2 means that the light transmittance at a wavelength of 550 nm is 50% or more.
(1)下地層
 下地層2aは、電極層2bのフィルム基板4側に設けられる層である。下地層2aを構成する材料としては、特に限定されるものではなく、銀又は銀を主成分とする合金を含有している電極層2bの成膜に際し、銀の凝集を抑制できるものであればよく、例えば、窒素原子や硫黄原子を含んだ化合物等が挙げられる。
(1) Underlayer The underlayer 2a is a layer provided on the film substrate 4 side of the electrode layer 2b. The material constituting the underlying layer 2a is not particularly limited as long as it can suppress aggregation of silver when forming the electrode layer 2b containing silver or an alloy containing silver as a main component. For example, a compound containing a nitrogen atom or a sulfur atom can be used.
 下地層2aが、低屈折率材料(屈折率1.7未満)からなる場合、その層厚の上限としては、50nm未満である必要があり、30nm未満であることが好ましく、10nm未満であることがさらに好ましく、5nm未満であることが特に好ましい。層厚を50nm未満とすることにより、光学的ロスを最小限に抑えられる。一方、層厚の下限としては、0.05nm以上が必要であり、0.1nm以上であることが好ましくは、0.3nm以上であることが特に好ましい。層厚を0.05nm以上とすることにより、下地層2aの成膜を均一とし、その効果(銀の凝集抑制)を均一とすることができる。
 下地層2aが、高屈折率材料(屈折率1.7以上)からなる場合、その層厚の上限としては特に制限はなく、層厚の下限としては上記低屈折率材料からなる場合と同様である。
 ただし、単なる下地層2aの機能としては、均一な成膜が得られる必要層厚で形成されれば十分である。
When the underlayer 2a is made of a low refractive index material (refractive index less than 1.7), the upper limit of the layer thickness needs to be less than 50 nm, preferably less than 30 nm, and preferably less than 10 nm. Is more preferable, and it is especially preferable that it is less than 5 nm. By making the layer thickness less than 50 nm, optical loss can be minimized. On the other hand, the lower limit of the layer thickness is required to be 0.05 nm or more, preferably 0.1 nm or more, and particularly preferably 0.3 nm or more. By setting the layer thickness to 0.05 nm or more, the underlayer 2a can be formed uniformly and the effect (inhibition of silver aggregation) can be made uniform.
When the underlayer 2a is made of a high refractive index material (refractive index of 1.7 or more), the upper limit of the layer thickness is not particularly limited, and the lower limit of the layer thickness is the same as that of the low refractive index material. is there.
However, as a simple function of the base layer 2a, it is sufficient if the base layer 2a is formed with a necessary layer thickness that allows uniform film formation.
 下地層2aの成膜方法としては、塗布法、インクジェット法、コーティング法、ディップ法などのウェットプロセスを用いる方法や、蒸着法(抵抗加熱、EB法など)、スパッタ法、CVD法等のドライプロセスを用いる方法等が挙げられる。中でも、蒸着法が好ましく適用される。 As a method for forming the underlying layer 2a, a wet process such as a coating method, an ink jet method, a coating method, a dip method, or a dry process such as a vapor deposition method (resistance heating, EB method, etc.), a sputtering method, a CVD method or the like is used. And the like. Among these, the vapor deposition method is preferably applied.
 上記有機化合物は、1種でもよく、2種以上を混合してもよい。また、窒素原子及び硫黄原子を有していない化合物を本発明の効果を阻害しない範囲で混合することも許される。 The organic compound may be one kind or a mixture of two or more kinds. In addition, it is allowed to mix a compound having no nitrogen atom and sulfur atom within a range that does not impair the effects of the present invention.
(1)窒素原子を有する低分子有機化合物
 窒素原子を有する低分子有機化合物とは、融点が80℃以上であり、分子量Mが150~1200の範囲内である化合物であれば、特に制限されることなく使用することができるが、銀又は銀の合金との相互作用が大きい化合物であることが好ましく、例えば、含窒素複素環化合物、フェニル基置換アミン化合物等が挙げられる。
(1) Low molecular organic compound having a nitrogen atom A low molecular organic compound having a nitrogen atom is not particularly limited as long as it has a melting point of 80 ° C. or higher and a molecular weight M within a range of 150 to 1200. However, it is preferably a compound having a large interaction with silver or a silver alloy, and examples thereof include a nitrogen-containing heterocyclic compound and a phenyl group-substituted amine compound.
 以下に、下地層を構成する窒素原子を有する低分子有機化合物として、好ましく用いられる例示化合物No.1~45を示す。 Hereinafter, exemplary compound No. preferably used as a low molecular organic compound having a nitrogen atom constituting the underlayer is used. 1 to 45 are shown.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
 
(2)硫黄原子を有する有機化合物
 本発明に係る硫黄原子を有する有機化合物は、分子内に、スルフィド結合、ジスルフィド結合、メルカプト基、スルホン基、チオカルボニル結合等を有している。これらの中でも、スルフィド結合又はメルカプト基を有していることが好ましい。
(2) Organic Compound Having Sulfur Atom The organic compound having a sulfur atom according to the present invention has a sulfide bond, a disulfide bond, a mercapto group, a sulfone group, a thiocarbonyl bond and the like in the molecule. Among these, it is preferable to have a sulfide bond or a mercapto group.
 以下に、下地層を構成する硫黄原子を有する有機化合物の好ましく用いられる例示化合物(1-1)~(4-1)を示す。 Hereinafter, exemplary compounds (1-1) to (4-1) which are preferably used as organic compounds having a sulfur atom constituting the underlayer are shown.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
 
(2)電極層
 電極層2bは、銀又は銀を主成分とした合金を含有している層であって、下地層2a上に成膜された層である。
 このような電極層2bの成膜方法としては、塗布法、インクジェット法、コーティング法、ディップ法等のウェットプロセスを用いる方法や、蒸着法(抵抗加熱、EB法など)、スパッタ法、CVD法等のドライプロセスを用いる方法等が挙げられる。中でも、蒸着法が好ましく適用される。
 また、電極層2bは、下地層2a上に成膜されることにより、電極層2b成膜後の高温アニール処理等がなくても十分に導電性を有することを特徴とするが、必要に応じて、成膜後に高温アニール処理等を行ったものであってもよい。
(2) Electrode layer The electrode layer 2b is a layer containing silver or an alloy containing silver as a main component, and is a layer formed on the base layer 2a.
As a method for forming such an electrode layer 2b, a method using a wet process such as a coating method, an inkjet method, a coating method, a dip method, a vapor deposition method (resistance heating, EB method, etc.), a sputtering method, a CVD method, etc. And a method using the dry process. Among these, the vapor deposition method is preferably applied.
In addition, the electrode layer 2b is formed on the base layer 2a, so that the electrode layer 2b has sufficient conductivity even if there is no high-temperature annealing treatment after the electrode layer 2b is formed. The film may be subjected to high-temperature annealing after film formation.
 電極層2bを構成する銀(Ag)を主成分とする合金としては、例えば、銀マグネシウム(AgMg)、銀銅(AgCu)、銀パラジウム(AgPd)、銀パラジウム銅(AgPdCu)、銀インジウム(AgIn)等が挙げられる。 Examples of the alloy mainly composed of silver (Ag) constituting the electrode layer 2b include silver magnesium (AgMg), silver copper (AgCu), silver palladium (AgPd), silver palladium copper (AgPdCu), and silver indium (AgIn). ) And the like.
 以上のような電極層2bは、銀又は銀を主成分とした合金の層が、必要に応じて複数の層に分けて積層された構成であってもよい。 The electrode layer 2b as described above may have a structure in which silver or an alloy layer mainly composed of silver is divided into a plurality of layers as necessary.
 さらに、この電極層2bは、層厚が4~9nmの範囲内にあることが好ましい。層厚が9nmより薄い場合には、層の吸収成分又は反射成分が少なく、透明電極の透過率が大きくなる。また、層厚が4nmより厚い場合には、層の導電性を十分に確保することができる。 Furthermore, the electrode layer 2b preferably has a layer thickness in the range of 4 to 9 nm. When the layer thickness is thinner than 9 nm, the absorption component or reflection component of the layer is small, and the transmittance of the transparent electrode is increased. Further, when the layer thickness is thicker than 4 nm, the conductivity of the layer can be sufficiently secured.
 なお、以上のような下地層2aとこの上部に成膜された電極層2bからなる積層構造の第1透明電極2は、電極層2bの上部が保護膜で覆われていたり、別の電極層が積層されていてもよい。この場合、第1透明電極2の光透過性を損なうことのないように、保護膜及び別の電極層が光透過性を有することが好ましい。 The first transparent electrode 2 having a laminated structure composed of the base layer 2a and the electrode layer 2b formed on the base layer 2a as described above has an upper part of the electrode layer 2b covered with a protective film or another electrode layer. May be laminated. In this case, it is preferable that the protective film and the other electrode layer have light transmittance so as not to impair the light transmittance of the first transparent electrode 2.
 また、以上のような構成の第1透明電極2は、例えば、窒素原子を含んだ化合物を用いて構成された下地層2a上に、銀又は銀を主成分とする合金からなる電極層2bを設けた構成である。これにより、下地層2aの上部に電極層2bを成膜する際には、電極層2bを構成する銀原子が下地層2aを構成する窒素原子を含んだ化合物と相互作用し、銀原子の下地層2a表面においての拡散距離が減少し、銀の凝集が抑えられる。 In addition, the first transparent electrode 2 having the above-described configuration includes, for example, an electrode layer 2b made of silver or an alloy containing silver as a main component on an underlayer 2a formed using a compound containing nitrogen atoms. This is a configuration provided. As a result, when the electrode layer 2b is formed on the base layer 2a, the silver atoms constituting the electrode layer 2b interact with the compound containing nitrogen atoms constituting the base layer 2a. The diffusion distance on the surface of the formation 2a is reduced, and silver aggregation is suppressed.
 ここで、一般的に銀を主成分とした電極層2bの成膜においては、核成長型(Volumer-Weber:VW型)で薄膜成長するため、銀粒子が島状に孤立しやすく、層厚が薄いときは導電性を得ることが困難であり、シート抵抗値が高くなる。したがって、導電性を確保するには層厚を厚くする必要があるが、層厚を厚くすると光透過率が下がるため、透明電極としては不適であった。 Here, in general, in the formation of the electrode layer 2b containing silver as a main component, since the thin film is grown by a nuclear growth type (Volume-Weber: VW type), the silver particles are easily isolated in an island shape, and the layer thickness is increased. When the thickness is thin, it is difficult to obtain conductivity, and the sheet resistance value becomes high. Therefore, it is necessary to increase the layer thickness in order to ensure conductivity. However, if the layer thickness is increased, the light transmittance is lowered, so that it is not suitable as a transparent electrode.
 しかしながら、第1透明電極2によれば、上述したように下地層2a上において銀の凝集が抑えられるため、銀又は銀を主成分とする合金からなる電極層2bの成膜においては、単層成長型(Frank-van der Merwe:FM型)で薄膜成長するようになる。 However, according to the first transparent electrode 2, since aggregation of silver is suppressed on the base layer 2a as described above, in the film formation of the electrode layer 2b made of silver or an alloy containing silver as a main component, a single layer is formed. A thin film grows in a growth type (Frank-van der Merwe: FM type).
 また、ここで、第1透明電極2の透明とは、波長550nmでの光透過率が50%以上であることをいうが、下地層2aとして用いられる上述した各材料は、銀又は銀を主成分とする合金からなる電極層2bと比較して十分に光透過性の良好な膜である。一方、第1透明電極2の導電性は、主に、電極層2bによって確保される。したがって、上述のように、銀又は銀を主成分とする合金からなる電極層2bが、より薄い層厚で導電性が確保されたものとなることにより、第1透明電極2の導電性の向上と光透過性の向上との両立を図ることが可能になる。 Here, the transparency of the first transparent electrode 2 means that the light transmittance at a wavelength of 550 nm is 50% or more. However, each of the materials used as the underlayer 2a is mainly silver or silver. Compared with the electrode layer 2b made of an alloy as a component, the film has a sufficiently good light transmittance. On the other hand, the conductivity of the first transparent electrode 2 is ensured mainly by the electrode layer 2b. Therefore, as described above, the conductivity of the first transparent electrode 2 is improved by ensuring that the electrode layer 2b made of silver or an alloy containing silver as a main component has a thinner layer and conductivity is ensured. And the improvement of light transmittance can be achieved.
 《第2透明電極》
 第2透明電極6は、発光ユニット3に電子を供給する陰極(カソード)として機能する電極膜である。
 第2透明電極6は、銀又は銀を主成分とする合金を含有することが好ましい。
 具体的には、第2透明電極6の構成材料としては、銀又は銀を主成分とする合金を含有することが好ましいが、例えば、CuI、ITO(インジウムスズ酸化物)、SnO、ZnO、IZO(インジウム亜鉛酸化物)等の透過率が40%以上の導電性透明材料も用いることができる。
 なお、主成分とは、第2透明電極を構成する成分のうち、構成比率が最も高い成分をいう。その構成比率としては、60質量%以上であることが好ましく、90質量%以上であることがより好ましく、98質量%以上であることが特に好ましい。また、透明電極の透明とは、波長550nmでの光透過率が50%以上であることをいう。
<< 2nd transparent electrode >>
The second transparent electrode 6 is an electrode film that functions as a cathode that supplies electrons to the light emitting unit 3.
The second transparent electrode 6 preferably contains silver or an alloy containing silver as a main component.
Specifically, the constituent material of the second transparent electrode 6 preferably contains silver or an alloy containing silver as a main component. For example, CuI, ITO (indium tin oxide), SnO 2 , ZnO, A conductive transparent material having a transmittance of 40% or more such as IZO (indium zinc oxide) can also be used.
In addition, a main component means the component with the highest composition ratio among the components which comprise a 2nd transparent electrode. The composition ratio is preferably 60% by mass or more, more preferably 90% by mass or more, and particularly preferably 98% by mass or more. Moreover, the transparency of the transparent electrode means that the light transmittance at a wavelength of 550 nm is 50% or more.
 第2透明電極6の層厚が、15nm以下であることが好ましい。
 第2透明電極6の層厚を15nm以下にすることで、層による発光光の吸収又は反射が少なく、透過率が大きくなる点が好ましい。
The layer thickness of the second transparent electrode 6 is preferably 15 nm or less.
By setting the layer thickness of the second transparent electrode 6 to 15 nm or less, it is preferable that absorption or reflection of emitted light by the layer is small and transmittance is increased.
 第2透明電極6を構成する銀(Ag)を主成分とする合金としては、例えば、銀マグネシウム(AgMg)、銀銅(AgCu)、銀パラジウム(AgPd)、銀パラジウム銅(AgPdCu)、銀インジウム(AgIn)等が挙げられる。
 このような第2透明電極6の作製方法としては、塗布法、インクジェット法、コーティング法、ディップ法等のウェットプロセスを用いる方法や、蒸着法(抵抗加熱、EB法等)、スパッタ法、CVD法等のドライプロセスを用いる方法等が挙げられる。中でも、蒸着法が好ましく適用される。
 なお、この有機EL素子100が、陰極(第2透明電極)6側からも発光光hを取り出すものである場合であれば、上述した導電性材料のうち光透過性の良好な導電性材料を選択して第2透明電極6を構成すればよい。
Examples of the alloy mainly composed of silver (Ag) constituting the second transparent electrode 6 include silver magnesium (AgMg), silver copper (AgCu), silver palladium (AgPd), silver palladium copper (AgPdCu), and silver indium. (AgIn) etc. are mentioned.
As a method for producing such a second transparent electrode 6, a method using a wet process such as a coating method, an inkjet method, a coating method, a dip method, a vapor deposition method (resistance heating, EB method, etc.), a sputtering method, a CVD method, or the like. And a method using a dry process such as the above. Among these, the vapor deposition method is preferably applied.
In addition, if this organic EL element 100 is a thing which takes out the emitted light h also from the cathode (2nd transparent electrode) 6 side, the electroconductive material with favorable light transmittance among the electroconductive materials mentioned above will be used. The second transparent electrode 6 may be configured by selection.
 <補助電極>
 補助電極15は、第1透明電極2の抵抗を下げる目的で設けるものであって、第1透明電極2の電極層2bに接して設けられることが好ましい。補助電極15を形成する材料は、金、白金、銀、銅、アルミニウム等の抵抗が低い金属が好ましい。これらの金属は光透過性が低いため、光取り出し面からの発光光hの取り出しの影響のない範囲でパターン形成される。
<Auxiliary electrode>
The auxiliary electrode 15 is provided for the purpose of reducing the resistance of the first transparent electrode 2, and is preferably provided in contact with the electrode layer 2 b of the first transparent electrode 2. The material forming the auxiliary electrode 15 is preferably a metal having low resistance such as gold, platinum, silver, copper, or aluminum. Since these metals have low light transmittance, a pattern is formed in a range not affected by extraction of the emitted light h from the light extraction surface.
 このような補助電極15の形成方法としては、蒸着法、スパッタリング法、印刷法、インクジェット法、エアロゾルジェット法等が挙げられる。補助電極15の線幅は、光を取り出す開口率の観点から50μm以下であることが好ましく、補助電極15の厚さは、導電性の観点から1μm以上であることが好ましい。 Examples of the method of forming the auxiliary electrode 15 include a vapor deposition method, a sputtering method, a printing method, an ink jet method, and an aerosol jet method. The line width of the auxiliary electrode 15 is preferably 50 μm or less from the viewpoint of the aperture ratio for extracting light, and the thickness of the auxiliary electrode 15 is preferably 1 μm or more from the viewpoint of conductivity.
 <取り出し電極>
 取り出し電極16は、第1透明電極2と外部電源とを電気的に接続するものであって、その材料としては特に限定されるものではなく公知の素材を好適に使用できるが、例えば、3層構造からなるMAM電極(Mo/Al・Nd合金/Mo)等の金属膜を用いることができる。
<Extraction electrode>
The extraction electrode 16 is for electrically connecting the first transparent electrode 2 and an external power source, and the material thereof is not particularly limited and a known material can be suitably used. A metal film such as a MAM electrode (Mo / Al · Nd alloy / Mo) having a structure can be used.
 <発光ユニット>
 本発明に係る発光ユニットとは、少なくとも、後述する各種有機化合物を含有する、発光層、正孔輸送層、電子輸送層等の有機機能層を主体として構成される発光体(単位)をいう。当該発光体は、陽極と陰極からなる一対の電極の間に挟持されており、当該陽極から供給される正孔(ホール)と陰極から供給される電子が当該発光体内で再結合することにより発光する。
 本発明で用いられる発光ユニット3は、例えば、陽極(アノード)である第1透明電極2側から順に正孔輸送注入層3a/発光層3b/正孔阻止層3c/電子輸送注入層3dを積層した構成が例示される。以下において、各層について、詳細に説明する。
<Light emitting unit>
The light-emitting unit according to the present invention refers to a light-emitting body (unit) composed mainly of an organic functional layer such as a light-emitting layer, a hole transport layer, and an electron transport layer containing at least various organic compounds described below. The luminous body is sandwiched between a pair of electrodes consisting of an anode and a cathode, and light is emitted by recombination of holes (holes) supplied from the anode and electrons supplied from the cathode in the luminous body. To do.
In the light emitting unit 3 used in the present invention, for example, a hole transport injection layer 3a / a light emitting layer 3b / a hole blocking layer 3c / an electron transport injection layer 3d are stacked in this order from the first transparent electrode 2 side which is an anode (anode). The configuration is exemplified. Hereinafter, each layer will be described in detail.
 <発光層>
 本発明に用いられる発光層3bには、発光材料としてリン光発光化合物が含有されている。
<Light emitting layer>
The light emitting layer 3b used in the present invention contains a phosphorescent compound as a light emitting material.
 この発光層3bは、電極又は電子輸送注入層3dから注入された電子と、正孔輸送注入層3aから注入された正孔とが再結合して発光する層であり、発光する部分は発光層3bの層内であっても発光層3bと隣接する層との界面であってもよい。 The light emitting layer 3b is a layer that emits light by recombination of electrons injected from the electrode or the electron transport injection layer 3d and holes injected from the hole transport injection layer 3a. Even in the layer 3b, it may be the interface between the light emitting layer 3b and the adjacent layer.
 このような発光層3bとしては、含まれる発光材料が発光要件を満たしていれば、その構成には特に制限はない。また、同一の発光スペクトルや発光極大波長を有する層が複数層あってもよい。この場合、各発光層3b間には、非発光性の中間層(図示略)を有していることが好ましい。 Such a light emitting layer 3b is not particularly limited in its configuration as long as the contained light emitting material satisfies the light emission requirements. Moreover, there may be a plurality of layers having the same emission spectrum and emission maximum wavelength. In this case, it is preferable to have a non-light emitting intermediate layer (not shown) between the light emitting layers 3b.
 発光層3bの層厚の総和は1~100nmの範囲内にあることが好ましく、より低い駆動電圧を得ることができることから1~30nmの範囲内であることがより好ましい。
 なお、発光層3bの層厚の総和とは、発光層3b間に非発光性の中間層が存在する場合には、当該中間層も含む層厚である。
The total thickness of the light emitting layer 3b is preferably in the range of 1 to 100 nm, and more preferably in the range of 1 to 30 nm because a lower driving voltage can be obtained.
In addition, the sum total of the layer thickness of the light emitting layer 3b is a layer thickness also including the said intermediate | middle layer, when a nonluminous intermediate | middle layer exists between the light emitting layers 3b.
 複数層を積層した構成の発光層3bの場合、個々の発光層の層厚としては、1~50nmの範囲内に調整することが好ましく、さらに好ましくは1~20nmの範囲内に調整することがより好ましい。積層された複数の発光層が、青、緑、赤のそれぞれの発光色に対応する場合、青、緑、赤の各発光層の層厚の関係については、特に制限はない。 In the case of the light emitting layer 3b having a structure in which a plurality of layers are laminated, the thickness of each light emitting layer is preferably adjusted within the range of 1 to 50 nm, more preferably within the range of 1 to 20 nm. More preferred. When the plurality of stacked light emitting layers correspond to blue, green, and red light emission colors, there is no particular limitation on the relationship between the thicknesses of the blue, green, and red light emitting layers.
 以上のような発光層3bは、後述する発光材料やホスト化合物を、例えば、真空蒸着法、スピンコート法、キャスト法、LB法、インクジェット法等の公知の薄膜形成方法により成膜して形成することができる。 The light emitting layer 3b as described above is formed by forming a light emitting material or a host compound described later by a known thin film forming method such as a vacuum deposition method, a spin coating method, a casting method, an LB method, or an ink jet method. be able to.
 また、発光層3bは、複数の発光材料を混合してもよく、またリン光発光材料と蛍光発光材料(蛍光ドーパント、蛍光性化合物ともいう)とを同一発光層3b中に混合して用いてもよい。 The light emitting layer 3b may be a mixture of a plurality of light emitting materials, and a phosphorescent light emitting material and a fluorescent light emitting material (also referred to as a fluorescent dopant or a fluorescent compound) are mixed and used in the same light emitting layer 3b. Also good.
 発光層3bの構成として、ホスト化合物(発光ホスト等ともいう)、発光材料(発光ドーパントともいう)を含有し、発光材料より発光させることが好ましい。 The structure of the light emitting layer 3b preferably includes a host compound (also referred to as a light emitting host) and a light emitting material (also referred to as a light emitting dopant), and emits light from the light emitting material.
(1)ホスト化合物
 発光層3bに含有されるホスト化合物としては、室温(25℃)におけるリン光発光のリン光量子収率が0.1未満の化合物が好ましい。さらに好ましくはリン光量子収率が0.01未満である。また、発光層3bに含有される化合物の中で、その層中での体積比が50%以上であることが好ましい。
(1) Host compound As the host compound contained in the light emitting layer 3b, a compound having a phosphorescence quantum yield of phosphorescence emission at room temperature (25 ° C) of less than 0.1 is preferable. More preferably, the phosphorescence quantum yield is less than 0.01. Moreover, it is preferable that the volume ratio in the layer is 50% or more among the compounds contained in the light emitting layer 3b.
 ホスト化合物としては、公知のホスト化合物を単独で用いてもよく、又は複数種用いてもよい。ホスト化合物を複数種用いることで、電荷の移動を調整することが可能であり、有機EL素子100を高効率化することができる。また、後述する発光材料を複数種用いることで、異なる発光を混ぜることが可能となり、これにより任意の発光色を得ることができる。 As the host compound, a known host compound may be used alone, or a plurality of types may be used. By using a plurality of types of host compounds, it is possible to adjust the movement of charges, and the organic EL element 100 can be made highly efficient. In addition, by using a plurality of kinds of light emitting materials described later, it is possible to mix different light emission, thereby obtaining an arbitrary light emission color.
 用いられるホスト化合物としては、従来公知の低分子化合物でも、繰り返し単位をもつ高分子化合物でもよく、ビニル基やエポキシ基のような重合性基を有する低分子化合物(蒸着重合性発光ホスト)でもよい。 The host compound used may be a conventionally known low molecular compound, a high molecular compound having a repeating unit, or a low molecular compound having a polymerizable group such as a vinyl group or an epoxy group (evaporation polymerizable light emitting host). .
 公知のホスト化合物としては、正孔輸送能、電子輸送能を有しつつ、発光の長波長化を防ぎ、かつ高Tg(ガラス転移温度)の化合物であることが好ましい。
 ここでいうガラス転移点(Tg)とは、DSC(Differential Scanning Colorimetry:示差走査熱量法)を用いて、JIS K 7121に準拠した方法により求められる値である。
The known host compound is preferably a compound that has a hole transporting ability and an electron transporting ability, prevents the emission of light from becoming longer, and has a high Tg (glass transition temperature).
The glass transition point (Tg) here is a value obtained by a method based on JIS K 7121 using DSC (Differential Scanning Colorimetry).
 公知のホスト化合物の具体例としては、以下の文献に記載されている化合物を用いることができる。例えば、特開2010-251675号公報、特開2001-257076号公報、同2002-308855号公報、同2001-313179号公報、同2002-319491号公報、同2001-357977号公報、同2002-334786号公報、同2002-8860号公報、同2002-334787号公報、同2002-15871号公報、同2002-334788号公報、同2002-43056号公報、同2002-334789号公報、同2002-75645号公報、同2002-338579号公報、同2002-105445号公報、同2002-343568号公報、同2002-141173号公報、同2002-352957号公報、同2002-203683号公報、同2002-363227号公報、同2002-231453号公報、同2003-3165号公報、同2002-234888号公報、同2003-27048号公報、同2002-255934号公報、同2002-260861号公報、同2002-280183号公報、同2002-299060号公報、同2002-302516号公報、同2002-305083号公報、同2002-305084号公報、同2002-308837号公報等が挙げられる。 As specific examples of known host compounds, compounds described in the following documents can be used. For example, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open Nos. 2010-251675, 2001-257076, 2002-308855, 2001-313179, 2002-319491, 2001-357777, 2002-334786. Gazette, 2002-8860, 2002-334787, 2002-15871, 2002-334788, 2002-43056, 2002-334789, 2002-75645 Gazette, 2002-338579 gazette, 2002-105445 gazette, 2002-343568 gazette, 2002-141173 gazette, 2002-352957 gazette, 2002-203683 gazette, 2002-363227 gazette. Gazette, 2002-231453, 2003-3165, 2002-234888, 2003-27048, 2002-255934, 2002-260861, 2002-280183 No. 2002-299060, No. 2002-302516, No. 2002-305083, No. 2002-305084, No. 2002-308837, and the like.
(2)発光材料
 本発明で用いることのできる発光材料としては、リン光発光性化合物(リン光性化合物、リン光発光材料ともいう。)とケイ光発光性化合物(ケイ光性化合物、ケイ光発光材料ともいう。)が挙げられる。
(2) Luminescent Material As the luminescent material that can be used in the present invention, a phosphorescent compound (also referred to as a phosphorescent compound or a phosphorescent material) and a fluorescent compound (fluorescent compound, fluorescent) Also referred to as a light-emitting material).
 《リン光発光性化合物》
 リン光発光性化合物とは、励起三重項からの発光が観測される化合物であり、具体的には室温(25℃)にてリン光発光する化合物であり、リン光量子収率が25℃において0.01以上の化合物であると定義されるが、好ましいリン光量子収率は0.1以上である。
<Phosphorescent compound>
The phosphorescent compound is a compound in which light emission from an excited triplet is observed. Specifically, it is a compound that emits phosphorescence at room temperature (25 ° C.), and the phosphorescence quantum yield is 0 at 25 ° C. A preferred phosphorescence quantum yield is 0.1 or more, although it is defined as 0.01 or more compounds.
 上記リン光量子収率は、第4版実験化学講座7の分光IIの398頁(1992年版、丸善)に記載の方法により測定できる。溶液中でのリン光量子収率は種々の溶媒を用いて測定できるが、本発明においてリン光発光性化合物を用いる場合、任意の溶媒のいずれかにおいて上記リン光量子収率(0.01以上)が達成されればよい。 The phosphorescent quantum yield can be measured by the method described in Spectroscopic II, page 398 (1992 edition, Maruzen) of the Fourth Edition Experimental Chemistry Course 7. Although the phosphorescence quantum yield in a solution can be measured using various solvents, when the phosphorescent compound is used in the present invention, the above phosphorescence quantum yield (0.01 or more) is obtained in any solvent. It only has to be achieved.
 リン光発光性化合物の発光の原理としては、2種挙げられる。一つは、キャリアが輸送されるホスト化合物上でキャリアの再結合が起こってホスト化合物の励起状態が生成し、このエネルギーをリン光発光性化合物に移動させることでリン光発光性化合物からの発光を得るというエネルギー移動型であり、もう一つは、リン光発光性化合物がキャリアトラップとなり、リン光発光性化合物上でキャリアの再結合が起こりリン光発光性化合物からの発光が得られるというキャリアトラップ型である。いずれの場合においても、リン光発光性化合物の励起状態のエネルギーは、ホスト化合物の励起状態のエネルギーよりも低いことが条件となる。 There are two types of light emission principles of phosphorescent compounds. One is that recombination of carriers occurs on the host compound to which carriers are transported to generate an excited state of the host compound, and this energy is transferred to the phosphorescent compound to emit light from the phosphorescent compound. The other is a carrier in which the phosphorescent compound becomes a carrier trap and recombination of carriers occurs on the phosphorescent compound, and light emission from the phosphorescent compound is obtained. It is a trap type. In either case, the condition is that the excited state energy of the phosphorescent compound is lower than the excited state energy of the host compound.
 リン光発光性化合物は、一般的な有機EL素子の発光層に使用される公知のものの中から適宜選択して用いることができるが、好ましくは元素の周期表で8~10族の金属を含有する錯体系化合物であり、さらに好ましくはイリジウム化合物、オスミウム化合物若しくは白金化合物(白金錯体系化合物)又は希土類錯体であり、中でも最も好ましいのはイリジウム化合物である。 The phosphorescent compound can be appropriately selected from known compounds used for the light-emitting layer of a general organic EL device, but preferably contains a group 8 to 10 metal in the periodic table of elements. More preferred are iridium compounds, osmium compounds, platinum compounds (platinum complex compounds) or rare earth complexes, and most preferred are iridium compounds.
 本発明においては、少なくとも一つの発光層3bに2種以上のリン光発光性化合物を含有していてもよく、発光層3bにおけるリン光発光性化合物の濃度比が発光層3bの厚さ方向で変化していてもよい。 In the present invention, at least one light emitting layer 3b may contain two or more phosphorescent compounds, and the concentration ratio of the phosphorescent compounds in the light emitting layer 3b is in the thickness direction of the light emitting layer 3b. It may have changed.
 リン光発光性化合物は、好ましくは発光層3bの総量に対し、0.1体積%以上30体積%未満である。 The phosphorescent compound is preferably 0.1% by volume or more and less than 30% by volume with respect to the total amount of the light emitting layer 3b.
 また、リン光発光性化合物は、有機EL素子の発光層に使用される公知のものの中から適宜選択して用いることができる。 The phosphorescent compound can be appropriately selected from known compounds used for the light emitting layer of the organic EL device.
 本発明に用いられるリン光発光性化合物の具体例としては、特開2010-251675号公報に記載の化合物を用いることができるが、本発明はこれらに限定されない。 As specific examples of the phosphorescent compound used in the present invention, compounds described in JP2010-251675A can be used, but the present invention is not limited thereto.
 《ケイ光発光性化合物》
 ケイ光発光性化合物としては、クマリン系色素、ピラン系色素、シアニン系色素、クロコニウム系色素、スクアリウム系色素、オキソベンツアントラセン系色素、フルオレセイン系色素、ローダミン系色素、ピリリウム系色素、ペリレン系色素、スチルベン系色素、ポリチオフェン系色素、又は希土類錯体系蛍光体等が挙げられる。
<Silluminescent compound>
As the fluorescent compound, coumarin dyes, pyran dyes, cyanine dyes, croconium dyes, squalium dyes, oxobenzanthracene dyes, fluorescein dyes, rhodamine dyes, pyrylium dyes, perylene dyes, Examples thereof include stilbene dyes, polythiophene dyes, and rare earth complex phosphors.
 <注入層:正孔輸送注入層、電子輸送注入層>
 注入層とは、駆動電圧低下や発光輝度向上のために電極と発光層3bとの間に設けられる層のことで、「有機EL素子とその工業化最前線(1998年11月30日エヌ・ティー・エス社発行)」の第2編第2章「電極材料」(123~166頁)に詳細に記載されており、正孔輸送注入層3aと電子輸送注入層3dとがある。
<Injection layer: hole transport injection layer, electron transport injection layer>
The injection layer is a layer provided between the electrode and the light emitting layer 3b in order to lower the driving voltage or improve the light emission luminance. “The organic EL element and its industrialization front line (November 30, 1998, NTT) (Published by S. Co., Ltd.) ”, Chapter 2“ Chapter 2 “Electrode Materials” (pages 123 to 166), which includes a hole transport injection layer 3a and an electron transport injection layer 3d.
 正孔輸送注入層3aは、正孔輸送層と正孔注入層の機能を併せ持つ層である。また、電子輸送注入層3dについても、電子輸送層と電子注入層の機能を併せ持つ層である。正孔輸送注入層3aの層厚については特に制限はないが、通常は5nm~5μm程度、好ましくは5~200nmの範囲内である。電子輸送注入層3dの層厚についても特に制限はないが、通常は5nm~5μm程度、好ましくは5~200nmの範囲内である。以下にそれぞれの機能を、正孔輸送層、正孔注入層、電子輸送層、電子注入層のそれぞれにわけて説明する。 The hole transport injection layer 3a is a layer having both functions of a hole transport layer and a hole injection layer. The electron transport injection layer 3d is also a layer having both functions of an electron transport layer and an electron injection layer. The layer thickness of the hole transport injection layer 3a is not particularly limited, but is usually about 5 nm to 5 μm, preferably 5 to 200 nm. The layer thickness of the electron transport injection layer 3d is not particularly limited, but is usually about 5 nm to 5 μm, preferably 5 to 200 nm. Each function will be described below for each of the hole transport layer, the hole injection layer, the electron transport layer, and the electron injection layer.
 正孔注入層は、特開平9-45479号公報、同9-260062号公報、同8-288069号公報等にもその詳細が記載されており、具体例として、銅フタロシアニンに代表されるフタロシアニン層、酸化バナジウムに代表される酸化物層、アモルファスカーボン層、ポリアニリン(エメラルディン)やポリチオフェン等の導電性高分子を用いた高分子層等が挙げられる。 The details of the hole injection layer are described in JP-A Nos. 9-45479, 9-260062, and 8-288069. Specific examples thereof include a phthalocyanine layer represented by copper phthalocyanine. And an oxide layer typified by vanadium oxide, an amorphous carbon layer, and a polymer layer using a conductive polymer such as polyaniline (emeraldine) or polythiophene.
 電子注入層は、特開平6-325871号公報、同9-17574号公報、同10-74586号公報等にもその詳細が記載されており、具体的にはストロンチウムやアルミニウム等に代表される金属層、フッ化カリウムに代表されるアルカリ金属ハライド層、フッ化マグネシウムに代表されるアルカリ土類金属化合物層、酸化モリブデンに代表される酸化物層等が挙げられる。本発明に用いられる電子注入層はごく薄い膜からなる層であることが望ましく、素材にもよるがその層厚は1nm~10μmの範囲内であることが好ましい。 The details of the electron injection layer are also described in JP-A-6-325871, JP-A-9-17574, JP-A-10-74586, and the like, and specifically, metals such as strontium and aluminum Examples thereof include an alkali metal halide layer typified by potassium fluoride, an alkaline earth metal compound layer typified by magnesium fluoride, and an oxide layer typified by molybdenum oxide. The electron injection layer used in the present invention is preferably a very thin layer, and the layer thickness is preferably in the range of 1 nm to 10 μm, depending on the material.
<正孔輸送層>
 正孔輸送層は、正孔を輸送する機能を有する正孔輸送材料からなり、広い意味で正孔注入層、電子阻止層も正孔輸送層に含まれる。正孔輸送層は単層又は複数層設けることができる。
<Hole transport layer>
The hole transport layer is made of a hole transport material having a function of transporting holes, and in a broad sense, a hole injection layer and an electron blocking layer are also included in the hole transport layer. The hole transport layer can be provided as a single layer or a plurality of layers.
 正孔輸送材料としては、正孔の注入又は輸送、電子の障壁性のいずれかを有するものであり、有機物、無機物のいずれであってもよい。例えば、トリアゾール誘導体、オキサジアゾール誘導体、イミダゾール誘導体、ポリアリールアルカン誘導体、ピラゾリン誘導体及びピラゾロン誘導体、フェニレンジアミン誘導体、アリールアミン誘導体、アミノ置換カルコン誘導体、オキサゾール誘導体、スチリルアントラセン誘導体、フルオレノン誘導体、ヒドラゾン誘導体、スチルベン誘導体、シラザン誘導体、アニリン系共重合体、導電性高分子オリゴマー、特にチオフェンオリゴマー等が挙げられる。 The hole transport material has any of hole injection or transport and electron barrier properties, and may be either organic or inorganic. For example, triazole derivatives, oxadiazole derivatives, imidazole derivatives, polyarylalkane derivatives, pyrazoline derivatives and pyrazolone derivatives, phenylenediamine derivatives, arylamine derivatives, amino-substituted chalcone derivatives, oxazole derivatives, styrylanthracene derivatives, fluorenone derivatives, hydrazone derivatives, Examples thereof include stilbene derivatives, silazane derivatives, aniline copolymers, conductive polymer oligomers, particularly thiophene oligomers.
 正孔輸送材料としては、上記のものを使用することができるが、ポルフィリン化合物、芳香族第3級アミン化合物及びスチリルアミン化合物、特に芳香族第3級アミン化合物を用いることが好ましい。 As the hole transport material, those described above can be used, but it is preferable to use a porphyrin compound, an aromatic tertiary amine compound and a styrylamine compound, particularly an aromatic tertiary amine compound.
 芳香族第3級アミン化合物及びスチリルアミン化合物の代表例としては、N,N,N′,N′-テトラフェニル-4,4′-ジアミノフェニル、N,N′-ジフェニル-N,N′-ビス(3-メチルフェニル)-〔1,1′-ビフェニル〕-4,4′-ジアミン(TPD)、2,2-ビス(4-ジ-p-トリルアミノフェニル)プロパン、1,1-ビス(4-ジ-p-トリルアミノフェニル)シクロヘキサン、N,N,N′,N′-テトラ-p-トリル-4,4′-ジアミノビフェニル、1,1-ビス(4-ジ-p-トリルアミノフェニル)-4-フェニルシクロヘキサン、ビス(4-ジメチルアミノ-2-メチルフェニル)フェニルメタン、ビス(4-ジ-p-トリルアミノフェニル)フェニルメタン、N,N′-ジフェニル-N,N′-ジ(4-メトキシフェニル)-4,4′-ジアミノビフェニル、N,N,N′,N′-テトラフェニル-4,4′-ジアミノジフェニルエーテル、4,4′-ビス(ジフェニルアミノ)クオードリフェニル、N,N,N-トリ(p-トリル)アミン、4-(ジ-p-トリルアミノ)-4′-〔4-(ジ-p-トリルアミノ)スチリル〕スチルベン、4-N,N-ジフェニルアミノ-(2-ジフェニルビニル)ベンゼン、3-メトキシ-4′-N,N-ジフェニルアミノスチルベンゼン、N-フェニルカルバゾール、さらには、米国特許第5061569号明細書に記載されている2個の縮合芳香族環を分子内に有するもの、例えば、4,4′-ビス〔N-(1-ナフチル)-N-フェニルアミノ〕ビフェニル(NPD)、特開平4-308688号公報に記載されているトリフェニルアミンユニットが三つスターバースト型に連結された4,4′,4″-トリス〔N-(3-メチルフェニル)-N-フェニルアミノ〕トリフェニルアミン(MTDATA)等が挙げられる。 Representative examples of aromatic tertiary amine compounds and styrylamine compounds include N, N, N ′, N′-tetraphenyl-4,4′-diaminophenyl, N, N′-diphenyl-N, N′— Bis (3-methylphenyl)-[1,1'-biphenyl] -4,4'-diamine (TPD), 2,2-bis (4-di-p-tolylaminophenyl) propane, 1,1-bis (4-di-p-tolylaminophenyl) cyclohexane, N, N, N ′, N′-tetra-p-tolyl-4,4′-diaminobiphenyl, 1,1-bis (4-di-p-tolyl) Aminophenyl) -4-phenylcyclohexane, bis (4-dimethylamino-2-methylphenyl) phenylmethane, bis (4-di-p-tolylaminophenyl) phenylmethane, N, N'-diphenyl-N, N ' Di (4-methoxyphenyl) -4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, N, N, N ', N'-tetraphenyl-4,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether, 4,4'-bis (diphenylamino) quadriphenyl N, N, N-tri (p-tolyl) amine, 4- (di-p-tolylamino) -4 '-[4- (di-p-tolylamino) styryl] stilbene, 4-N, N-diphenylamino -(2-diphenylvinyl) benzene, 3-methoxy-4'-N, N-diphenylaminostilbenzene, N-phenylcarbazole, and two condensed fragrances described in US Pat. No. 5,061,569 Having an aromatic ring in the molecule, for example, 4,4'-bis [N- (1-naphthyl) -N-phenylamino] biphenyl (NPD), JP-A-4-308 No. 88, 4,4 ′, 4 ″ -tris [N- (3-methylphenyl) -N-phenylamino] triphenylamine in which three triphenylamine units are linked in a starburst type ( MTDATA) and the like.
 さらに、これらの材料を高分子鎖に導入した、又はこれらの材料を高分子の主鎖とした高分子材料を用いることもできる。また、p型-Si、p型-SiC等の無機化合物も正孔注入材料、正孔輸送材料として使用することができる。 Furthermore, polymer materials in which these materials are introduced into polymer chains or these materials are used as polymer main chains can also be used. In addition, inorganic compounds such as p-type-Si and p-type-SiC can also be used as the hole injection material and the hole transport material.
 また、特開平11-251067号公報、J.Huang et.al.,Applied Physics Letters,80(2002),p.139に記載されているような、いわゆるp型正孔輸送材料を用いることもできる。本発明においては、より高効率の発光素子が得られることから、これらの材料を用いることが好ましい。 Also, JP-A-11-251067, J. Org. Huang et. al. , Applied Physics Letters, 80 (2002), p. A so-called p-type hole transport material as described in 139 can also be used. In the present invention, it is preferable to use these materials because a light-emitting element with higher efficiency can be obtained.
 正孔輸送層は、上記正孔輸送材料を、例えば、真空蒸着法、スピンコート法、キャスト法、インクジェット法を含む印刷法、LB法等の公知の方法により、薄膜化することで形成することができる。この正孔輸送層は、上記材料の1種又は2種以上からなる1層構造であってもよい。 The hole transport layer is formed by thinning the hole transport material by a known method such as a vacuum deposition method, a spin coating method, a casting method, a printing method including an ink jet method, or an LB method. Can do. The hole transport layer may have a single layer structure composed of one or more of the above materials.
 また、正孔輸送層の材料に不純物をドープしてp性を高くすることもできる。その例としては、特開平4-297076号公報、特開2000-196140号公報、同2001-102175号公報、J.Appl.Phys.,95,5773(2004)等に記載されたものが挙げられる。 It is also possible to increase the p property by doping impurities in the material of the hole transport layer. Examples thereof include JP-A-4-297076, JP-A-2000-196140, 2001-102175, J.A. Appl. Phys. 95, 5773 (2004), and the like.
 このように、正孔輸送層のp性を高くすると、より低消費電力の素子を作製することができるため好ましい。 Thus, it is preferable to increase the p property of the hole transport layer because an element with lower power consumption can be manufactured.
 <電子輸送層>
 電子輸送層は、電子を輸送する機能を有する材料からなり、広い意味で電子注入層、正孔阻止層も電子輸送層に含まれる。電子輸送層は単層構造又は複数層の積層構造として設けることができる。
<Electron transport layer>
The electron transport layer is made of a material having a function of transporting electrons, and in a broad sense, an electron injection layer and a hole blocking layer are also included in the electron transport layer. The electron transport layer can be provided as a single-layer structure or a multi-layer structure.
 単層構造の電子輸送層及び積層構造の電子輸送層において、発光層3bに隣接する層部分を構成する電子輸送材料(正孔阻止材料を兼ねる)としては、カソードより注入された電子を発光層3bに伝達する機能を有していればよい。このような材料としては従来公知の化合物の中から任意のものを選択して用いることができる。
 例えば、ニトロ置換フルオレン誘導体、ジフェニルキノン誘導体、チオピランジオキシド誘導体、カルボジイミド、フレオレニリデンメタン誘導体、アントラキノジメタン、アントロン誘導体及びオキサジアゾール誘導体等が挙げられる。さらに、上記オキサジアゾール誘導体において、オキサジアゾール環の酸素原子を硫黄原子に置換したチアジアゾール誘導体、電子吸引基として知られているキノキサリン環を有するキノキサリン誘導体も、電子輸送層の材料として用いることができる。さらにこれらの材料を高分子鎖に導入した、又はこれらの材料を高分子の主鎖とした高分子材料を用いることもできる。
In the electron transport layer having a single layer structure and the electron transport layer having a multilayer structure, an electron transport material (also serving as a hole blocking material) constituting a layer portion adjacent to the light emitting layer 3b is used as the light emitting layer. What is necessary is just to have the function to transmit to 3b. As such a material, any one of conventionally known compounds can be selected and used.
Examples include nitro-substituted fluorene derivatives, diphenylquinone derivatives, thiopyran dioxide derivatives, carbodiimides, fluorenylidenemethane derivatives, anthraquinodimethane, anthrone derivatives, and oxadiazole derivatives. Furthermore, in the above oxadiazole derivative, a thiadiazole derivative in which the oxygen atom of the oxadiazole ring is substituted with a sulfur atom, and a quinoxaline derivative having a quinoxaline ring known as an electron-withdrawing group can also be used as a material for the electron transport layer. it can. Furthermore, a polymer material in which these materials are introduced into a polymer chain or these materials are used as a polymer main chain can also be used.
 また、8-キノリノール誘導体の金属錯体、例えば、トリス(8-キノリノール)アルミニウム(Alq)、トリス(5,7-ジクロロ-8-キノリノール)アルミニウム、トリス(5,7-ジブロモ-8-キノリノール)アルミニウム、トリス(2-メチル-8-キノリノール)アルミニウム、トリス(5-メチル-8-キノリノール)アルミニウム、ビス(8-キノリノール)亜鉛(Znq)等及びこれらの金属錯体の中心金属がIn、Mg、Cu、Ca、Sn、Ga又はPbに置き替わった金属錯体も、電子輸送層の材料として用いることができる。 In addition, metal complexes of 8-quinolinol derivatives such as tris (8-quinolinol) aluminum (Alq 3 ), tris (5,7-dichloro-8-quinolinol) aluminum, tris (5,7-dibromo-8-quinolinol) Aluminum, tris (2-methyl-8-quinolinol) aluminum, tris (5-methyl-8-quinolinol) aluminum, bis (8-quinolinol) zinc (Znq), etc. and the central metals of these metal complexes are In, Mg, Metal complexes replaced with Cu, Ca, Sn, Ga, or Pb can also be used as the material for the electron transport layer.
 その他、メタルフリー若しくはメタルフタロシアニン又はそれらの末端がアルキル基やスルホン酸基等で置換されているものも、電子輸送層の材料として好ましく用いることができる。また、発光層3bの材料としても用いられるジスチリルピラジン誘導体も電子輸送層の材料として用いることができるし、正孔注入層、正孔輸送層と同様にn型-Si、n型-SiC等の無機半導体も電子輸送層の材料として用いることができる。 In addition, metal-free or metal phthalocyanine or those whose terminal is substituted with an alkyl group or a sulfonic acid group can be preferably used as the material for the electron transport layer. Further, a distyrylpyrazine derivative that is also used as a material for the light emitting layer 3b can be used as a material for the electron transport layer. Like the hole injection layer and the hole transport layer, n-type-Si, n-type-SiC, etc. These inorganic semiconductors can also be used as a material for the electron transport layer.
 電子輸送層は、上記材料を、例えば、真空蒸着法、スピンコート法、キャスト法、インクジェット法を含む印刷法、LB法等の公知の方法により、薄膜化することにより形成することができる。電子輸送層は上記材料の1種又は2種以上からなる1層構造であってもよい。 The electron transport layer can be formed by thinning the above material by a known method such as a vacuum deposition method, a spin coating method, a casting method, a printing method including an ink jet method, or an LB method. The electron transport layer may have a single layer structure composed of one or more of the above materials.
 また、電子輸送層に不純物をドープし、n性を高くすることもできる。その例としては、特開平4-297076号公報、同10-270172号公報、特開2000-196140号公報、同2001-102175号公報、J.Appl.Phys.,95,5773(2004)等に記載されたものが挙げられる。さらに、電子輸送層には、カリウムやカリウム化合物などを含有させることが好ましい。カリウム化合物としては、例えば、フッ化カリウム等を用いることができる。このように電子輸送層のn性を高くすると、より低消費電力の素子を作製することができる。 Also, impurities can be doped in the electron transport layer to increase the n property. Examples thereof include JP-A-4-297076, JP-A-10-270172, JP-A-2000-196140, 2001-102175, J.A. Appl. Phys. 95, 5773 (2004), and the like. Furthermore, it is preferable to contain potassium, a potassium compound, etc. in an electron carrying layer. As the potassium compound, for example, potassium fluoride can be used. Thus, when the n property of the electron transport layer is increased, an element with lower power consumption can be manufactured.
 また、電子輸送層の材料(電子輸送性化合物)として、上述した下地層2aを構成する材料と同様のものを用いてもよい。これは、電子注入層を兼ねた電子輸送層であっても同様であり、上述した下地層2aを構成する材料と同様のものを用いてもよい。 Further, as the material for the electron transporting layer (electron transporting compound), the same material as that constituting the base layer 2a described above may be used. The same applies to the electron transport layer that also serves as the electron injection layer, and the same material as that of the base layer 2a described above may be used.
 <阻止層:正孔阻止層、電子阻止層>
 阻止層は、上記のように、有機化合物薄膜の基本構成層の他に、必要に応じて設けられるものである。例えば、特開平11-204258号公報、同11-204359号公報及び「有機EL素子とその工業化最前線(1998年11月30日エヌ・ティー・エス社発行)」の237頁等に記載されている正孔阻止(ホールブロック)層がある。
<Blocking layer: hole blocking layer, electron blocking layer>
As described above, the blocking layer is provided as necessary in addition to the basic constituent layer of the organic compound thin film. For example, as described in JP-A Nos. 11-204258 and 11-204359 and “Organic EL elements and the forefront of industrialization (published by NTT Corporation on November 30, 1998)”. There is a hole blocking layer.
 正孔阻止層とは、広い意味では、電子輸送層の機能を有する。正孔阻止層は、電子を輸送する機能を有しつつ正孔を輸送する能力が著しく小さい正孔阻止材料からなり、電子を輸送しつつ正孔を阻止することで電子と正孔の再結合確率を向上させることができる。また、電子輸送層の構成を必要に応じて、正孔阻止層として用いることができる。正孔阻止層は、発光層3bに隣接して設けられていることが好ましい。 The hole blocking layer has a function of an electron transport layer in a broad sense. The hole blocking layer is made of a hole blocking material that has a function of transporting electrons but has a very small ability to transport holes, and recombines electrons and holes by blocking holes while transporting electrons. Probability can be improved. Moreover, the structure of an electron carrying layer can be used as a hole-blocking layer as needed. The hole blocking layer is preferably provided adjacent to the light emitting layer 3b.
 一方、電子阻止層とは、広い意味では、正孔輸送層の機能を有する。電子阻止層は、正孔を輸送する機能を有しつつ電子を輸送する能力が著しく小さい材料からなり、正孔を輸送しつつ電子を阻止することで電子と正孔の再結合確率を向上させることができる。また、正孔輸送層の構成を必要に応じて電子阻止層として用いることができる。正孔阻止層の層厚としては、好ましくは3~100nmの範囲内であり、さらに好ましくは5~30nmの範囲内である。 On the other hand, the electron blocking layer has a function of a hole transport layer in a broad sense. The electron blocking layer is made of a material that has a function of transporting holes but has a very small ability to transport electrons, and improves the probability of recombination of electrons and holes by blocking electrons while transporting holes. be able to. Moreover, the structure of a positive hole transport layer can be used as an electron blocking layer as needed. The thickness of the hole blocking layer is preferably in the range of 3 to 100 nm, more preferably in the range of 5 to 30 nm.
 <光学調整層>
 光学調整層8は、第2透明電極6と反射層9との間に位置することが好ましい。光学調整層8は、陰極としての機能と反射層としての機能を分離させ、距離をとることで、発光点から遠い位置で反射させることができるため、プラズモン吸収による損失を小さくすることができる。
 光学調整層8の光学層厚は、100nm以上が好ましく、より好ましくは180nm以上、特に好ましくは200nm以上である。光学調整層8の光学層厚を100nm以上にすることにより、プラズモン吸収による損失を低減することができる。ここで、光学層厚とは実際の層厚に発光極大波長のうち最も短い波長における光学調整層の層材料の屈折率を乗じた数値である。
<Optical adjustment layer>
The optical adjustment layer 8 is preferably located between the second transparent electrode 6 and the reflective layer 9. The optical adjustment layer 8 separates the function as the cathode and the function as the reflection layer, and can be reflected at a position far from the light emitting point by taking a distance. Therefore, loss due to plasmon absorption can be reduced.
The optical layer thickness of the optical adjustment layer 8 is preferably 100 nm or more, more preferably 180 nm or more, and particularly preferably 200 nm or more. By setting the optical layer thickness of the optical adjustment layer 8 to 100 nm or more, loss due to plasmon absorption can be reduced. Here, the optical layer thickness is a numerical value obtained by multiplying the actual layer thickness by the refractive index of the layer material of the optical adjustment layer at the shortest wavelength among the light emission maximum wavelengths.
 光学調整層8は、発光光を透過させることができる材料であれば特に限定はなく、一般的な有機層を用いることができる。例えば、下地層2aで用いた材料を適用することも好ましい。光学調整層8は、下地層2aで用いた含窒素化合物又は含硫黄化合物を蒸着又はスピンコートにより成膜することが好ましい。
 具体的には、平滑層1から発光ユニット3及び第2透明電極6までの層を形成したフィルム基板4を真空槽内に移し、光学調整層材料の入った加熱ボートに通電し、光学調整層材料を含有する光学調整層8を成膜する。
 なお、光学調整層8の屈折率は、別途作成した光学調整層の単膜を、25℃の雰囲気下で、発光ユニットからの発光光の発光極大波長のうち最も短い発光極大波長の光線を照射し、アッベ屈折率計(ATAGO社製、DR-M2)を用いて測定する。これにより、光学調整層の光学距離(光学層厚(d×n))は、層厚d(nm)×屈折率nを計算することで算出することができる。
The optical adjustment layer 8 is not particularly limited as long as it is a material that can transmit emitted light, and a general organic layer can be used. For example, it is also preferable to apply the material used in the base layer 2a. The optical adjustment layer 8 is preferably formed by vapor deposition or spin coating of the nitrogen-containing compound or sulfur-containing compound used in the underlayer 2a.
Specifically, the film substrate 4 on which the layers from the smooth layer 1 to the light emitting unit 3 and the second transparent electrode 6 are formed is transferred into a vacuum chamber, and the heating boat containing the optical adjustment layer material is energized, and the optical adjustment layer An optical adjustment layer 8 containing the material is formed.
The refractive index of the optical adjustment layer 8 is such that a single film of the optical adjustment layer prepared separately is irradiated with light having the shortest emission maximum wavelength among the emission maximum wavelengths of the emitted light from the light emitting unit in an atmosphere at 25 ° C. Then, it is measured using an Abbe refractometer (manufactured by ATAGO, DR-M2). Thereby, the optical distance (optical layer thickness (d × n)) of the optical adjustment layer can be calculated by calculating layer thickness d (nm) × refractive index n.
 <反射層>
 反射層9は、発光ユニット3で発生した発光光を反射する層として設けられる。
 反射層9に用いられる反射層材料としては、ナトリウム、ナトリウム-カリウム合金、マグネシウム、リチウム、マグネシウム/銅混合物、マグネシウム/銀混合物、マグネシウム/アルミニウム混合物、マグネシウム/インジウム混合物、アルミニウム/酸化アルミニウム(Al)混合物、インジウム、リチウム/アルミニウム混合物、アルミニウム、希土類金属等が挙げられるが、反射率の高いアルミニウムを用いることが好ましい。
 具体的な作製方法としては、例えば、光学調整層8まで成膜したフィルム基板4を、アルミニウム(Al)を入れたタングステン製の抵抗加熱ボートが取り付けられた真空槽へ真空状態を保持したまま移動させる。次いで、処理室内において、成膜速度0.3~0.5nm/秒で、層厚100nmのAlからなる反射層を成膜する。
<Reflective layer>
The reflective layer 9 is provided as a layer that reflects the emitted light generated by the light emitting unit 3.
Reflective layer materials used for the reflective layer 9 include sodium, sodium-potassium alloy, magnesium, lithium, magnesium / copper mixture, magnesium / silver mixture, magnesium / aluminum mixture, magnesium / indium mixture, aluminum / aluminum oxide (Al 2 O 3 ) mixture, indium, lithium / aluminum mixture, aluminum, rare earth metal and the like can be mentioned, but it is preferable to use aluminum having high reflectivity.
As a specific manufacturing method, for example, the film substrate 4 formed up to the optical adjustment layer 8 is moved to a vacuum tank equipped with a resistance heating boat made of tungsten containing aluminum (Al) while maintaining a vacuum state. Let Next, a reflective layer made of Al having a layer thickness of 100 nm is formed in the processing chamber at a film formation rate of 0.3 to 0.5 nm / second.
 <光取り出し層>
 光取り出し層10は、フィルム基板4上のガスバリアー層5を備えていない面側に設けられていることが好ましい。
 光取り出し層10を設けることにより、発光光をより効率的に取り出すことができる。
 光取り出し層10は、フィルム基板4側から発光光を取り出す場合に、フィルム基板4上のガスバリアー層5を備えていない面側に設けてもよい。
 光取り出し層10は、具体的には、マイクロレンズアレイシートや、光拡散フィルム等を用いることができる。例えば、MNtech社製マイクロレンズアレイシートや、きもと社製拡散フィルム等を用いることができる。
 なお、光取り出しを発光ユニット3に対してフィルム基板4側ではなく、第2透明電極6側から行う場合、フィルム基板4に対してガスバリアー層5側の封止材上に形成してもよい。
<Light extraction layer>
The light extraction layer 10 is preferably provided on the side of the film substrate 4 on which the gas barrier layer 5 is not provided.
By providing the light extraction layer 10, emitted light can be extracted more efficiently.
The light extraction layer 10 may be provided on the side of the film substrate 4 on which the gas barrier layer 5 is not provided when the emitted light is extracted from the film substrate 4 side.
Specifically, a microlens array sheet, a light diffusion film, or the like can be used for the light extraction layer 10. For example, a micro lens array sheet manufactured by MNtech, a diffusion film manufactured by Kimoto, or the like can be used.
In the case where the light extraction is performed from the light emitting unit 3 not from the film substrate 4 side but from the second transparent electrode 6 side, the light extraction unit 3 may be formed on the sealing material on the gas barrier layer 5 side relative to the film substrate 4. .
 <封止材>
 封止材17は、有機EL素子100を覆うものであって、板状(フィルム状)の封止部材で接着剤19によってフィルム基板4側に固定されるものであってもよく、また、封止膜であってもよい。このような封止材17は、有機EL素子100における第1透明電極2及び第2透明電極6の端子部分を露出させ、少なくとも発光ユニット3を覆う状態で設けられている。また、封止材17に電極を設け、有機EL素子100の第1透明電極2及び第2透明電極6の端子部分と、この電極とを導通させるように構成されていてもよい。
<Encapsulant>
The sealing material 17 covers the organic EL element 100 and may be a plate-like (film-like) sealing member that is fixed to the film substrate 4 side by the adhesive 19. It may be a stop film. Such a sealing material 17 is provided in a state in which the terminal portions of the first transparent electrode 2 and the second transparent electrode 6 in the organic EL element 100 are exposed and at least the light emitting unit 3 is covered. In addition, an electrode may be provided on the sealing material 17 so that the terminal portions of the first transparent electrode 2 and the second transparent electrode 6 of the organic EL element 100 are electrically connected to this electrode.
 板状(フィルム状)の封止材17としては、具体的には、ガラス基板、ポリマー基板、金属基板等が挙げられ、これらの基板材料をさらに薄型のフィルム状にして用いてもよい。ガラス基板としては、特にソーダ石灰ガラス、バリウム・ストロンチウム含有ガラス、鉛ガラス、アルミノケイ酸ガラス、ホウケイ酸ガラス、バリウムホウケイ酸ガラス、石英等を挙げることができる。また、ポリマー基板としては、ポリカーボネート、アクリル、ポリエチレンテレフタレート、ポリエーテルサルファイド、ポリサルフォン等を挙げることができる。金属基板としては、ステンレス、鉄、銅、アルミニウム、マグネシウム、ニッケル、亜鉛、クロム、チタン、モリブデン、シリコン、ゲルマニウム及びタンタルからなる群から選ばれる1種以上の金属又は合金からなるものが挙げられる。 Specific examples of the plate-like (film-like) sealing material 17 include a glass substrate, a polymer substrate, a metal substrate, and the like, and these substrate materials may be used in the form of a thinner film. Examples of the glass substrate include soda-lime glass, barium / strontium-containing glass, lead glass, aluminosilicate glass, borosilicate glass, barium borosilicate glass, and quartz. Examples of the polymer substrate include polycarbonate, acrylic, polyethylene terephthalate, polyether sulfide, and polysulfone. Examples of the metal substrate include those made of one or more metals or alloys selected from the group consisting of stainless steel, iron, copper, aluminum, magnesium, nickel, zinc, chromium, titanium, molybdenum, silicon, germanium, and tantalum.
 中でも、素子を薄膜化できるということから、封止材としてポリマー基板や金属基板を薄型のフィルム状にしたものを好ましく使用することができる。 In particular, since the element can be thinned, a thin film-like polymer substrate or metal substrate can be preferably used as the sealing material.
 さらには、フィルム状としたポリマー基板は、JIS K 7126-1987に準拠した方法で測定された酸素透過度が1×10-3ml/m・24h・atm以下、JIS K 7129-1992に準拠した方法で測定された、水蒸気透過度(25±0.5℃、相対湿度(90±2)%RH)が、1×10-3g/m・24h以下のものであることが好ましい。 Furthermore, the polymer substrate in the form of a film has an oxygen permeability measured by a method according to JIS K 7126-1987 of 1 × 10 −3 ml / m 2 · 24 h · atm or less, according to JIS K 7129-1992. The water vapor permeability (25 ± 0.5 ° C., relative humidity (90 ± 2)% RH) measured by the above method is preferably 1 × 10 −3 g / m 2 · 24 h or less.
 また、以上のような基板材料は、凹板状に加工して封止材17として用いてもよい。この場合、上述した基板部材に対して、サンドブラスト加工、化学エッチング加工等の加工が施され、凹状が形成される。 Further, the above substrate material may be processed into a concave plate shape and used as the sealing material 17. In this case, the substrate member described above is subjected to processing such as sandblasting and chemical etching to form a concave shape.
 また、このような板状の封止材17をフィルム基板4側に固定するための接着剤19は、封止材17とフィルム基板4との間に挟持された有機EL素子100を封止するためのシール剤として用いられる。このような接着剤19は、具体的には、アクリル酸系オリゴマー、メタクリル酸系オリゴマーの反応性ビニル基を有する光硬化及び熱硬化型接着剤、2-シアノアクリル酸エステル等の湿気硬化型等の接着剤を挙げることができる。 Further, the adhesive 19 for fixing the plate-shaped sealing material 17 to the film substrate 4 side seals the organic EL element 100 sandwiched between the sealing material 17 and the film substrate 4. It is used as a sealing agent. Specific examples of such an adhesive 19 include photocuring and thermosetting adhesives having reactive vinyl groups of acrylic acid oligomers and methacrylic acid oligomers, moisture curing types such as 2-cyanoacrylates, and the like. Can be mentioned.
 また、このような接着剤19としては、エポキシ系等の熱及び化学硬化型(二液混合)を挙げることができる。また、ホットメルト型のポリアミド、ポリエステル、ポリオレフィンを挙げることができる。また、カチオン硬化タイプの紫外線硬化型エポキシ樹脂接着剤を挙げることができる。 Further, examples of the adhesive 19 include an epoxy-based thermal and chemical curing type (two-component mixing). Moreover, hot-melt type polyamide, polyester, and polyolefin can be mentioned. Moreover, a cationic curing type ultraviolet curing epoxy resin adhesive can be mentioned.
 なお、有機EL素子100を構成する有機材料は、熱処理により劣化する場合がある。このため、接着剤19は、室温から80℃までに接着硬化できるものが好ましい。また、接着剤19中に乾燥剤を分散させておいてもよい。 In addition, the organic material which comprises the organic EL element 100 may deteriorate by heat processing. For this reason, the adhesive 19 is preferably one that can be adhesively cured from room temperature to 80 ° C. Further, a desiccant may be dispersed in the adhesive 19.
 封止材17とフィルム基板4との接着部分への接着剤19の塗布は、市販のディスペンサーを使ってもよいし、スクリーン印刷のように印刷してもよい。 Application of the adhesive 19 to the bonding portion between the sealing material 17 and the film substrate 4 may be performed using a commercially available dispenser or may be printed like screen printing.
 また、板状の封止材17とフィルム基板4と接着剤19との間に隙間が形成される場合、この間隙には、気相及び液相では、窒素、アルゴン等の不活性気体やフッ化炭化水素、シリコンオイルのような不活性液体を注入することが好ましい。また、真空とすることも可能である。また、内部に吸湿性化合物を封入することもできる。 In addition, when a gap is formed between the plate-shaped sealing material 17, the film substrate 4, and the adhesive 19, the gap may include an inert gas such as nitrogen or argon or a fluorine in the gas phase and the liquid phase. It is preferable to inject an inert liquid such as activated hydrocarbon or silicon oil. A vacuum can also be used. Moreover, a hygroscopic compound can also be enclosed inside.
 吸湿性化合物としては、例えば、金属酸化物(例えば、酸化ナトリウム、酸化カリウム、酸化カルシウム、酸化バリウム、酸化マグネシウム、酸化アルミニウム等)、硫酸塩(例えば、硫酸ナトリウム、硫酸カルシウム、硫酸マグネシウム、硫酸コバルト等)、金属ハロゲン化物(例えば、塩化カルシウム、塩化マグネシウム、フッ化セシウム、フッ化タンタル、臭化セリウム、臭化マグネシウム、ヨウ化バリウム、ヨウ化マグネシウム等)、過塩素酸類(例えば、過塩素酸バリウム、過塩素酸マグネシウム等)等が挙げられ、硫酸塩、金属ハロゲン化物及び過塩素酸類においては無水塩が好適に用いられる。 Examples of the hygroscopic compound include metal oxides (for example, sodium oxide, potassium oxide, calcium oxide, barium oxide, magnesium oxide, aluminum oxide) and sulfates (for example, sodium sulfate, calcium sulfate, magnesium sulfate, cobalt sulfate). Etc.), metal halides (eg calcium chloride, magnesium chloride, cesium fluoride, tantalum fluoride, cerium bromide, magnesium bromide, barium iodide, magnesium iodide etc.), perchloric acids (eg perchloric acid) Barium, magnesium perchlorate, and the like), and anhydrous salts are preferably used in sulfates, metal halides, and perchloric acids.
 一方、封止材17として封止膜を用いる場合、有機EL素子100における発光ユニット3を完全に覆い、かつ有機EL素子100における第1透明電極2及び第2透明電極6の端子部分を露出させる状態で、フィルム基板4上に封止膜が設けられる。 On the other hand, when a sealing film is used as the sealing material 17, the light emitting unit 3 in the organic EL element 100 is completely covered, and the terminal portions of the first transparent electrode 2 and the second transparent electrode 6 in the organic EL element 100 are exposed. In the state, a sealing film is provided on the film substrate 4.
 このような封止膜は、無機材料や有機材料を用いて構成される。特に、水分や酸素等、有機EL素子100における発光ユニット3の劣化をもたらす物質の浸入を抑制する機能を有する材料で構成されることとする。このような材料として、例えば、酸化ケイ素、二酸化ケイ素、窒化ケイ素等の無機材料が用いられる。さらに、封止膜の脆弱性を改良するために、これら無機材料からなる膜とともに、有機材料からなる膜を用いて積層構造としてもよい。 Such a sealing film is composed of an inorganic material or an organic material. In particular, it is made of a material having a function of suppressing entry of substances such as moisture and oxygen that cause deterioration of the light emitting unit 3 in the organic EL element 100. As such a material, for example, inorganic materials such as silicon oxide, silicon dioxide, and silicon nitride are used. Furthermore, in order to improve the brittleness of the sealing film, a laminated structure may be formed by using a film made of an organic material together with a film made of these inorganic materials.
 これらの膜の形成方法については、特に限定はなく、例えば、真空蒸着法、スパッタリング法、反応性スパッタリング法、分子線エピタキシー法、クラスターイオンビーム法、イオンプレーティング法、プラズマ重合法、大気圧プラズマ重合法、プラズマCVD法、レーザーCVD法、熱CVD法、コーティング法等を用いることができる。 The method for forming these films is not particularly limited. For example, vacuum deposition method, sputtering method, reactive sputtering method, molecular beam epitaxy method, cluster ion beam method, ion plating method, plasma polymerization method, atmospheric pressure plasma A polymerization method, a plasma CVD method, a laser CVD method, a thermal CVD method, a coating method, or the like can be used.
 <保護膜、保護板>
 なお、ここでの図示は省略したが、フィルム基板4との間に有機EL素子100及び封止材17を挟んで保護膜若しくは保護板を設けてもよい。この保護膜若しくは保護板は、有機EL素子100を機械的に保護するためのものであり、特に封止材17が封止膜である場合には、有機EL素子100に対する機械的な保護が十分ではないため、このような保護膜若しくは保護板を設けることが好ましい。
<Protective film, protective plate>
Although illustration is omitted here, a protective film or a protective plate may be provided between the film substrate 4 and the organic EL element 100 and the sealing material 17. This protective film or protective plate is for mechanically protecting the organic EL element 100, and in particular when the sealing material 17 is a sealing film, sufficient mechanical protection is provided for the organic EL element 100. Therefore, it is preferable to provide such a protective film or protective plate.
 以上のような保護膜若しくは保護板は、ガラス板、ポリマー板、これよりも薄型のポリマーフィルム、金属板、これよりも薄型の金属フィルム、又はポリマー材料膜や金属材料膜が適用される。このうち、特に、軽量かつ薄膜化ということからポリマーフィルムを用いることが好ましい。 As the above protective film or protective plate, a glass plate, a polymer plate, a thinner polymer film, a metal plate, a thinner metal film, a polymer material film or a metal material film is applied. Among these, it is particularly preferable to use a polymer film because it is lightweight and thin.
 <有機EL素子の製造方法>
 ここでは、一例として、図1に示す有機EL素子100の製造方法を説明する。
<Method for producing organic EL element>
Here, as an example, a method for manufacturing the organic EL element 100 shown in FIG. 1 will be described.
 まず、フィルム基板4上に、樹脂材料溶液を塗布してガスバリアー層5を形成する。次に、平均粒子径0.2μm以上の粒子が分散された樹脂材料溶液を塗布し、光散乱層7を形成する。次に、光散乱層7上に、平均粒子径5~70nmの範囲内の粒子が分散された樹脂材料溶液を塗布し、平滑層1を作製する。 First, a gas barrier layer 5 is formed on a film substrate 4 by applying a resin material solution. Next, a resin material solution in which particles having an average particle diameter of 0.2 μm or more are dispersed is applied to form the light scattering layer 7. Next, a resin material solution in which particles having an average particle diameter of 5 to 70 nm are dispersed is applied onto the light scattering layer 7 to produce the smooth layer 1.
 次に、平滑層1上に、例えば、窒素原子を含んだ化合物からなる下地層2aを、1μm以下、好ましくは10~100nmの範囲内の層厚になるように蒸着法等の適宜の方法により形成する。
 次に、銀(又は銀を主成分とする合金)からなる電極層2bを、12nm以下、好ましくは4~9nmの層厚になるように、蒸着法等の適宜の方法により下地層2a上に形成し、アノードとなる第1透明電極2を作製する。同時に、第1透明電極2の端部に、外部電源と接続される取り出し電極16を蒸着法等の適宜の方法に形成する。
Next, on the smooth layer 1, for example, an underlayer 2a made of a compound containing nitrogen atoms is deposited by an appropriate method such as a vapor deposition method so as to have a layer thickness of 1 μm or less, preferably in the range of 10 to 100 nm. Form.
Next, the electrode layer 2b made of silver (or an alloy containing silver as a main component) is formed on the base layer 2a by an appropriate method such as vapor deposition so that the layer thickness is 12 nm or less, preferably 4 to 9 nm. The first transparent electrode 2 is formed to be an anode. At the same time, an extraction electrode 16 connected to an external power source is formed at the end of the first transparent electrode 2 by an appropriate method such as vapor deposition.
 次に、この上に、正孔輸送注入層3a、発光層3b、正孔阻止層3c、電子輸送注入層3dの順に成膜し、発光ユニット3を形成する。これらの各層の成膜は、スピンコート法、キャスト法、インクジェット法、蒸着法、印刷法等があるが、均質な膜が得られやすく、かつピンホールが生成しにくい等の点から、真空蒸着法又はスピンコート法が特に好ましい。さらに層ごとに異なる成膜法を適用してもよい。これらの各層の成膜に蒸着法を採用する場合、その蒸着条件は使用する化合物の種類等により異なるが、一般にボート加熱温度50~450℃、真空度1×10-6~1×10-2Pa、蒸着速度0.01~50nm/秒、基板温度-50~300℃、層厚0.1~5μmの範囲内で、各条件を適宜選択することが望ましい。 Next, a hole transport injection layer 3 a, a light emitting layer 3 b, a hole blocking layer 3 c, and an electron transport injection layer 3 d are formed in this order to form the light emitting unit 3. The film formation of each of these layers includes spin coating, casting, ink jet, vapor deposition, and printing, but vacuum vapor deposition is easy because a homogeneous film is easily obtained and pinholes are difficult to generate. The method or spin coating method is particularly preferred. Further, different film forming methods may be applied for each layer. When a vapor deposition method is employed for forming each of these layers, the vapor deposition conditions vary depending on the type of compound used, but generally a boat heating temperature of 50 to 450 ° C. and a degree of vacuum of 1 × 10 −6 to 1 × 10 −2 It is desirable to appropriately select each condition within the ranges of Pa, vapor deposition rate of 0.01 to 50 nm / second, substrate temperature of −50 to 300 ° C., and layer thickness of 0.1 to 5 μm.
 以上のようにして発光ユニット3を形成した後、この上部に陰極(カソード)となる第2透明電極6を、蒸着法やスパッタ法などの適宜の成膜法によって形成する。この際、第2透明電極6は、発光ユニット3によって第1透明電極2に対して絶縁状態を保ちつつ、発光ユニット3の上方からフィルム基板4の周縁に端子部分を引き出した形状にパターン形成する。これにより、有機EL素子100が得られる。また、その後には、有機EL素子100における第1透明電極2(取り出し電極16)及び第2透明電極6の端子部分を露出させた状態で、少なくとも発光ユニット3を覆う封止材17を設ける。 After the light emitting unit 3 is formed as described above, the second transparent electrode 6 serving as a cathode (cathode) is formed thereon by an appropriate film forming method such as a vapor deposition method or a sputtering method. At this time, the second transparent electrode 6 is patterned in a shape in which the terminal portion is drawn from the upper side of the light emitting unit 3 to the periphery of the film substrate 4 while being insulated from the first transparent electrode 2 by the light emitting unit 3. . Thereby, the organic EL element 100 is obtained. Thereafter, a sealing material 17 covering at least the light emitting unit 3 is provided in a state where the terminal portions of the first transparent electrode 2 (extraction electrode 16) and the second transparent electrode 6 in the organic EL element 100 are exposed.
 以上により、フィルム基板4上に所望の有機EL素子100が得られる。このような有機EL素子100の作製においては、一回の真空引きで一貫して発光ユニット3から第2透明電極6まで作製するのが好ましいが、途中で真空雰囲気からフィルム基板4を取り出して異なる成膜法を施しても構わない。その際、作業を乾燥不活性ガス雰囲気下で行う等の配慮が必要となる。 Thus, the desired organic EL element 100 is obtained on the film substrate 4. In the production of such an organic EL element 100, it is preferable to produce from the light emitting unit 3 to the second transparent electrode 6 consistently by a single evacuation. However, the film substrate 4 is taken out from the vacuum atmosphere on the way and is different. A film forming method may be applied. At that time, it is necessary to consider that the work is performed in a dry inert gas atmosphere.
 このようにして得られた有機EL素子100に直流電圧を印加する場合には、アノードである第1透明電極2を+の極性とし、カソードである第2透明電極6を-の極性として、電圧2~40V程度を印加すると発光が観測できる。また、交流電圧を印加してもよい。なお、印加する交流の波形は任意でよい。 When a DC voltage is applied to the organic EL device 100 thus obtained, the first transparent electrode 2 as an anode has a positive polarity and the second transparent electrode 6 as a cathode has a negative polarity. Luminescence can be observed when a voltage of about 2 to 40 V is applied. An alternating voltage may be applied. The alternating current waveform to be applied may be arbitrary.
 <有機EL素子の効果>
 以上説明した本発明の有機EL素子100の好ましい態様は、導電性と光透過性とを兼ね備えた第1透明電極2とフィルム基板4との間に、ガスバリアー層5、光散乱層7及び平滑層1を設けた構成である。これにより、第1透明電極2とフィルム基板4との間の全反射ロスを低減し、発光効率を向上させることができる。
 また、有機EL素子100は、第1透明電極2を陽極(アノード)として用い、この上部に発光ユニット3と陰極(カソード)となる第2透明電極6とを設けた構成である。このため、第1透明電極2と第2透明電極6との間に十分な電圧を印加して有機EL素子100での高輝度発光を実現しつつ、第1透明電極2側からの発光光hの取り出し効率が向上することによる高輝度化を図ることが可能である。さらに、所定輝度を得るための駆動電圧の低減による発光寿命の向上を図ることも可能になる。
<Effect of organic EL element>
The preferable aspect of the organic EL element 100 of the present invention described above is that the gas barrier layer 5, the light scattering layer 7, and the smoothness are provided between the first transparent electrode 2 having both conductivity and light transmittance and the film substrate 4. The layer 1 is provided. Thereby, the total reflection loss between the 1st transparent electrode 2 and the film board | substrate 4 can be reduced, and luminous efficiency can be improved.
The organic EL element 100 has a configuration in which the first transparent electrode 2 is used as an anode (anode), and a light emitting unit 3 and a second transparent electrode 6 serving as a cathode (cathode) are provided on the upper portion. For this reason, a sufficient voltage is applied between the first transparent electrode 2 and the second transparent electrode 6 to realize high-luminance light emission in the organic EL element 100, and the emitted light h from the first transparent electrode 2 side. It is possible to increase the luminance by improving the extraction efficiency of the. Further, it is possible to improve the light emission life by reducing the drive voltage for obtaining a predetermined luminance.
 <有機EL素子の用途>
 上述した各構成の有機EL素子100は、上述したように面発光体であるため各種の発光光源として用いることができる。例えば、家庭用照明や車内照明などの照明装置、時計や液晶用のバックライト、看板広告用照明、信号機の光源、光記憶媒体の光源、電子写真複写機の光源、光通信処理機の光源、光センサーの光源等が挙げられるが、これらに限定するものではなく、特にカラーフィルターと組み合わせた液晶表示装置のバックライト、照明用光源としての用途に有効に用いることができる。
<Uses of organic EL elements>
Since the organic EL element 100 having each configuration described above is a surface light emitter as described above, it can be used as various light emission sources. For example, lighting devices such as home lighting and interior lighting, backlights for clocks and liquid crystals, lighting for billboard advertisements, light sources for traffic lights, light sources for optical storage media, light sources for electrophotographic copying machines, light sources for optical communication processors, Examples thereof include, but are not limited to, a light source of an optical sensor, and can be effectively used as a backlight of a liquid crystal display device combined with a color filter and a light source for illumination.
 また、本発明の有機EL素子100は、照明用や露光光源のような一種のランプとして使用してもよいし、画像を投影するタイプのプロジェクション装置や、静止画像や動画像を直接視認するタイプの表示装置(ディスプレイ)として使用してもよい。この場合、近年の照明装置及びディスプレイの大型化にともない、有機EL素子100を設けた発光パネル同士を平面的に接合する、いわゆるタイリングによって発光面を大面積化してもよい。 The organic EL element 100 of the present invention may be used as a kind of lamp for illumination or an exposure light source, a projection device that projects an image, or a type that directly recognizes a still image or a moving image. It may be used as a display device (display). In this case, the light emitting surface may be enlarged by so-called tiling, in which the light emitting panels provided with the organic EL elements 100 are joined together in a plane, in accordance with the recent increase in the size of lighting devices and displays.
 以下では、用途の一例として照明装置について説明し、次にタイリングによって発光面を大面積化した照明装置について説明する。 In the following, a lighting device will be described as an example of the application, and then a lighting device having a light emitting surface enlarged by tiling will be described.
 <照明装置>
 本発明の有機EL素子100は、照明装置に応用することができる。
<Lighting device>
The organic EL element 100 of the present invention can be applied to a lighting device.
 本発明の有機EL素子100を用いる照明装置は、上述した構成の各有機EL素子に共振器構造を持たせた設計としてもよい。共振器構造として構成された有機EL素子100の使用目的としては、光記憶媒体の光源、電子写真複写機の光源、光通信処理機の光源、光センサーの光源等が挙げられるが、これらに限定されない。また、レーザー発振をさせることにより、上記用途に使用してもよい。 The lighting device using the organic EL element 100 of the present invention may have a design in which each organic EL element having the above-described configuration has a resonator structure. Examples of the purpose of use of the organic EL element 100 configured as a resonator structure include, but are not limited to, a light source of an optical storage medium, a light source of an electrophotographic copying machine, a light source of an optical communication processor, and a light source of an optical sensor. Not. Moreover, you may use for the said use by making a laser oscillation.
 なお、本発明の有機EL素子100に用いられる材料は、実質的に白色の発光を生じる有機EL素子(白色有機EL素子ともいう)に適用できる。例えば、複数の発光材料により複数の発光色を同時に発光させて混色により白色発光を得ることもできる。複数の発光色の組み合わせとしては、赤色、緑色、青色の3原色の三つの発光極大波長を含有させたものでもよいし、青色と黄色、青緑と橙色等の補色の関係を利用した二つの発光極大波長を含有したものでもよい。 In addition, the material used for the organic EL element 100 of the present invention can be applied to an organic EL element that emits substantially white light (also referred to as a white organic EL element). For example, a plurality of light emitting materials can simultaneously emit a plurality of light emission colors to obtain white light emission by color mixing. The combination of a plurality of emission colors may include three emission maximum wavelengths of the three primary colors of red, green, and blue, or two of the complementary colors such as blue and yellow, blue green and orange, etc. The thing containing the light emission maximum wavelength may be used.
 また、複数の発光色を得るための発光材料の組み合わせは、複数のリン光又は蛍光で発光する材料を複数組み合わせたもの、蛍光又はリン光で発光する発光材料と、発光材料からの光を励起光として発光する色素材料との組み合わせたもののいずれでもよいが、白色有機EL素子においては、発光ドーパントを複数組み合わせて混合したものでもよい。 In addition, a combination of light emitting materials for obtaining a plurality of emission colors is a combination of a plurality of phosphorescent or fluorescent materials, a light emitting material that emits fluorescence or phosphorescence, and excitation of light from the light emitting materials. Any combination with a pigment material that emits light as light may be used, but in a white organic EL element, a combination of a plurality of light-emitting dopants may be used.
 このような白色有機EL素子は、各色発光の有機EL素子をアレー状に個別に並列配置して白色発光を得る構成と異なり、有機EL素子自体が白色を発光する。このため、素子を構成するほとんどの層の成膜にマスクを必要とせず、一面に蒸着法、キャスト法、スピンコート法、インクジェット法、印刷法等で成膜することができ、生産性も向上する。 Such a white organic EL element is different from a configuration in which organic EL elements emitting each color are individually arranged in parallel to obtain white light emission, and the organic EL element itself emits white light. For this reason, a mask is not required for film formation of most layers constituting the element, and deposition can be performed on one side by vapor deposition, casting, spin coating, ink jet, printing, etc., and productivity is also improved. To do.
 また、このような白色有機EL素子の発光層に用いる発光材料としては、特に制限はなく、例えば、液晶表示素子におけるバックライトであれば、CF(カラーフィルター)特性に対応した波長範囲に適合するように、上記した金属錯体や公知の発光材料の中から任意のものを選択して組み合わせて白色化すればよい。 Moreover, there is no restriction | limiting in particular as a light emitting material used for the light emitting layer of such a white organic EL element, For example, if it is a backlight in a liquid crystal display element, it will fit in the wavelength range corresponding to CF (color filter) characteristic. As described above, any one of the above-described metal complexes and known light-emitting materials may be selected and combined to be whitened.
 以上に説明した白色有機EL素子を用いれば、実質的に白色の発光を生じる照明装置を作製することが可能である。 If the white organic EL element described above is used, it is possible to produce a lighting device that emits substantially white light.
 以下、実施例を挙げて本発明を具体的に説明するが、本発明はこれらに限定されるものではない。なお、実施例において「部」あるいは「%」の表示を用いるが、特に断りがない限り「質量部」あるいは「質量%」を表す。
 また、平滑層1の平均屈折率は、単独の素材で形成されている場合は、単独の素材の屈折率であり、混合系の場合は、各々の素材固有の屈折率に混合比率を乗じた合算値により算出される計算屈折率である。光散乱層7のバインダー屈折率は、単独の素材で形成されている場合は、単独の素材の屈折率であり、混合系の場合は、各々の素材固有の屈折率に混合比率を乗じた合算値により算出される計算屈折率である。光散乱層7の粒子屈折率についても同様に、単独の素材で形成されている場合は、単独の素材の屈折率であり、混合系の場合は、各々の素材固有の屈折率に混合比率を乗じた合算値により算出される計算屈折率である。光散乱層7の平均屈折率は、各々の素材固有の屈折率に混合比率を乗じた合算値により算出される計算屈折率である。
EXAMPLES Hereinafter, the present invention will be specifically described with reference to examples, but the present invention is not limited thereto. In addition, although the display of "part" or "%" is used in an Example, unless otherwise indicated, "part by mass" or "mass%" is represented.
Moreover, the average refractive index of the smooth layer 1 is the refractive index of a single material when formed of a single material, and in the case of a mixed system, the refractive index specific to each material is multiplied by the mixing ratio. It is a calculated refractive index calculated by the sum value. The binder refractive index of the light scattering layer 7 is the refractive index of a single material when it is formed of a single material, and in the case of a mixed system, the total refractive index of each material multiplied by the mixing ratio. Calculated refractive index calculated by value. Similarly, the particle refractive index of the light scattering layer 7 is the refractive index of a single material when it is formed of a single material, and in the case of a mixed system, the mixing ratio is set to the refractive index specific to each material. It is a calculated refractive index calculated by the summed value. The average refractive index of the light-scattering layer 7 is a calculated refractive index calculated by a total value obtained by multiplying the refractive index specific to each material by the mixing ratio.
[発光パネルNo.1:比較例]
(1)フィルム基板及びガスバリアー層の作製
(1-1)フィルム基板
 フィルム基板として、二軸延伸ポリエチレンナフタレートフィルム(PENフィルム、厚さ:100μm、幅:350mm、帝人デュポンフィルム(株)製、商品名「テオネックスQ65FA」)を用いた。
[Light Emitting Panel No. 1: Comparative Example]
(1) Production of film substrate and gas barrier layer (1-1) Film substrate As a film substrate, a biaxially stretched polyethylene naphthalate film (PEN film, thickness: 100 μm, width: 350 mm, manufactured by Teijin DuPont Films Ltd., The trade name “Teonex Q65FA”) was used.
(1-2)プライマー層の作製
 フィルム基板の易接着面に、JSR株式会社製 UV硬化型有機/無機ハイブリッドハードコート材 OPSTAR Z7501を塗布、乾燥後の層厚が4μmになるようにワイヤーバーで塗布した後、乾燥条件;80℃、3分で乾燥後、空気雰囲気下、高圧水銀ランプを使用して、硬化条件1.0J/cmで硬化を行い、プライマー層を形成した。
 このときの表面粗さを表す最大断面高さRa(p)は5nmであった。
 なお、表面粗さ(算術平均粗さRa)は、AFM(原子間力顕微鏡 Atomic Force Microscope:Digital Instruments社製)を用い、極小の先端半径の触針を持つ検出器で連続測定した凹凸の断面曲線から算出され、極小の先端半径の触針により測定方向が30μmの区間内を3回測定し、微細な凹凸の振幅に関する平均の粗さから求めた。
(1-2) Preparation of primer layer A UV curable organic / inorganic hybrid hard coat material OPSTAR Z7501 manufactured by JSR Co., Ltd. was applied to the easy-adhesion surface of the film substrate, and the layer thickness after drying was 4 μm with a wire bar. After coating, drying conditions were dried at 80 ° C. for 3 minutes, and then cured under a curing condition of 1.0 J / cm 2 using a high-pressure mercury lamp in an air atmosphere to form a primer layer.
The maximum cross-sectional height Ra (p) representing the surface roughness at this time was 5 nm.
The surface roughness (arithmetic mean roughness Ra) is an uneven cross section measured continuously with a detector having a stylus having a minimum tip radius using an AFM (Atomic Force Microscope: manufactured by Digital Instruments). It was calculated from the curve, and was measured three times in a section having a measurement direction of 30 μm with a stylus having a very small tip radius, and was determined from the average roughness regarding the amplitude of fine irregularities.
(1-3)第1ガスバリアー層の作製
 フィルム基板をCVD装置に装着して、下記の製膜条件(プラズマCVD条件)にてフィルム基板4上に、図5に示す各元素プロファイルとなるように第1ガスバリアー層を300nmの厚さで作製した。
(1-3) Production of first gas barrier layer A film substrate is mounted on a CVD apparatus, and the element profiles shown in FIG. 5 are formed on the film substrate 4 under the following film forming conditions (plasma CVD conditions) A first gas barrier layer was prepared with a thickness of 300 nm.
〈製膜条件〉
原料ガス(ヘキサメチルジシロキサン(HMDSO、(CHSiO))の供給量:50sccm(Standard Cubic Centimeter per Minute)
酸素ガス(O)の供給量:500sccm
真空チャンバー内の真空度:3Pa
プラズマ発生用電源からの印加電力:0.8kW
プラズマ発生用電源の周波数:80kHz
フィルムの搬送速度:0.5~1.66m/min
<Film forming conditions>
Feed rate of raw material gas (hexamethyldisiloxane (HMDSO, (CH 3 ) 6 Si 2 O)): 50 sccm (Standard Cubic Centimeter per Minute)
Supply amount of oxygen gas (O 2 ): 500 sccm
Degree of vacuum in the vacuum chamber: 3Pa
Applied power from the power source for plasma generation: 0.8 kW
Frequency of power source for plasma generation: 80 kHz
Film transport speed: 0.5 to 1.66 m / min
(1-4)第2ガスバリアー層の作製
 パーヒドロポリシラザン(アクアミカ NN120-10、無触媒タイプ、AZエレクトロニックマテリアルズ(株)製)の10質量%ジブチルエーテル溶液を、塗布液として、ワイヤーバーにて、乾燥後の(平均)層厚が300nmとなるように塗布し、温度85℃、湿度55%RHの雰囲気下で1分間処理して乾燥させ、更に温度25℃、湿度10%RH(露点温度-8℃)の雰囲気下に10分間保持し、除湿処理を行って、ポリシラザン層を形成した。
 次いで、上記形成したポリシラザン層に対し、下記紫外線装置を用いて、大気圧下でシリカ転化処理を行った。
 〈紫外線照射装置〉
 装置:株式会社 エム・ディ・コム製エキシマ照射装置MODEL:MECL-M-1-200
 照射波長:172nm
 ランプ封入ガス:Xe
 〈改質処理条件〉
 可動ステージ上に固定したポリシラザン層を形成したフィルム基板に対し、以下の条件で改質処理を行って、第2ガスバリアー層を形成した。
     エキシマランプ光強度:130mW/cm(172nm)
     試料と光源の距離:1mm
     ステージ加熱温度:70℃
     照射装置内の酸素濃度:1.0%
     エキシマランプ照射時間:5秒
(1-4) Preparation of Second Gas Barrier Layer A 10% by mass dibutyl ether solution of perhydropolysilazane (Aquamica NN120-10, non-catalytic type, manufactured by AZ Electronic Materials Co., Ltd.) was applied as a coating solution to the wire bar. Then, the dried (average) layer thickness is applied to be 300 nm, treated and dried for 1 minute in an atmosphere of temperature 85 ° C. and humidity 55% RH, and further, temperature 25 ° C., humidity 10% RH (dew point) This was held for 10 minutes in an atmosphere at a temperature of −8 ° C. and dehumidified to form a polysilazane layer.
Next, the polysilazane layer formed above was subjected to silica conversion treatment under atmospheric pressure using the following ultraviolet device.
<Ultraviolet irradiation device>
Equipment: Ex D irradiation system MODEL manufactured by M.D. Com: MECL-M-1-200
Irradiation wavelength: 172 nm
Lamp filled gas: Xe
<Reforming treatment conditions>
The film substrate on which the polysilazane layer fixed on the movable stage was formed was modified under the following conditions to form a second gas barrier layer.
Excimer lamp light intensity: 130 mW / cm 2 (172 nm)
Distance between sample and light source: 1mm
Stage heating temperature: 70 ° C
Oxygen concentration in the irradiation device: 1.0%
Excimer lamp irradiation time: 5 seconds
(2)光散乱層及び平滑層の作製
(2-1)光散乱層の作製
 基板として、(1)フィルム基板及びガスバリアー層の作製工程で得られたフィルム基板を50×50mmに切り出し、超純水洗浄、クリーンドライヤーで乾燥したものを用いた。
 次いで、光散乱層調液として、屈折率(np)2.4、平均粒子径0.25μmのTiO粒子(テイカ(株)製 JR600A)と樹脂溶液(APM社製 ED230AL(有機無機ハイブリッド樹脂))との固形分比率が30vol%/70vol%、n-プロピルアセテートとシクロヘキサノンとの溶媒比が10質量%/90質量%、固形分濃度が15質量%となるように、10ml量の比率で処方設計した。
(2) Production of light scattering layer and smooth layer (2-1) Production of light scattering layer As a substrate, (1) The film substrate obtained in the production process of the film substrate and the gas barrier layer was cut into 50 × 50 mm, What was washed with pure water and dried with a clean dryer was used.
Next, as a light scattering layer preparation, a TiO 2 particle (JR600A manufactured by Teika Co., Ltd.) having a refractive index (np) of 2.4 and an average particle diameter of 0.25 μm and a resin solution (ED230AL (organic inorganic hybrid resin) manufactured by APM) ) With a solid content ratio of 30 vol% / 70 vol%, a solvent ratio of n-propyl acetate and cyclohexanone of 10 mass% / 90 mass%, and a solid content concentration of 15 mass%. Designed.
 具体的には、上記TiO粒子と溶剤とを混合し、常温で冷却しながら、超音波分散機(エスエムテー社製 UH-50)に、マイクロチップステップ(エスエムテー社製 MS-3 3mmφ)の標準条件で10分間分散し、TiOの分散液を調製した。
 次いで、TiO分散液を100rpmで撹拌しながら、前記樹脂溶液を少量ずつ混合添加し、添加完了後、500rpmまで撹拌速度を上げ、10分間混合し、光散乱層塗布液を得た。
 その後、疎水性PVDF 0.45μmフィルター(ワットマン社製)にて濾過し、目的の分散液を得た。
 上記分散液をスピン塗布(500rpm、30秒)にてフィルム基板上に回転塗布した後、簡易乾燥(80℃、2分)し、さらに、加熱(120℃、60分)して、層厚0.5μmの光散乱層を形成した。光散乱層のバインダー(樹脂)の屈折率nbは、1.5、粒子屈折率npは2.4、平均屈折率nsは、1.77であった。
Specifically, the above-mentioned TiO 2 particles and a solvent are mixed and cooled at room temperature, and then the standard of the microchip step (MS-3 MSmm 3 mmφ) is applied to an ultrasonic disperser (SMH UH-50). A dispersion of TiO 2 was prepared by dispersing under conditions for 10 minutes.
Next, while stirring the TiO 2 dispersion at 100 rpm, the resin solution was mixed and added little by little. After the addition was completed, the stirring speed was increased to 500 rpm and mixed for 10 minutes to obtain a light scattering layer coating solution.
Then, it filtered with the hydrophobic PVDF 0.45 micrometer filter (made by Whatman), and obtained the target dispersion liquid.
The above dispersion was spin-coated on a film substrate by spin coating (500 rpm, 30 seconds), then simply dried (80 ° C., 2 minutes), and further heated (120 ° C., 60 minutes) to obtain a layer thickness of 0 A light scattering layer of .5 μm was formed. The light scattering layer binder (resin) had a refractive index nb of 1.5, a particle refractive index np of 2.4, and an average refractive index ns of 1.77.
(2-2)平滑層の作製
 次いで、平滑層調液として、平均粒子径0.02μmのナノTiO分散液(テイカ(株)製 HDT-760T)と樹脂溶液(APM社製 ED230AL(有機無機ハイブリッド樹脂))との固形分比率が39vol%/61vol%、n-プロピルアセテートとシクロヘキサノンとトルエンとの溶媒比が20質量%/30質量%/50質量%、固形分濃度が20質量%となるように、10ml量の比率で処方設計した。
 具体的には、上記ナノTiO分散液と溶剤を混合し、100rpmで撹拌しながら、樹脂を少量ずつ混合添加し、添加完了後、500rpmまで撹拌速度を上げ、10分間混合し、平滑層塗布液を得た。
 その後、疎水性PVDF 0.45μmフィルター(ワットマン社製)にて濾過し、目的の分散液を得た。
 上記分散液をスピン塗布(500rpm、30秒)にて光散乱層上に回転塗布した後、簡易乾燥(80℃、2分)し、更に、加熱(120℃、30分)して、層厚0.7μmの平滑層を形成した。
 なお、平滑層の屈折率nfは、25℃の雰囲気下で、発光ユニットからの発光光の発光極大波長のうち最も短い発光極大波長の光線を照射し、アッベ屈折率計(ATAGO社製、DR-M2)を用いて測定し、1.85であった。
 また、表面粗さ(算術平均粗さRa)を測定したところ、Ra=5nmであった。
(2-2) Production of Smooth Layer Next, as a smooth layer preparation, a nano TiO 2 dispersion liquid (HDT-760T manufactured by Teika Co., Ltd.) having an average particle size of 0.02 μm and a resin solution (ED230AL (organic inorganic) manufactured by APM Corporation) The solid content ratio with the hybrid resin)) is 39 vol% / 61 vol%, the solvent ratio of n-propyl acetate, cyclohexanone and toluene is 20 mass% / 30 mass% / 50 mass%, and the solid content concentration is 20 mass%. Thus, the formulation was designed at a ratio of 10 ml.
Specifically, the nano TiO 2 dispersion and the solvent are mixed, and the resin is mixed and added little by little while stirring at 100 rpm. After the addition is completed, the stirring speed is increased to 500 rpm and mixed for 10 minutes to apply a smooth layer. A liquid was obtained.
Then, it filtered with the hydrophobic PVDF 0.45 micrometer filter (made by Whatman), and obtained the target dispersion liquid.
The above dispersion is spin-coated (500 rpm, 30 seconds) on the light scattering layer, then simply dried (80 ° C., 2 minutes), and further heated (120 ° C., 30 minutes) to obtain a layer thickness. A 0.7 μm smooth layer was formed.
The refractive index nf of the smooth layer is irradiated with light having the shortest light emission maximum wavelength among the light emission maximum wavelengths of the light emitted from the light emitting unit in an atmosphere at 25 ° C., and Abbe refractometer (manufactured by ATAGO, DR -M2) and was 1.85.
Further, when the surface roughness (arithmetic average roughness Ra) was measured, Ra = 5 nm.
(3)第1透明電極(陽極)の作製
 前記(2)光散乱層及び平滑層の作製の工程で得られたフィルム基板を、幅20mm×50mmの開口部があるマスクと重ねて市販の真空蒸着装置の基板ホルダーに固定し、下記構造式に示すD-1をタンタル製抵抗加熱ボートに入れ、これらの基板ホルダーと加熱ボートとを真空蒸着装置の第1真空槽内に取り付けた。また、タングステン製の抵抗加熱ボートに銀(Ag)を入れ、第2真空槽内に取り付けた。
(3) Production of first transparent electrode (anode) The film substrate obtained in the step of (2) production of the light scattering layer and the smooth layer is overlaid with a mask having an opening having a width of 20 mm × 50 mm and is commercially available. The substrate holder of the vapor deposition apparatus was fixed, D-1 shown in the following structural formula was placed in a tantalum resistance heating boat, and these substrate holder and the heating boat were attached in the first vacuum chamber of the vacuum vapor deposition apparatus. Moreover, silver (Ag) was put into the resistance heating boat made from tungsten, and it attached in the 2nd vacuum chamber.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
 
 この状態で、まず、第1真空槽を4×10-4Paまで減圧した後、D-1の入った加熱ボートに通電して加熱し、蒸着速度0.1~0.2nm/秒の範囲内で平滑層上に層厚25nmのD-1を含む下地層を設けた。
 次いで、下地層まで成膜した基板を真空のまま第2真空槽に移し、第2真空槽を4×10-4Paまで減圧した後、銀の入った加熱ボートを通電して加熱し、蒸着速度0.1~0.2nm/秒の範囲内で、下地層上に層厚8nmの銀を含む電極層を形成し、下地層と電極層との積層構造を有する第1透明電極を作製した。
In this state, first, the first vacuum chamber is depressurized to 4 × 10 −4 Pa, and then heated by energizing the heating boat containing D-1, and the deposition rate is in the range of 0.1 to 0.2 nm / second. The underlayer containing D-1 having a layer thickness of 25 nm was provided on the smooth layer.
Next, the substrate on which the film was formed up to the base layer was transferred to the second vacuum chamber while being vacuumed, and after the pressure in the second vacuum chamber was reduced to 4 × 10 −4 Pa, the heating boat containing silver was energized and heated to deposit. An electrode layer containing silver having a layer thickness of 8 nm was formed on the underlayer within a speed range of 0.1 to 0.2 nm / second, and a first transparent electrode having a laminated structure of the underlayer and the electrode layer was produced. .
(4)有機EL層の作製
 以下、図7を参照して、作製手順を説明する。上記(3)第1透明電極(陽極)の作製で作製した第1透明電極を陽極(アノード)として用い、かつ当該陽極上に発光ユニットを設けて、有機EL素子を作製した。そして、当該有機EL素子に封止材17を接着させて発光パネル201を作製した。
(4) Production of Organic EL Layer A production procedure will be described below with reference to FIG. The organic EL element was produced by using the first transparent electrode produced in (3) production of the first transparent electrode (anode) as an anode (anode) and providing a light emitting unit on the anode. And the sealing material 17 was adhere | attached on the said organic EL element, and the light emission panel 201 was produced.
(4-1)有機層の作製
 まず、(3)第1透明電極(陽極)の作製で作製した透明電極等が設けられたフィルム基板4を、中央部に幅30mm×30mmの開口部があるマスクと重ねて市販の真空蒸着装置の基板ホルダーに固定した。また真空蒸着装置内の加熱ボートの各々に、発光ユニット3を構成する各材料を、それぞれの層の成膜に最適な量で充填した。なお、加熱ボートはタングステン製抵抗加熱用材料で作製されたものを用いた。
(4-1) Production of Organic Layer First, the film substrate 4 provided with the transparent electrode produced in (3) Production of the first transparent electrode (anode) has an opening of 30 mm × 30 mm in the center. The mask was stacked and fixed to a substrate holder of a commercially available vacuum deposition apparatus. Moreover, each material which comprises the light emission unit 3 was filled in each heating boat in a vacuum evaporation system in the optimal quantity for film-forming of each layer. In addition, the heating boat used what was produced with the resistance heating material made from tungsten.
 次いで、真空蒸着装置の蒸着室内を真空度4×10-4Paまで減圧し、各材料が入った加熱ボートを順次通電して加熱することにより、以下のように各層を成膜した。
 まず、正孔輸送注入材料としてα-NPDが入った加熱ボートに通電して加熱し、α-NPDよりなる正孔注入層と正孔輸送層とを兼ねた正孔輸送注入層3aを、第1透明電極2を構成する電極層2b上に成膜した。この際、蒸着速度0.1~0.2nm/秒、層厚20nmとした。
Next, the inside of the vapor deposition chamber of the vacuum vapor deposition apparatus was decompressed to a vacuum degree of 4 × 10 −4 Pa, and each layer was formed as follows by sequentially energizing and heating a heating boat containing each material.
First, a heating boat containing α-NPD as a hole transport injection material is energized and heated, and a hole transport injection layer 3a serving both as a hole injection layer and a hole transport layer made of α-NPD is provided A film was formed on the electrode layer 2 b constituting the transparent electrode 2. At this time, the deposition rate was 0.1 to 0.2 nm / second, and the layer thickness was 20 nm.
 次に、ホスト材料H-1の入った加熱ボートと、リン光発光性化合物Ir-1の入った加熱ボートとを、それぞれ独立に通電し、ホスト材料H-1とリン光発光性化合物Ir-1とよりなる発光層3bを、正孔輸送注入層3a上に成膜した。この際、蒸着速度がホスト材料H-1:リン光発光性化合物Ir-1=100:6となるように、加熱ボートの通電を調節した。また層厚30nmとした。
 次いで、正孔阻止材料としてBAlqが入った加熱ボートに通電して加熱し、BAlqよりなる正孔阻止層3cを、発光層3b上に成膜した。この際、蒸着速度0.1~0.2nm/秒、層厚10nmとした。
Next, the heating boat containing the host material H-1 and the heating boat containing the phosphorescent compound Ir-1 are energized independently, and the host material H-1 and the phosphorescent compound Ir- A light emitting layer 3b consisting of 1 was formed on the hole transport injection layer 3a. At this time, the energization of the heating boat was adjusted so that the deposition rate was the host material H-1: phosphorescent compound Ir-1 = 100: 6. The layer thickness was 30 nm.
Next, a heating boat containing BAlq as a hole blocking material was energized and heated to form a hole blocking layer 3c made of BAlq on the light emitting layer 3b. At this time, the deposition rate was 0.1 to 0.2 nm / second, and the layer thickness was 10 nm.
 その後、電子輸送材料としてAlqの入った加熱ボートに通電し、Alqを含有する電子輸送注入層3dを、正孔阻止層3c上に成膜した。この際、層厚30nmとした。 Thereafter, a heating boat containing Alq 3 as an electron transport material was energized, and an electron transport injection layer 3d containing Alq 3 was formed on the hole blocking layer 3c. At this time, the layer thickness was set to 30 nm.
(4-2)第2透明電極(陰極)の作製
 その後、電子輸送注入層3dまで成膜したフィルム基板4を、アルミニウム(Al)を入れたタングステン製の抵抗加熱ボートが取り付けられた第2真空槽へ真空状態を保持したまま移動させた。アノードと直交するように配置された幅20mm×50mmの開口部があるマスクと重ねて固定した。次いで、処理室内において、成膜速度0.3~0.5nm/秒で、層厚100nmのAlからなる反射性の第2透明電極6をカソードとして成膜した。
(4-2) Production of Second Transparent Electrode (Cathode) Thereafter, a second vacuum in which a tungsten resistance heating boat containing aluminum (Al) is attached to the film substrate 4 formed up to the electron transport injection layer 3d. It moved to the tank, keeping the vacuum state. It was fixed by overlapping with a mask having an opening with a width of 20 mm × 50 mm arranged so as to be orthogonal to the anode. Next, a reflective second transparent electrode 6 made of Al having a layer thickness of 100 nm was formed as a cathode at a film formation rate of 0.3 to 0.5 nm / second in the processing chamber.
(5)封止
 その後、有機EL素子200を、大きさ40×40mm、厚さ700μm、中央部34×34mmを深さ350μmのガラス基板からなる封止材17で覆い、有機EL素子200を囲む状態で、封止材17とフィルム基板4との間に接着剤19(シール材)を充填した。接着剤19としては、エポキシ系光硬化型接着剤(東亞合成社製ラックストラックLC0629B)を用いた。封止材17とフィルム基板4との間に充填した接着剤19に対して、ガラス基板(封止材17)側からUV光を照射し、接着剤19を硬化させて有機EL素子200を封止した。
(5) Sealing Thereafter, the organic EL element 200 is covered with a sealing material 17 made of a glass substrate having a size of 40 × 40 mm, a thickness of 700 μm, and a central portion of 34 × 34 mm and a depth of 350 μm, and the organic EL element 200 is surrounded. In the state, an adhesive 19 (sealing material) was filled between the sealing material 17 and the film substrate 4. As the adhesive 19, an epoxy photocurable adhesive (Lux Track LC0629B manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.) was used. The adhesive 19 filled between the sealing material 17 and the film substrate 4 is irradiated with UV light from the glass substrate (sealing material 17) side to cure the adhesive 19 and seal the organic EL element 200. Stopped.
 なお、有機EL素子200の形成においては、各層の形成に蒸着マスクを使用し、5cm×5cmのフィルム基板4における中央の2.0cm×2.0cmを発光領域とし、発光領域の全周に幅1.5cmの非発光領域を設けた。また、陽極(アノード)である第1透明電極2と陰極(カソード)である第2透明電極6とは、正孔輸送注入層3aから電子輸送注入層3dまでの発光ユニット3によって絶縁された状態で、フィルム基板4の周縁に端子部分を引き出された形状で形成した。 In the formation of the organic EL element 200, a vapor deposition mask is used for forming each layer, and the center of the 5 cm × 5 cm film substrate 4 is 2.0 cm × 2.0 cm as a light emitting region, and the width of the entire circumference of the light emitting region is wide. A non-light emitting area of 1.5 cm was provided. In addition, the first transparent electrode 2 as an anode and the second transparent electrode 6 as a cathode (cathode) are insulated by the light emitting unit 3 from the hole transport injection layer 3a to the electron transport injection layer 3d. Thus, the terminal portion was formed on the periphery of the film substrate 4.
 以上のようにして、図7において、フィルム基板4上に有機EL素子200を設け、これを封止材17と接着剤19とで封止した発光パネル201(発光パネルNo.1)を作製した。 As described above, in FIG. 7, the organic EL element 200 was provided on the film substrate 4, and the light emitting panel 201 (light emitting panel No. 1) in which the organic EL element 200 was sealed with the sealing material 17 and the adhesive 19 was produced. .
[発光パネルNo.2:実施例]
 発光パネルNo.2については、発光パネルNo.1と同様のフィルム基板を用いて、発光パネルNo.1と同様にして(1)フィルム基板及びガスバリアー層の作製から(4-1)有機層の作製までの作製工程を行った。
[Light Emitting Panel No. 2: Example]
Light-emitting panel No. 2 for the light emitting panel No. 1 is used, and the light emitting panel No. The production steps from (1) production of the film substrate and gas barrier layer to (4-1) production of the organic layer were performed in the same manner as in 1.
(4-2)第2透明電極(陰極)の作製
 以下、図1を参照して、作製手順を説明する。
 上記有機層の作製工程で有機層まで作製した発光パネルを、真空のまま第2真空槽に移し、アノードと直交するように配置された幅20mm×50mmの開口部があるマスクと重ねて固定した。次に、処理した基板を真空のままインジウムスズ酸化物(ITO)ターゲットが設置されている第2真空槽に移し、第2真空槽を4×10-4Paまで減圧した後、DC-500Wで130秒間蒸着し、ITOを成膜した。このようにして、20×50mmのパターンのITOからなる第2透明陰極を作製した。この際、層厚150nmとした。
(4-2) Production of Second Transparent Electrode (Cathode) A production procedure will be described below with reference to FIG.
The light-emitting panel manufactured up to the organic layer in the organic layer manufacturing step was transferred to the second vacuum chamber while being vacuumed, and was overlapped and fixed with a mask having an opening with a width of 20 mm × 50 mm arranged so as to be orthogonal to the anode. . Next, the treated substrate is transferred to a second vacuum chamber in which an indium tin oxide (ITO) target is placed in a vacuum, the second vacuum chamber is decompressed to 4 × 10 −4 Pa, and then DC-500 W is applied. Evaporation was performed for 130 seconds to form an ITO film. Thus, the 2nd transparent cathode which consists of ITO of a pattern of 20x50 mm was produced. At this time, the layer thickness was 150 nm.
(4-3)光学調整層の作製
 上記(4-2)第2透明電極(陰極)の作製工程で陰極まで作製した発光パネルを、真空のまま第1真空槽に移し、光学調整層材料としてD-1の入った加熱ボートに通電し、D-1を含有する光学調整層8を成膜した。この際、蒸着速度0.1~0.2nm/秒、層厚56nmとした。
 なお、光学調整層の屈折率は、別途作製したD-1単膜を、25℃の雰囲気下で、発光ユニットからの発光光の発光極大波長のうち最も短い発光極大波長の光線を照射し、アッベ屈折率計(ATAGO社製、DR-M2)を用いて測定し、1.80であった。したがって、光学調整層の光学層厚(距離)は、実際の層厚(56nm)×屈折率(1.80)で約100nmとなる。
(4-3) Production of optical adjustment layer (4-2) The light emitting panel produced up to the cathode in the production process of the second transparent electrode (cathode) is transferred to the first vacuum chamber in a vacuum, and used as an optical adjustment layer material. The heating boat containing D-1 was energized to form an optical adjustment layer 8 containing D-1. At this time, the deposition rate was 0.1 to 0.2 nm / second, and the layer thickness was 56 nm.
The refractive index of the optical adjustment layer is such that a separately prepared D-1 single film is irradiated with light having the shortest emission maximum wavelength among emission maximum wavelengths of emitted light from the light emitting unit in an atmosphere at 25 ° C. It was 1.80 when measured using an Abbe refractometer (manufactured by ATAGO, DR-M2). Therefore, the optical layer thickness (distance) of the optical adjustment layer is about 100 nm in terms of actual layer thickness (56 nm) × refractive index (1.80).
(4-4)反射層の作製
 その後、光学調整層まで成膜したフィルム基板4を、アルミニウム(Al)を入れたタングステン製の抵抗加熱ボートが取り付けられた第2真空槽へ真空状態を保持したまま移動させた。アノードと直交するように配置された幅20mm×50mmの開口部があるマスクと重ねて固定した。次いで、処理室内において、成膜速度0.3~0.5nm/秒で、層厚100nmのAlからなる反射層を成膜した。
(4-4) Production of Reflective Layer After that, the film substrate 4 formed up to the optical adjustment layer was kept in a vacuum state in a second vacuum tank equipped with a tungsten resistance heating boat containing aluminum (Al). I moved it. It was fixed by overlapping with a mask having an opening with a width of 20 mm × 50 mm arranged so as to be orthogonal to the anode. Next, a reflective layer made of Al having a layer thickness of 100 nm was formed in the processing chamber at a film formation rate of 0.3 to 0.5 nm / second.
(5)封止
 発光パネルNo.2については、発光パネルNo.1と同様の(5)封止工程を行い封止した。
 以上のようにして、図1において、フィルム基板4上に有機EL素子100を設け、これを封止材17と接着剤19とで封止した発光パネル101(発光パネルNo.2)を作製した。
(5) Sealing Light emitting panel No. 2 for the light emitting panel No. The same (5) sealing step as 1 was performed for sealing.
As described above, in FIG. 1, the organic EL element 100 was provided on the film substrate 4, and the light-emitting panel 101 (light-emitting panel No. 2) was manufactured by sealing it with the sealing material 17 and the adhesive 19. .
[発光パネルNo.3:実施例]
 発光パネルNo.3については、発光パネルNo.1と同様のフィルム基板を用いて、発光パネルNo.1と同様にして(1)フィルム基板及びガスバリアー層の作製から(4-1)有機層の作製までの作製工程を行った。
[Light Emitting Panel No. 3: Example]
Light-emitting panel No. 3 for the light emitting panel No. 1 is used, and the light emitting panel No. The production steps from (1) production of the film substrate and gas barrier layer to (4-1) production of the organic layer were performed in the same manner as in 1.
(4-2)第2透明電極(陰極)の作製
 上記有機層の作製工程で有機層まで作製した発光パネルを、真空のまま第2真空槽に移し、第2真空槽を4×10-4Paまで減圧した後、アノードと直交するように配置された幅20mm×50mmの開口部があるマスクと重ねて固定した。次いで、処理室内において、銀の入った加熱ボートを通電して加熱し、蒸着速度0.1~0.2nm/秒の範囲内で、電子輸送注入層(兼陰極下地層)上に層厚20nmの銀を含む電極層として第2透明電極(陰極)を作製した。
(4-2) Production of Second Transparent Electrode (Cathode) The light-emitting panel produced up to the organic layer in the organic layer production step was transferred to the second vacuum chamber while maintaining a vacuum, and the second vacuum chamber was transferred to 4 × 10 −4. After depressurizing to Pa, it was fixed by overlapping with a mask having an opening with a width of 20 mm × 50 mm arranged so as to be orthogonal to the anode. Next, a heating boat containing silver is energized and heated in the processing chamber, and the layer thickness is 20 nm on the electron transport injection layer (also serving as the cathode underlayer) within the range of the deposition rate of 0.1 to 0.2 nm / second. A second transparent electrode (cathode) was prepared as an electrode layer containing silver.
 発光パネルNo.3については、発光パネルNo.2と同様にして、(4-3)光学調整層の作製及び(4-4)反射層の作製の作製工程を行った。 Light-emitting panel No. 3 for the light emitting panel No. In the same manner as in Step 2, (4-3) Preparation of optical adjustment layer and (4-4) Preparation of reflection layer were performed.
(5)封止
 発光パネルNo.3については、発光パネルNo.1と同様の(5)封止工程を行い封止した。
(5) Sealing Light emitting panel No. 3 for the light emitting panel No. The same (5) sealing step as 1 was performed for sealing.
[発光パネルNo.4:実施例]
 発光パネルNo.4については、発光パネルNo.1と同様のフィルム基板を用いて、発光パネルNo.1と同様にして(1)フィルム基板及びガスバリアー層の作製から(3)第1透明電極(陽極)の作製までの作製工程を行った。
[Light Emitting Panel No. 4: Example]
Light-emitting panel No. 4 for the light emitting panel No. 1 is used, and the light emitting panel No. The production steps from (1) production of the film substrate and gas barrier layer to (3) production of the first transparent electrode (anode) were performed in the same manner as in 1.
(4)有機層EL層の作製
(4-1)有機層の作製
 まず、上記(3)第1透明電極(陽極)の作製工程で作製した透明電極等が設けられたフィルム基板4を、中央部に幅30mm×30mmの開口部があるマスクと重ねて市販の真空蒸着装置の基板ホルダーに固定した。また真空蒸着装置内の加熱ボートの各々に、発光ユニット3を構成する各材料を、それぞれの層の成膜に最適な量で充填した。なお、加熱ボートはタングステン製抵抗加熱用材料で作製されたものを用いた。
(4) Preparation of organic layer EL layer (4-1) Preparation of organic layer First, the film substrate 4 provided with the transparent electrode and the like prepared in the step (3) of manufacturing the first transparent electrode (anode) is placed in the center. This was overlapped with a mask having an opening with a width of 30 mm × 30 mm on the part and fixed to a substrate holder of a commercially available vacuum deposition apparatus. Moreover, each material which comprises the light emission unit 3 was filled in each heating boat in a vacuum evaporation system in the optimal quantity for film-forming of each layer. In addition, the heating boat used what was produced with the resistance heating material made from tungsten.
 次いで、真空蒸着装置の蒸着室内を真空度4×10-4Paまで減圧し、各材料が入った加熱ボートを順次通電して加熱することにより、以下のように各層を成膜した。
 まず、正孔輸送注入材料としてα-NPDが入った加熱ボートに通電して加熱し、α-NPDよりなる正孔注入層と正孔輸送層とを兼ねた正孔輸送注入層3aを、第1透明電極2を構成する電極層2b上に成膜した。この際、蒸着速度0.1~0.2nm/秒、層厚20nmとした。
Next, the inside of the vapor deposition chamber of the vacuum vapor deposition apparatus was decompressed to a vacuum degree of 4 × 10 −4 Pa, and each layer was formed as follows by sequentially energizing and heating a heating boat containing each material.
First, a heating boat containing α-NPD as a hole transport injection material is energized and heated, and a hole transport injection layer 3a serving both as a hole injection layer and a hole transport layer made of α-NPD is provided A film was formed on the electrode layer 2 b constituting the transparent electrode 2. At this time, the deposition rate was 0.1 to 0.2 nm / second, and the layer thickness was 20 nm.
 次に、ホスト材料H-1の入った加熱ボートと、リン光発光性化合物Ir-1の入った加熱ボートとを、それぞれ独立に通電し、ホスト材料H-1とリン光発光性化合物Ir-1とよりなる発光層3bを、正孔輸送注入層3a上に成膜した。この際、蒸着速度がホスト材料H-1:リン光発光性化合物Ir-1=100:6となるように、加熱ボートの通電を調節した。また層厚30nmとした。
 次いで、正孔阻止材料としてBAlqが入った加熱ボートに通電して加熱し、BAlqよりなる正孔阻止層3cを、発光層3b上に成膜した。この際、蒸着速度0.1~0.2nm/秒、層厚10nmとした。
Next, the heating boat containing the host material H-1 and the heating boat containing the phosphorescent compound Ir-1 are energized independently, and the host material H-1 and the phosphorescent compound Ir- A light emitting layer 3b consisting of 1 was formed on the hole transport injection layer 3a. At this time, the energization of the heating boat was adjusted so that the deposition rate was the host material H-1: phosphorescent compound Ir-1 = 100: 6. The layer thickness was 30 nm.
Next, a heating boat containing BAlq as a hole blocking material was energized and heated to form a hole blocking layer 3c made of BAlq on the light emitting layer 3b. At this time, the deposition rate was 0.1 to 0.2 nm / second, and the layer thickness was 10 nm.
 その後、電子輸送注入層兼陰極下地層としてD-1の入った加熱ボートと、フッ化カリウムの入った加熱ボートとを、それぞれ独立に通電し、D-1とフッ化カリウムを含有する電子輸送注入層3dを、正孔阻止層3c上に成膜した。この際、蒸着速度がD-1:フッ化カリウム=75:25になるように、加熱ボートの通電を調節した。また層厚30nmとした。 Thereafter, a heating boat containing D-1 as an electron transport injection layer / cathode underlayer and a heating boat containing potassium fluoride were energized independently to transport electrons containing D-1 and potassium fluoride. The injection layer 3d was formed on the hole blocking layer 3c. At this time, the energization of the heating boat was adjusted so that the deposition rate was D-1: potassium fluoride = 75: 25. The layer thickness was 30 nm.
(4-2)第2透明電極(陰極)の作製
 (4-1)有機層の作製で有機層まで作製した発光パネルを、真空のまま第2真空槽に移し、第2真空槽を4×10-4Paまで減圧した後、アノードと直交するように配置された幅20mm×50mmの開口部があるマスクと重ねて固定した。次いで、処理室内において、銀の入った加熱ボートを通電して加熱し、蒸着速度0.1~0.2nm/秒の範囲内で、電子輸送注入層(兼陰極下地層)上に層厚15nmの銀を含む電極層として第2透明電極(陰極)を作製した。
(4-2) Production of second transparent electrode (cathode) (4-1) The light-emitting panel produced up to the organic layer in the production of the organic layer was transferred to the second vacuum chamber while maintaining a vacuum, and the second vacuum chamber was replaced with 4 × After reducing the pressure to 10 −4 Pa, it was fixed by overlapping with a mask having an opening with a width of 20 mm × 50 mm arranged so as to be orthogonal to the anode. Next, in the processing chamber, a heating boat containing silver is energized and heated, and the layer thickness is 15 nm on the electron transport injection layer (also serving as the cathode underlayer) within a deposition rate range of 0.1 to 0.2 nm / second. A second transparent electrode (cathode) was prepared as an electrode layer containing silver.
 発光パネルNo.4については、発光パネルNo.2と同様にして、(4-3)光学調整の作製及び(4-4)反射層の作製の作製工程を行った。 Light-emitting panel No. 4 for the light emitting panel No. In the same manner as in Step 2, (4-3) optical adjustment fabrication and (4-4) reflective layer fabrication steps were performed.
(5)封止
 発光パネルNo.4については、発光パネルNo.1と同様の(5)封止工程を行い封止した。
(5) Sealing Light emitting panel No. 4 for the light emitting panel No. The same (5) sealing step as 1 was performed for sealing.
[発光パネルNo.5:実施例]
 発光パネルNo.5については、発光パネルNo.1と同様のフィルム基板を用いて、発光パネルNo.1と同様にして(1)フィルム基板及びガスバリアー層の作製から(3)第1透明電極(陽極)の作製までの作製工程を行った。
[Light Emitting Panel No. 5: Example]
Light-emitting panel No. 5 for the light-emitting panel No. 1 is used, and the light emitting panel No. The production steps from (1) production of the film substrate and gas barrier layer to (3) production of the first transparent electrode (anode) were performed in the same manner as in 1.
(4)有機層EL層の作製
 発光パネルNo.5については、発光パネルNo.4と同様にして、(4-1)有機層の作製の作製工程を行った。
(4) Preparation of organic layer EL layer 5 for the light-emitting panel No. In the same manner as in No. 4, the manufacturing process of (4-1) Preparation of the organic layer was performed.
(4-2)第2透明電極(陰極)の作製
 (4-1)有機層の作製で有機層を作製した発光パネルを、真空のまま第2真空槽に移し、第2真空槽を4×10-4Paまで減圧した後、アノードと直交するように配置された幅20mm×50mmの開口部があるマスクと重ねて固定した。次いで、処理室内において、銀の入った加熱ボートを通電して加熱し、蒸着速度0.1~0.2nm/秒の範囲内で、電子輸送注入層(兼陰極下地層)上に層厚10nmの銀を含む電極層として第2透明電極(陰極)を作製した。
(4-2) Production of second transparent electrode (cathode) (4-1) The light emitting panel on which the organic layer was produced by producing the organic layer was transferred to the second vacuum chamber while maintaining the vacuum, and the second vacuum chamber was replaced with 4 × After reducing the pressure to 10 −4 Pa, it was fixed by overlapping with a mask having an opening with a width of 20 mm × 50 mm arranged so as to be orthogonal to the anode. Next, in the processing chamber, a heating boat containing silver is energized and heated, and the layer thickness is 10 nm on the electron transport injection layer (also serving as the cathode underlayer) within the range of the deposition rate of 0.1 to 0.2 nm / second. A second transparent electrode (cathode) was prepared as an electrode layer containing silver.
(4-3)光学調整層の作製
 (4-2)第2透明電極(陰極)の作製で陰極を作製した発光パネルを、真空のまま第1真空槽に移し、光学調整層材料としてD-1の入った加熱ボートに通電し、D-1よりなる光学調整層8を成膜した。この際、蒸着速度0.1~0.2nm/秒、層厚100nmとした。
 なお、光学調整層の屈折率は、別途作製したD-1単膜を、25℃の雰囲気下で、発光ユニットからの発光光の発光極大波長のうち最も短い発光極大波長の光線を照射し、アッベ屈折率計(ATAGO社製、DR-M2)を用いて測定し、1.80であった。したがって、光学調整層の光学層厚(距離)は、実際の層厚(100nm)×屈折率(1.80)で約180nmとなる。
(4-3) Production of optical adjustment layer (4-2) The light emitting panel on which the cathode was produced in the production of the second transparent electrode (cathode) was transferred to the first vacuum chamber in a vacuum, and D- The heating boat containing 1 was energized to form an optical adjustment layer 8 made of D-1. At this time, the deposition rate was 0.1 to 0.2 nm / second, and the layer thickness was 100 nm.
The refractive index of the optical adjustment layer is such that a separately prepared D-1 single film is irradiated with light having the shortest emission maximum wavelength among emission maximum wavelengths of emitted light from the light emitting unit in an atmosphere at 25 ° C. It was 1.80 when measured using an Abbe refractometer (manufactured by ATAGO, DR-M2). Therefore, the optical layer thickness (distance) of the optical adjustment layer is about 180 nm in terms of actual layer thickness (100 nm) × refractive index (1.80).
 発光パネルNo.5については、発光パネルNo.2と同様にして、上記(4-4)反射層の作製工程を行った。 Light-emitting panel No. 5 for the light-emitting panel No. In the same manner as (2), the above (4-4) reflective layer production process was performed.
(5)封止
 発光パネルNo.5については、発光パネルNo.1と同様の(5)封止工程を行い封止した。
(5) Sealing Light emitting panel No. 5 for the light-emitting panel No. The same (5) sealing step as 1 was performed for sealing.
[発光パネルNo.6:実施例]
 発光パネルNo.6については、発光パネルNo.1と同様のフィルム基板を用いて、発光パネルNo.1と同様にして(1)フィルム基板及びガスバリアー層の作製から(3)第1透明電極(陽極)の作製までの作製工程を行った。
[Light Emitting Panel No. 6: Example]
Light-emitting panel No. 6 for the light emitting panel no. 1 is used, and the light emitting panel No. The production steps from (1) production of the film substrate and gas barrier layer to (3) production of the first transparent electrode (anode) were performed in the same manner as in 1.
(4)有機層EL層の作製
(4-1)有機層の作製
 発光パネルNo.6については、発光パネルNo.4と同様にして、(4-1)有機層の作製工程を行った。
(4) Preparation of organic layer EL layer (4-1) Preparation of organic layer 6 for the light emitting panel no. In the same manner as in No. 4, (4-1) an organic layer manufacturing step was performed.
(4-2)第2透明電極(陰極)の作製
 発光パネルNo.6については、発光パネルNo.5と同様にして、(4-2)第2透明電極(陰極)の作製工程を行った。
(4-2) Production of second transparent electrode (cathode) 6 for the light emitting panel no. In the same manner as in No. 5, (4-2) a process for producing a second transparent electrode (cathode) was performed.
(4-3)光学調整層の作製
 (4-2)第2透明電極(陰極)の作製工程で陰極を作製した発光パネルを、真空のまま第1真空槽に移し、光学調整層材料としてD-1の入った加熱ボートに通電し、D-1よりなる光学調整層8を成膜した。この際、蒸着速度0.1~0.2nm/秒、層厚111nmとした。
 なお、光学調整層の屈折率は、別途作成したD-1単膜を、25℃の雰囲気下で、発光ユニットからの発光光の発光極大波長のうち最も短い発光極大波長の光線を照射し、アッベ屈折率計(ATAGO社製、DR-M2)を用いて測定し、1.80であった。したがって、光学調整層の光学層厚(距離)は、実際の層厚(111nm)×屈折率(1.80)で約200nmとなる。
(4-3) Production of optical adjustment layer (4-2) The light emitting panel on which the cathode was produced in the production process of the second transparent electrode (cathode) was transferred to the first vacuum chamber in a vacuum, and D was used as the optical adjustment layer material. The heating boat containing -1 was energized to form an optical adjustment layer 8 made of D-1. At this time, the deposition rate was 0.1 to 0.2 nm / second, and the layer thickness was 111 nm.
The refractive index of the optical adjustment layer is such that a separately prepared D-1 single film is irradiated with light having the shortest emission maximum wavelength among the emission maximum wavelengths of emitted light from the light emitting unit in an atmosphere of 25 ° C. It was 1.80 when measured using an Abbe refractometer (manufactured by ATAGO, DR-M2). Therefore, the optical layer thickness (distance) of the optical adjustment layer is about 200 nm in terms of actual layer thickness (111 nm) × refractive index (1.80).
(4-4)反射層の作製
 発光パネルNo.6については、発光パネルNo.2と同様にして、(4-4)反射層の作製工程を行った。
(4-4) Production of reflection layer 6 for the light emitting panel no. In the same manner as in (2), the (4-4) reflective layer manufacturing process was performed.
(5)封止
 発光パネルNo.6については、発光パネルNo.1と同様の(5)封止工程を行い封止した。
(5) Sealing Light emitting panel No. 6 for the light emitting panel no. The same (5) sealing step as 1 was performed for sealing.
[発光パネルNo.7:実施例]
 発光パネルNo.7については、発光パネルNo.6と同様にして、(1)フィルム基板及びガスバリアー層の作製から(5)封止までの作製工程を行い作製した発光パネルの射出面側に光取り出し層として光取り出しシートを貼り付けた(図8参照)。光取り出しシートはMNtech社製マイクロレンズアレイシートを用いた。
[Light Emitting Panel No. 7: Example]
Light-emitting panel No. 7 for the light emitting panel no. 6, a light extraction sheet was attached as a light extraction layer on the emission surface side of the light-emitting panel manufactured by performing the production steps from (1) production of the film substrate and gas barrier layer to (5) sealing ( (See FIG. 8). A microlens array sheet manufactured by MNtech was used as the light extraction sheet.
[発光パネルNo.8:比較例]
 発光パネルNo.8については、平滑層を設けなかった点を除いて、発光パネルNo.1と同様にして作製した。
[Light Emitting Panel No. 8: Comparative Example]
Light-emitting panel No. For the light emitting panel No. 8, except that the smooth layer was not provided. 1 was prepared.
[発光パネルNo.9:比較例]
 発光パネルNo.9については、平滑層を設けなかった点を除いて、発光パネルNo.2と同様にして作製した。
[Light Emitting Panel No. 9: Comparative Example]
Light-emitting panel No. For light-emitting panel No. 9, except that the smooth layer was not provided. This was prepared in the same manner as in No. 2.
[発光パネルNo.10:比較例]
 発光パネルNo.10については、平滑層を設けなかった点を除いて、発光パネルNo.7と同様にして作製した。
[Light Emitting Panel No. 10: Comparative Example]
Light-emitting panel No. For light-emitting panel No. 10, except that the smooth layer was not provided. This was prepared in the same manner as in Example 7.
(6)評価
 得られた発光パネル(照明装置)No.1~10を用いて下記の評価を行った。
(6) Evaluation The obtained light emitting panel (lighting device) No. The following evaluation was performed using 1 to 10.
(6-1)全光束(光取り出し効率)
 積分球を用いて一定電流における光束を測定した。具体的には、20A/mの定電流密度で全光束を測定し、発光パネルNo.1に対しての相対値を表1に示した。
(6-1) Total luminous flux (light extraction efficiency)
The luminous flux at a constant current was measured using an integrating sphere. Specifically, the total luminous flux was measured at a constant current density of 20 A / m 2 , and the light emitting panel No. The relative values for 1 are shown in Table 1.
(6-2)高温・高湿雰囲気下での保存性試験(発光均一性)
 得られた発光パネルNo.1~10を温度60℃/相対湿度90%RH雰囲気において保存し、発光状態を観察した。具体的には、試験開始前と比較して、500時間経過後の発光均一性を評価し、結果を表2に示した。試験開始前と同等の均一性を維持しているものを○、非発光、ムラ、ダークスポットの発生などの見られたものを△、非発光となったものを×とした。
(6-2) Storage stability test under high temperature and high humidity atmosphere (Emission uniformity)
The obtained light emitting panel No. 1 to 10 were stored in a 60 ° C./90% relative humidity RH atmosphere, and the light emission state was observed. Specifically, the light emission uniformity after the elapse of 500 hours was evaluated as compared with that before the start of the test, and the results are shown in Table 2. A sample that maintained the same uniformity as before the start of the test was evaluated as ◯, a sample that showed no light emission, unevenness, or dark spot generation was indicated as Δ, and a sample that did not emit light was indicated as ×.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000014
 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000014
 
 表1から分かるように、本発明の実施例である発光パネルNo.2~7は、比較例の発光パネルNo.1及び8~10に比べて光取り出し効率を表す全光束の値が優れていることがわかった。また、発光パネルNo.2の保存性試験後の発光状態は、ダークスポット等による非発光部分が混在する発光均一性の悪い状態であった。一方、発光パネルNo.3~7は、発光均一性に大きな劣化が見られなかった。 As can be seen from Table 1, the light emitting panel No. which is an example of the present invention. Nos. 2 to 7 are comparative example light emitting panel Nos. It was found that the total luminous flux value representing the light extraction efficiency was superior to 1 and 8 to 10. The light emitting panel No. The light emission state after the storage stability test of No. 2 was a state with poor light emission uniformity in which non-light emitting portions due to dark spots or the like were mixed. On the other hand, the light emitting panel No. In Nos. 3 to 7, no significant deterioration in emission uniformity was observed.
 本発明の有機エレクトロルミネッセンス素子により、発光ユニットに接するガスバリアー層あるいは光散乱層等の表面の凹凸状態に起因する高温・高湿雰囲気下での保存性の劣化やショートの発生を抑制し、発光効率を向上させた有機EL素子を得ることができ、当該有機EL素子は、表示デバイス、ディスプレイや、家庭用照明、車内照明、時計や液晶用のバックライト、看板広告、信号機、光記憶媒体の光源、電子写真複写機の光源、光通信処理機の光源、光センサーの光源、さらには表示装置を必要とする一般の家庭用電気器具等の広い発光光源として好適に利用できる。 The organic electroluminescence device of the present invention suppresses deterioration of storage stability and occurrence of short-circuits in a high-temperature and high-humidity atmosphere caused by unevenness on the surface of the gas barrier layer or light scattering layer in contact with the light-emitting unit, and emits light. An organic EL element with improved efficiency can be obtained. The organic EL element can be used for display devices, displays, home lighting, interior lighting, backlights for clocks and liquid crystals, signboard advertisements, traffic lights, and optical storage media. The light source, the light source of the electrophotographic copying machine, the light source of the optical communication processor, the light source of the optical sensor, and further, can be suitably used as a wide light emission source of general household appliances that require a display device.
100、300 有機エレクトロルミネッセンス素子(有機EL素子)
1 平滑層
2 第1透明電極(陽極)
 2a 下地層
 2b 電極層
3 発光ユニット
 3a 正孔輸送注入層
 3b 発光層
 3c 正孔阻止層
 3d 電子輸送注入層(兼陰極下地層)
4 フィルム基板
5 ガスバリアー層
 5a 第1ガスバリアー層
 5b 第2ガスバリアー層
6 第2透明電極(陰極)
7 光散乱層
8 光学調整層
9 反射層
10 光取り出し層
15 補助電極
16 取り出し電極
17 封止材
19 接着剤
101、301 照明装置(発光パネル)
100, 300 Organic electroluminescence device (organic EL device)
1 smooth layer 2 first transparent electrode (anode)
2a Underlayer 2b Electrode layer 3 Light emitting unit 3a Hole transport injection layer 3b Light emitting layer 3c Hole blocking layer 3d Electron transport injection layer (also serving as cathode underlayer)
4 Film substrate 5 Gas barrier layer 5a First gas barrier layer 5b Second gas barrier layer 6 Second transparent electrode (cathode)
7 Light scattering layer 8 Optical adjustment layer 9 Reflective layer 10 Light extraction layer 15 Auxiliary electrode 16 Extraction electrode 17 Sealing material 19 Adhesives 101 and 301 Illumination device (light emitting panel)

Claims (5)

  1.  フィルム基板上に、少なくとも、ガスバリアー層、光散乱層、平滑層、第1透明電極、有機機能層を含む発光ユニット、第2透明電極、光学調整層及び反射層がこの順に積層され、
     前記ガスバリアー層が、構成元素の組成又は分布状態が相違する少なくとも2種のガスバリアー層で構成され、
     前記光散乱層が、光散乱粒子を含有していることを特徴とする有機エレクトロルミネッセンス素子。
    On the film substrate, at least a gas barrier layer, a light scattering layer, a smooth layer, a first transparent electrode, a light emitting unit including an organic functional layer, a second transparent electrode, an optical adjustment layer and a reflective layer are laminated in this order,
    The gas barrier layer is composed of at least two kinds of gas barrier layers having different composition or distribution of constituent elements,
    The organic light-emitting device, wherein the light-scattering layer contains light-scattering particles.
  2.  前記第2透明電極が、銀又は銀を主成分としている合金を含有することを特徴とする請求項1に記載の有機エレクトロルミネッセンス素子。 2. The organic electroluminescent element according to claim 1, wherein the second transparent electrode contains silver or an alloy containing silver as a main component.
  3.  前記第2透明電極の層厚が、15nm以下であることを特徴とする請求項2に記載の有機エレクトロルミネッセンス素子。 3. The organic electroluminescence element according to claim 2, wherein the layer thickness of the second transparent electrode is 15 nm or less.
  4.  発光極大波長のうち最も短い波長における光学調整層の屈折率をn、実際の層厚をd(nm)としたとき、
     当該光学調整層の光学層厚(d×n)が、200nm以上であることを特徴とする請求項1から請求項3までのいずれか一項に記載の有機エレクトロルミネッセンス素子。
    When the refractive index of the optical adjustment layer at the shortest wavelength among the emission maximum wavelengths is n and the actual layer thickness is d (nm),
    4. The organic electroluminescent element according to claim 1, wherein an optical layer thickness (d × n) of the optical adjustment layer is 200 nm or more. 5.
  5.  前記フィルム基板上のガスバリアー層を備えていない面側に、光取り出し層を有していることを特徴とする請求項1から請求項4までのいずれか一項に記載の有機エレクトロルミネッセンス素子。 The organic electroluminescence device according to any one of claims 1 to 4, further comprising a light extraction layer on a side of the film substrate that does not include a gas barrier layer.
PCT/JP2014/062655 2013-05-15 2014-05-13 Organic electroluminescence element WO2014185392A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2015517080A JPWO2014185392A1 (en) 2013-05-15 2014-05-13 Organic electroluminescence device

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2013-102887 2013-05-15
JP2013102887 2013-05-15

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2014185392A1 true WO2014185392A1 (en) 2014-11-20

Family

ID=51898369

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2014/062655 WO2014185392A1 (en) 2013-05-15 2014-05-13 Organic electroluminescence element

Country Status (2)

Country Link
JP (1) JPWO2014185392A1 (en)
WO (1) WO2014185392A1 (en)

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2016115602A (en) * 2014-12-17 2016-06-23 コニカミノルタ株式会社 Organic electroluminescent element and method for manufacturing the same
WO2022209588A1 (en) * 2021-03-31 2022-10-06 ソニーセミコンダクタソリューションズ株式会社 Display device, electronic apparatus, and method for producing display device

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2004127942A (en) * 2002-10-01 2004-04-22 Eastman Kodak Co High light abstraction type organic light emitting diode (oled) device
JP2010533932A (en) * 2007-07-13 2010-10-28 スリーエム イノベイティブ プロパティズ カンパニー Light extraction film for organic light emitting diode display device
JP2012076403A (en) * 2010-10-05 2012-04-19 Konica Minolta Holdings Inc Barrier film, and organic electronic device
JP2012231125A (en) * 2011-04-12 2012-11-22 Fujifilm Corp Organic electroluminescent element, and light emitting device, display device and lighting system including the organic electroluminescent element
JP2013012377A (en) * 2011-06-29 2013-01-17 Canon Inc Light-emitting device and display device

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2004127942A (en) * 2002-10-01 2004-04-22 Eastman Kodak Co High light abstraction type organic light emitting diode (oled) device
JP2010533932A (en) * 2007-07-13 2010-10-28 スリーエム イノベイティブ プロパティズ カンパニー Light extraction film for organic light emitting diode display device
JP2012076403A (en) * 2010-10-05 2012-04-19 Konica Minolta Holdings Inc Barrier film, and organic electronic device
JP2012231125A (en) * 2011-04-12 2012-11-22 Fujifilm Corp Organic electroluminescent element, and light emitting device, display device and lighting system including the organic electroluminescent element
JP2013012377A (en) * 2011-06-29 2013-01-17 Canon Inc Light-emitting device and display device

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
TAKAO GOTO: "Reduction of Surface Plasmon Loss in Organic Light Emitting Devices using Back Cavity Structure", PROCEEDINGS OF THE 2011 IEICE ELECTRONICS SOCIETY CONFERENCE, vol. 2, 30 August 2011 (2011-08-30), pages 130 *

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2016115602A (en) * 2014-12-17 2016-06-23 コニカミノルタ株式会社 Organic electroluminescent element and method for manufacturing the same
WO2022209588A1 (en) * 2021-03-31 2022-10-06 ソニーセミコンダクタソリューションズ株式会社 Display device, electronic apparatus, and method for producing display device

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JPWO2014185392A1 (en) 2017-02-23

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP6274199B2 (en) ORGANIC ELECTROLUMINESCENT ELEMENT AND LIGHTING DEVICE
WO2015083660A1 (en) Organic electroluminescence element
JP6288086B2 (en) Organic light emitting device
US9640780B2 (en) Gas barrier film, method for producing gas barrier film, and organic electroluminescent element
JP2022010127A (en) Method for manufacturing gas barrier film, method for manufacturing transparent conductive member, and method for manufacturing organic electroluminescent element
WO2016063869A1 (en) Light extraction substrate, method for manufacturing light extraction substrate, organic electroluminescent element, and method for manufacturing organic electroluminescent element
JP2016219254A (en) Gas barrier film, transparent conductive member, and organic electroluminescent element
WO2016163215A1 (en) Organic electroluminescent element
WO2014185392A1 (en) Organic electroluminescence element
JP6424513B2 (en) Organic electroluminescent device
WO2014148595A1 (en) Organic electroluminescent element and lighting device
WO2015178245A1 (en) Organic electroluminescent element
WO2014126063A1 (en) Organic electroluminescent element and method for manufacturing organic electroluminescent element
JP2016054097A (en) Organic electroluminescent element and substrate
JP2016190442A (en) Gas barrier film, transparent conductive member, and organic electroluminescent element
JP2015170443A (en) Organic electroluminescent element and method of manufacturing the same
WO2014208315A1 (en) Organic electroluminescence element

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 14797485

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2015517080

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 14797485

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1